| Dokumendiregister | Riigikogu |
| Viit | 1-2/26-623/1 |
| Registreeritud | 18.09.2026 |
| Sünkroonitud | 11.10.2026 |
| Liik | EL dokument |
| Funktsioon | |
| Sari | |
| Toimik | KOMISJONI ARUANNE EUROOPA PARLAMENDILE, NÕUKOGULE, EUROOPA MAJANDUS- JA SOTSIAALKOMITEELE NING REGIOONIDE KOMITEELE ELi missioonide edusammude, saavutuste ja mõju vahehindamise kohta - COM(2026) 467, SWD(2026) 275 |
| Juurdepääsupiirang | Avalik |
| Adressaat | |
| Saabumis/saatmisviis | |
| Vastutaja | |
| Originaal | Ava uues aknas |
| Taotle dokumendi eemaldamist või parandamist |
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 14.9.2026 COM(2026) 467 final
REPORT FROM THE COMMISSION TO THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT, THE
COUNCIL, THE EUROPEAN ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL COMMITTEE AND THE
COMMITTEE OF THE REGIONS
On the mid-term assessment of the EU Missions’ progress, achievements and impact
{SWD(2026) 275 final}
1. INTRODUCTION
The five EU Missions were launched in 2021 as a new initiative under Horizon Europe
2021-2027 (1). They address pressing societal challenges – climate change, soil and waters
health, and cancer – by going beyond traditional instruments and placing research and
innovation (R&I) in a new role. EU Missions focus on systemic transformation, requiring
inclusivity, co-design, scaling up, deployment and societal involvement in generating
solutions for major challenges driven by EU policy considerations.
For 2021-2027, the Missions’ budget is EUR 4.837 billion, with their 2024-2027 budget
making up 11% of the total allocated to Pillar II of Horizon Europe. Between the launch
of the EU Missions in 2021 and 2025, the EU contributed EUR 3.337 billion to EU
Missions’ calls via Horizon Europe funding. With this, individual R&I projects remain at
the core of the Missions (2), but they are integrated into a systemic approach around
dedicated calls for proposals to achieve each Mission’s goals. This allows the Missions to
produce societal impact and long-term transformation in line with their objectives.
In the draft Regulation establishing Horizon Europe for 2028-2034 (3) the European
Commission proposed that funding for the EU Missions be awarded on the basis of work
programmes covering the period up to the 2030 budgetary year, in line with their legal
basis and reflecting their added value in the next Multiannual Financial Framework.
The five EU Missions aim to achieve the following objectives by 2030:
• Climate Adaptation: support at least 150 European regions, local authorities and
communities to become climate resilient.
• Cancer: improve the lives of more than 3 million people through prevention, early
detection, treatment and care for not only those affected by cancer, but also their
families.
• Ocean and Waters: restore the health of our ocean and waters by protecting and
restoring aquatic ecosystems, reducing pollution and making the blue economy
carbon-neutral and circular.
• Cities: support at least 100 cities in achieving climate neutrality, while enabling
replication across Europe.
• Soil: establish 100 Living Labs to lead the transition towards healthy soils.
The Missions are expected to achieve their goals and enable meaningful change by
improving coordination between policy areas and governance levels, encouraging the
participation of the general public and stakeholders, attracting investments from outside
Horizon Europe and producing R&I that can be shared, scaled up and have real-life
applications.
(1) COM(2021) 609 final
(2) As of 28 November 2025, EU Missions have a portfolio of 306 projects funded by Horizon Europe.
(3) COM(2025) 543 final
2
2. THE 2026 ASSESSMENT OF EU MISSIONS
This report and the accompanying Staff Working Document present the key insights from
an assessment of EU Missions carried out in 2025 and 2026 (4), assessing the progress of
the five EU Missions towards their objectives and examining how the mission-oriented
policy approach supports their ability to produce change. This exercise follows up on the
European Commission’s commitment, set out in the 2023 Communication “EU Missions
two years on: assessment of progress and way forward” (5), to “producing a further
assessment report on the implementation of EU Missions”.
3. THE EU MISSIONS’ PROGRESS, ACHIEVEMENTS AND IMPACT
3.1. The EU Missions’ progress towards their goals and high-value
achievements
All the EU Missions have made substantial progress towards their goals. The Climate
Adaptation Mission has already exceeded its target by supporting 292 regional and local
authorities in their climate adaptation efforts, well above its goal of 150. Tailored technical
and financial assistance has equipped these authorities to better understand climate risks,
plan adaptation measures, mobilise investment and strengthen their capacity to deliver
climate resilience. Based on activities supported between 2021 and 2024, it is estimated
that the Cancer Mission will be able to improve the lives of 2.3 million people by 2030,
out of its objective of 3 million. The Mission Soil is expected to exceed its target of 100
Living Labs covering all main soil-climate zones, degradation processes and land uses
across the EU: it has already established 45 Living Labs involving more than 500 real sites
(such as farms) across Europe,and the selection process for another 60-70 is ongoing. The
Ocean and Waters Mission has advanced the EU’s 2030 biodiversity, zero-pollution, and
climate-neutral blue economy goals, delivering 121 solutions, tested in 349 real-world
demonstration sites, engaging 86 regions in replication, and mobilising over 1 000 Charter
Actions from stakeholders. The Cities Mission is performing strongly, with 107 cities
producing Climate City Contracts, comprising political commitments, climate neutral
action plans and investment plans that together identify emissions reduction of 199.68
MtCO2e (6), roughly equivalent to the combined annual emissions of Austria, Romania and
Slovakia. This constitutes an unprecedent commitment and mobilisation around a climate
neutrality framework, with the Mission approach extending beyond the original cohort
through national platforms and city-to-city replication activities.
The EU Missions were intentionally launched with very ambitious objectives, reflecting
the scale and urgency of the challenges they address. These objectives are all bold and far-
reaching but differ significantly in scope and measurability. Hence, quantitative progress
(4) Most of the data underpinning the assessment has been collected in 2025. Precise cutoff dates for specific
data sources are indicated throughout the Staff Working Document accompanying this report.
(5) COM(2023) 457 final
(6) Todeschi, V., Ulpiani, G., Vetters, N., Galioto, C., Banja, M. et al., Climate-neutral and Smart Cities
Mission: 2025 assessment - Monitoring the overall progress and impact of the Cities Mission, European
Commission, Ispra, 2026, JRC146414
3
towards their targets is a limited measure of the EU Missions’ success. In addition to their
headline 2030 goals, all EU Missions have been highly effective at producing tangible
impact tackling societal challenges. This is demonstrated by the following high-value
achievements:
• The Climate Adaptation Mission has mobilised one of the largest climate
resilience coalitions ever assembled at EU level, working directly with more
than 600 regions and local authorities. This includes 333 authorities that have
made a political commitment to the Mission, 292 authorities receiving technical
assistance, and 297 authorities engaged in demonstration projects.Beyond this
broad mobilisation, the Mission is helping regional and local authorities embed
adaptation into governance structures, develop climate-risk assessments and
adaptation strategies, improve coordination across levels of government, and test
innovative resilience solutions adapted to local realities. The Mission currently
supports 185 regions and local authorities that demonstrate nearly 1 000
innovative adaptation solutions in real-life condition (7), while a further 112
territories are preparing the ground for future replication and scaling. Through co-
design with the general public, researchers and local stakeholders, these activities
are helping translate adaptation objectives into concrete action on the ground.
• For the Cancer Mission, all Member States and three Horizon Europe Associated
Countries have joined the initiative coordinating the establishment of the Network
of National Cancer Mission Hubs. This signals an unprecedented political
commitment to transform cancer prevention and care. 19 hubs (8) are expected to
be set up by the end of 2026 and almost half are already in operation. These hubs
replicate the Cancer Mission’s approach at national, regional and local level,
breaking down barriers, bringing together researchers, clinicians, policymakers,
patient organisations, funders and industry representatives to accelerate innovation,
helping to improve equitable access to prevention and care across Europe.
• The Ocean and Waters Mission has developed a growing portfolio of121
solutions for the restoration of the ocean and waters, tested across 349
demonstration sites and replicated these in 86 regions across Europe and beyond.
The Mission has attracted more than 1 000 pledges under its Mission Charter from
public and private actors around the world (9). It has also completed the design of
the core infrastructureof the European Digital Twin Ocean, which is now
accessible to all. The Digital Twin Ocean is expected to be fully operational by
2030 as a public service, providing continually updated information about the
behaviour of marine species, marine circulation patterns, bio-geochemical
processes, economic activities and more.
(7) There are 41 demonstration projects, demonstrating on average 22 climate adaptation solutions.
(8) Hubs are already operational in Poland, Germany, France, Greece, Malta, Netherlands, Bulgaria and
Sweden. They will be operational soon in Luxembourg, Norway, Portugal, Ireland, Belgium, Hungary,
Italy, Spain, Israel, Croatia and Finland.
(9) Mission Ocean and Waters - Maritime Forum
4
• Under the Cities Mission, 107 cities have committed to a reduction of 76% of
their current greenhouse gas emissions (10), equivalent to approximately 6.6% of
EU-27 emissions in 2024. Through Climate City Contracts, the Mission has
introduced a new framework for urban climate governance and investment
planning, now recognised in the EU Policy Agenda for Cities as one of the
references for integrated urban strategies and investment pipelines. It has also
generated new knowledge, methodologies and tools to help cities tackle complex
climate-neutrality challenges. In parallel, the Climate City Capital Hub is
improving access to finance through advisory and investment support for a EUR
3.24 billion project pipeline. This includes support for 9 city investment funds, a
replicable sustainable bond framework and more than 47 investor engagements.
The European Investment Bank is further supporting at least EUR 10 billion of
investment in Mission Cities through project-preparation advisory services and
dedicated lending for urban decarbonisation and climate-resilience projects.
Finally, the Mission approach is increasingly anchored at national level through
dedicated platforms and programmes that extend its benefits to additional cities.
• The Mission Soil has significantly increased political attention to soil health by
presenting evidence for the first time that 62% of soils are in an unhealthy condition
(11). In addition, the Mission has enabled the development of methodologies to
measure soil health and has built a monitoring system to track progress with 19
indicators at continental scale, supporting the implementation of the Soil
Monitoring and Resilience Directive (12) and the Common Agricultural Policy
(CAP).
The table included in the annex summarises the EU Missions’ progress towards their
respective goals and presents a more complete overview of their high-value achievements.
3.2. Progress since the 2023 Communication and assessment
The 2023 Communication “EU Missions two years on: assessment of progress and way
forward” found that, less than two years into implementation, the EU Missions had proven
their potential, individually and collectively. However, they needed to improve their
governance, enhance citizen and stakeholder awareness and engagement, and secure more
and better co-investment beyond Horizon Europe, including from the private sector.
(10) Todeschi, V., Ulpiani, G., Vetters, N., Galioto, C., Banja, M. et al., Climate-neutral and Smart Cities
Mission: 2025 assessment - Monitoring the overall progress and impact of the Cities Mission, European
Commission, Ispra, 2026, JRC146414
(11) Soil Mission – Implementation Plan
(12) Directive (EU) 2025/2360
5
Following the 2023 assessment, the European Commission implemented a series of
corrective actions to address the areas for improvement identified in the Communication.
Examples include the decision to hold regular meetings of Mission Managers to improve
horizontal steering, the strengthening of the EU Missions’ monitoring and evaluation
system, the introduction of four prizes linked to EU Missions (13), or the further
development of EU Missions support structures at the national level (14). We now observe
a functioning governance system, especially at the EU level, and strong engagement of
stakeholder communities, including those that are not traditionally involved in R&I.
While increasing co-investment levels still requires attention, this is an expected
consequence of the fact that EU Missions had been setting up the support structures they
needed until relatively recently. As the EU Missions increasingly move from
experimentation and coordination in a preparatory stage towards a phase of deployment,
scaling-up and replication of solutions, their ability to trigger complementary funding from
outside Horizon Europe is expected to grow.
4. THE VALUE OF THE EU MISSIONS’ MODEL
EU Missions are an agile and effective model to deliver progress towards societal
challenges.
The Missions are creating ecosystems that act as a launchpad that accelerates the testing,
adaptation and deployment of solutions, and that ultimately fosters systemic change. These
ecosystems reduce perceived risks for individual actors and strengthen ownership, making
it easier to try new approaches and invest in change.
4.1. Dynamic environments where knowledge is co-created rather than
simply passed on
The Missions generate both new knowledge and concrete solutions to support the
achievement of their objectives. This includes academic outputs with 156 peer-reviewed
publications produced between 2021 and 2025 (15), as well as a wide range of tangible
results, such as monitoring systems, diagnostic tools, restoration infrastructures,
governance frameworks, and financing models that facilitate investment and uptake.
These outputs are the result of a distinct approach to R&I. Missions foster transdisciplinary
collaboration by bringing together scientific knowledge, applied expertise and user-driven
perspectives, while mobilising large and diverse stakeholder communities. These
communities include public authorities, R&I actors, industry, practitioners, civil society
(13) See cross-cutting activities under the Horizon Europe Missions Work Programme 2026-2027.
(14) E.g. see HORIZON-MISS-2024-CLIMA-01-02, HORIZON-MISS-2024-CIT-02-01 under Horizon
Europe Missions Work Programme 2023-2025, HORIZON-MISS-2025-02-CANCER-06, HORIZON-
MISS-2025-03-OCEAN-07, HORIZON-MISS-2025-05-SOIL-08, “Specific Grant Agreement to the
FPA to reinforce the operations of the Climate Neutral and Smart Cities Mission Platform” under
Horizon Europe Missions Work Programme 2025, and HORIZON-MISS-2026-01-CLIMA-01 under
Horizon Europe Missions Work Programme 2026-2027.
(15) Data extracted on 28 November 2025, pertaining to 306 Mission projects.
6
and the general public, thereby expanding the range of available capacities and accelerating
the uptake of solutions.
Central to this approach are mechanisms for knowledge co-creation. Through these
mechanisms, stakeholders and the general public jointly develop, test and refine solutions,
while sharing data, tools and know-how. This ensures that solutions are scientifically
sound, relevant, legitimate and aligned with real needs.
4.2. A place-based approach that goes beyond individual projects
The EU Missions are not limited to individual projects. They coordinate actions at portfolio
level by connecting multiple actions, actors and instruments around a shared objective, and
aligning research, innovation, policy and investment efforts towards them.
This approach is firmly anchored at local and regional level, recognising that
transformation begins with communities. Through place-based activities such as living
labs, lighthouses and pilot projects, Missions enable solutions to be developed, tested and
adapted in real-life contexts. This grounding ensures that actions address real needs, while
helping local actors to take ownership of those activities and supporting replication in other
places.
To support this work, multilevel governance structures have been put in place to improve
consistency across policy areas and facilitate alignment between EU-level objectives and
local implementation. By doing this, the Missions bring together policy, innovation and
practice in a dynamic way, making the solutions more relevant and encouraging their
uptake.
4.3. Moving solutions beyond pilot settings
The EU Missions have rolled out a diverse range of intervention instruments, combining
funding, advisory support and facilitation. These include cascade funding, pilot and
twinning grants, and complementary funding sources via European Investment Bank
facilities, InvestEU, or BlueInvest.
Together, these instruments support the testing, deployment and uptake of solutions across
multiple projects, while early guidance on financing and procurement strengthens the
ability of local and regional actors to move from innovation to implementation.
The EU Missions have been operating under the rules and constraints of Horizon Europe
– which are built around traditional project-based R&I and are not entirely suitable for the
full scope of the Missions’ activities and objectives. To be deployed on a large scale, these
solutions require a more extensive toolbox than what is available under the Framework
Programme. In particular, better access to funding and financing at different levels will be
needed to ensure the deployment, scaling-up and long-term uptake of solutions after the
project phase.
7
5. EU MISSIONS AND THEIR BROADER POLICY CONTEXT
The EU Missions are contributing to broader EU policy initiatives and are becoming
integral components of their delivery.
The upcoming European Integrated Framework for Climate Resilience (16) seeks to
establish a comprehensive policy framework to reduce climate risks and vulnerabilities
across the EU. The Climate Adaptation Mission is already directly contributing to the
ongoing discussions leading up to the initiative by sharing success stories from the wide
range of decision-relevant tools, solutions and structures directly supported by the Mission.
The Cancer Mission and Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan (EBCP) (17) are strategically
aligned, sharing a wide-ranging and multifaceted approach to improving cancer outcomes
across Europe. The two initiatives strengthen each other, united by common governance
structures, cross-cutting priorities, and flagship actions that could maximise impact by
2030. The Mission drives forward R&I for the EBCP and ensures national and regional
uptake through its National Cancer Mission Hubs and citizen engagement activities.
Both the European Ocean Pact (18) and the European Water Resilience Strategy (19) provide
continuity to the objectives of the Ocean and Waters Mission, while extending their scope
to additional goals linked to international action, security and resilience. In this context,
the Ocean and Waters Mission contributes directly to both initiatives, including through
the upcoming Ocean and Water R&I Strategy and the OceanEye initiative.
The Cities Mission is a proven, scalable platform that is uniquely positioned to serve as
the backbone of the EU Agenda for Cities (20). With 107 operational Climate City
Contracts targeting the reduction of almost 200 million tonnes of CO₂ equivalent and a
consolidated view of the investment demand associated with climate-neutral urban
transitions, the Mission offers the EU Agenda for Cities an operational infrastructure for
immediate impact and long-term transformation in EU policy action on climate change.
The Soil Strategy (21) explicitly relies on the Mission Soil to expand the knowledge base,
for testing, demonstrating and deploying solutions for soil health or enhancing modelling
capacities. Moreover, the Soil Monitoring and Resilience Directive identifies the Mission
as a key implementation tool, as it will contribute to the future EU soil health data portal,
support monitoring, education and citizen engagement through living labs, and help with
capacity-building in the Member States by addressing data gaps and sharing expertise. The
Mission has also been identified in many 2023-2027 CAP Strategic Plans as a relevant
(16) European Climate Resilience and Risk Management – Integrated Framework
(17) COM(2021) 44 final
(18) COM/2025/281 final, Annex: Ocean-related targets in EU legislation and policy
(19) COM(2025) 280 final, Annex II - The key 2027-2033 intermediate targets
(20) COM(2025) 739 final
(21) COM(2021) 699 final
8
tool, and will contribute to the design and implementation of the agricultural chapter of the
national and regional partnership plans under the 2028-2034 CAP.
6. CONCLUSIONS
The EU Missions have matured significantly since the 2023 assessment, now showing a
functioning governance system and strong stakeholder engagement. Their capacity to
trigger co-investment from outside Horizon Europe is expected to grow – including with
the support of the proposed European Competitiveness Fund and National and Regional
Partnership Plans – as they move from experimentation towards a phase of deployment,
scaling-up and replication of solutions.
Their overall approach, rooted in the concept of mission-oriented policy, has demonstrated
its success and made their achievements possible. An innovation under Horizon Europe
2021-2027, the Missions support activities and drive transformative change in ways that
would otherwise not have been possible. The EU Missions are creating ecosystems that
accelerate the testing, adaptation and uptake of solutions. These ecosystems can be
leveraged by other EU and national initiatives as ready-made enabling environments,
becoming an integral delivery tool for broader action within their respective policy
domains.
At the mid-point of their implementation, the EU Missions are advancing towards their
2030 goals, and they are expected to continue delivering impact on societal challenges in
the second half of their lifecycle by further building on their ecosystems rooted in cross-
cutting governance, engagement and co-creation.
ANNEX
Table 1. Overview of EU Missions' progress towards their headline 2030 goals and high-value
achievements.
EU Mission Status of 2030 goal High-value achievements Climate Adaptation
Support at least 150
European regions, local
authorities and
communities to become
climate resilient
327 regions, local authorities and
communities signed the Adaptation
Charter and 292 received tailored
technical assistance.
• 185 regions and local authorities are
testing and implementing nearly
1000 real-life adaptation solutions
through Mission demonstrators,
while more than 110 additional
territories are preparing the
replication and scaling of successful
approaches across Europe.
• Through tailored technical
assistance, peer learning and Mission
activities, regions and local
authorities strengthened adaptation
governance, improved climate-risk
planning, and developed locally
tailored resilience pathways.
• The launch of the 27 National
Adaptation Hubs is laying the
foundation for a stronger multilevel
governance approach to climate
resilience, connecting EU, national
and regional levels and supporting
the scale-up of adaptation solutions
across Europe.
Cancer
Improve the lives of more
than 3 million people
through prevention, early
detection, treatment and
care for not only those
affected by cancer, but also
their families
Based on activities supported between
2021 and 2024, it is estimated that the
Cancer Mission will be able to improve
the lives of 2.3 million people by 2030,
out of its objective of 3 million. The 3
million target will be achieved as
additional projects are funded and more
accurate results become available.
• Between 2021 and 2026, the Cancer
Mission set up 19 National Cancer
Mission Hubs. They are engaging
national authorities, stakeholders
and citizens in cross-policy
dialogues on cancer and accelerating
the adoption of Mission project
outcomes in health systems.
• Between 2021 and 2024, the Mission
provided 62 projects with EUR 480
million in funding, resulting in 23
multicountry clinical trials, 40 new
tools for prevention, detection and
treatment, and over 850
collaborations across research,
healthcare and policy. Taking 2025
into account, the overall investment
comes to EUR 605 million,
supporting 75 projects.
• The Mission invests into the creation
of two digital platforms, aligned with
the future European Health Data
Space: (1) UNCAN.eu data platform,
supporting researchers and data
holders to advance data-driven
cancer research and innovation, and
(2) European Cancer Patient Digital
Centre, supporting patients,
survivors and caregivers with
services and trusted information.
Ocean and Waters
Protect and restore
marine and freshwater
ecosystems and
biodiversity, prevent and
eliminate pollution of our
ocean, seas and waters,
make the sustainable blue
economy carbon-neutral
and circular
The Mission has made progress on all its
2030 EU targets for biodiversity, pollution
and climate neutrality in the blue
economy. It has delivered 121 innovative
solutions tested in 349 real-world
demonstration sites, engaged 86 regions in
replication efforts and secured over 1 000
Charter Actions from stakeholders.
• The Mission has anchored a basin-
level approach, fostering cooperation
at sea and river level through its
lighthouses – an approach that the
forthcoming European Ocean Act
will build on.
• Under the Mission, the design of the
core infrastructure of the European
Digital Twin Ocean – expected to be
fully operational by 2030 – was
completed and is now accessible to
all.
• A range of replication instruments
and financial advisory services are
beginning to turn this foundation into
a larger wave of restoration
investments and projects outside the
initial Mission portfolio.
Cities
Deliver at least 100
climate-neutral cities by
2030 and ensure that
these cities also act as
experimentation and
innovation hubs for others
to follow, to enable all
European cities to become
climate-neutral by 2050
107 cities have formally committed to
climate neutrality and collectively expect
to reduce emissions by around 199.68
MtCO₂e by 2030 (approximately 6.6% of
EU-27 emissions in 2024). In addition,
there has been progress in the cities’
ability to act as experimentation hubs via
the Pilot Cities, Enabling City
Transformation Programmes (105 cities
mobilised) and Twinning Learning
Programme (181 cities mobilised)
initiatives, complemented by national
platforms that are scaling the Mission
approach beyond the original cohort,
already mobilising dozens of additional
cities across Europe. This represents a
significant contribution to EU climate
objectives, while underlining the scale of
effort required to achieve climate
neutrality by 2030.
• The Mission’s Climate City
Contracts have introduced a new
dynamic governance tool for urban
climate governance and investment
planning, now recognised in the EU
Policy Agenda for Cities as one of the
references for integrated urban
strategies and investment pipelines.
• Pilots, twinning and the Mission
Platform have created a European
ecosystem where cities test and
replicate climate-neutral solutions,
positioning Mission cities as
innovation hubs that enable other
European cities to follow similar
paths towards climate neutrality by
2050.
• The Mission has mobilised and
aligned funding and financing
streams around city climate
investments, including a EUR 2
billion lending envelope from the
European Investment Bank for
Mission Label cities, emerging
national funding via national
platforms and emerging private
investment through the Capital Hub.
Soil
100 Living Labs and
Lighthouses to lead the
transition towards healthy
soils
45 Living Labs established, and ongoing
selection for another 60-70. As all Living
Labs will be operating by 2028, the
Mission is expected to exceed its 2030
goal.
• The Mission presented evidence for
the first time that 62% of soils are in
an unhealthy condition, drawing
political attention to soil health.
• Thanks to the Mission, Europe now
has a structured and permanent
ecosystem for producing, gathering,
preserving and disseminating soil
data, knowledge, tools, technologies
and practices.
• The Mission’s Living Labs are
essential innovation infrastructure,
with more than 500 farms, forests and
urban plots in 24 different countries
already involved. The Living Labs
develop, test and support the
adoption of context-specific
sustainable soil-management
practices.
EN EN
EUROPEAN COMMISSION
Brussels, 14.9.2026 SWD(2026) 275 final
COMMISSION STAFF WORKING DOCUMENT
EU Missions 2026
Accompanying the document
Report from the Commission to the European Parliament, the Council, the European
Economic and Social Committee and the Committee of the Regions
On the mid-term assessment of the EU Missions’ progress, achievements and impact
{COM(2026) 467 final}
Table of Contents
I. Introduction ......................................................................................................................... 3
II. The progress of the five EU Missions ................................................................................ 5
1. Adaptation to Climate Change .......................................................................................... 5 1.1. Introduction to the Mission ................................................................................................... 5 1.2. The progress of the Mission .................................................................................................. 9 1.3. Conclusions ......................................................................................................................... 19
2. Cancer ................................................................................................................................ 22 2.1. Introduction to the Mission ................................................................................................. 22 2.2. The progress of the Mission ................................................................................................ 29 2.3. Conclusions ......................................................................................................................... 39
3. Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030 .......................................................................... 42 3.1. Introduction to the Mission ................................................................................................. 42 3.2. The progress of the Mission ................................................................................................ 45 3.3. Conclusions ......................................................................................................................... 55
4. 100 Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities by 2030 .............................................................. 58 4.1. Introduction to the Mission ................................................................................................. 58 4.2. The progress of the Mission ................................................................................................ 62 4.3. Progress towards the Mission’s other objectives ................................................................ 67 4.4. Conclusions ......................................................................................................................... 75
5. A Soil Deal for Europe ...................................................................................................... 77 5.1. Introduction to the Mission ................................................................................................. 77 5.2. The progress of the Mission ................................................................................................ 79 5.3. Conclusions ....................................................................................................................... 100
III. Enabling progress through the mission-oriented approach ........................................ 105
1. Governance ...................................................................................................................... 108 1.1. Strategic planning ............................................................................................................. 108 1.2. Cross-sectoral governance ................................................................................................ 109 1.3. Multi-level governance ..................................................................................................... 111 1.4. Monitoring, evaluation and learning mechanisms ............................................................ 113 1.5. Conclusions on governance .............................................................................................. 116
2. Citizens and stakeholders’ engagement ........................................................................ 116 2.1. Size of engagement ........................................................................................................... 117 2.2. Co-creation/collaboration ................................................................................................. 120 2.3. Diversity of engagement ................................................................................................... 121 2.4. Awareness and Inspiration ................................................................................................ 123 2.5. Conclusions on citizens and stakeholders’ engagement ................................................... 125
3. Pooling of funding and actions ....................................................................................... 126 3.1. Pooling of finances ........................................................................................................... 127 3.2. Pooling of actions ............................................................................................................. 131
EU Missions in 2026 2
3.3. Conclusions on pooling of funding and actions ................................................................ 135
4. Knowledge creation, usage and scaling-up ................................................................... 136 4.1. Creation of knowledge and solutions ................................................................................ 136 4.2. Sharing of knowledge and solutions, development of skills, dissemination ..................... 138 4.3. Deployment and use of solutions ...................................................................................... 140 4.4. Conclusions on knowledge creation, usage and scaling-up .............................................. 142
IV. Conclusions ...................................................................................................................... 144
List of acronyms .......................................................................................................................... 150
List of figures .............................................................................................................................. 152
List of tables ................................................................................................................................ 154
Annex – Methodological considerations ................................................................................... 155 A. The progress of the five EU Missions ............................................................................... 155 B. Enabling progress through the mission-oriented approach ............................................... 173
EU Missions in 2026 3
I. INTRODUCTION
The five EU Missions were launched in 2021 as a new initiative under Horizon Europe
2021-2027 (1). They address pressing societal challenges – climate change, soil and waters
health, and cancer – by going beyond traditional instruments and placing research and
innovation (R&I) in a new role.
EU Missions go further than traditional project-based R&I approaches. Instead, they set
clear, ambitious and time-bound objectives and mobilise coordinated action around them.
Individual R&I projects remain at the core of the Missions (2), but are integrated into a
systemic approach to achieve each Mission’s goals. This allows Missions to produce
societal impact and long-term transformation in line with their objectives.
The five EU Missions aim to achieve the following objectives by 2030:
• Climate Adaptation: support at least 150 European regions, local authorities and
communities to become climate resilient.
• Cancer: improve the lives of more than 3 million people through prevention, early
detection, treatment and care for not only those affected by cancer, but also their
families.
• Ocean and Waters: restore the health of our ocean and waters by protecting and
restoring aquatic ecosystems, reducing pollution and making the blue economy
carbon-neutral and circular.
• Cities: support at least 100 cities in achieving climate neutrality, while enabling
replication across Europe.
• Soil: establish 100 Living Labs to lead the transition towards healthy soils.
Missions are expected to reach their goals and enable meaningful change by improving
coordination between policy domains and governance levels, promoting the participation
of citizens and stakeholders, attracting investments beyond Horizon Europe and producing
R&I that can be shared, scaled up and have real-life applications.
This document presents the results of an assessment of EU Missions carried out in
2025 and 2026 (3), assessing the progress of the five EU Missions towards their objectives
(section II) and assesses how the mission-oriented approach supports their ability to
produce change (section III). This parallel perspective highlights the Missions’
accomplishment to date, as well as the ecosystems that Missions created to achieve their
goals.
This exercise follows up on the European Commission’s commitment to “producing a
further assessment report on the implementation of EU Missions” included in the 2023
Communication “EU Missions two years on: assessment of progress and way forward” (4).
(1) COM(2021) 609 final
(2) As of 28 November 2025, EU Missions have a portfolio of 306 projects funded by Horizon Europe. For
2021-2027, the Missions’ budget is EUR 4 837.09 million. Their 2024-2027 budget makes up 11% of
the total budget allocated to Pillar II of Horizon Europe.
(3) Most of the data underpinning this assessment was collected in 2025. Precise cutoff dates for specific
data sources are indicated throughout the text.
(4) COM(2023) 457 final
EU Missions in 2026 4
It is being published at a critical moment in the EU Missions’ lifecycle. Missions are at the
midpoint of their implementation timeline and have transitioned from early portfolio
formation to a phase in which solutions are deployed, replicated and scaled. Compared to
2023, evidence is now available to assess their achievements and early impact. In addition,
there is sufficient time in the remaining part of the lifecycle to adjust the implementation
of EU Missions where needed.
The assessment finds that all EU Missions made substantial progress towards their 2030
goals. All Missions – regardless of quantitative progress towards their respective
objectives – produced high-value achievements that demonstrate their positive impact on
society. These include hundreds of new innovative solutions for climate adaptation,
National Cancer Mission Hubs that are helping integrate the Cancer Mission’s actions into
health systems, the launch of the core infrastructure of the European Digital Twin Ocean,
the commitment by more than 100 cities to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions by 76%,
and the development of methodologies to measure and monitor soil health.
Nevertheless, for Missions to continue delivering impact in the second half of their
lifecycle, they will require more effective governance at the national level and, crucially,
additional tools to support the scaling and uptake of solutions after the project phase.
Importantly, the document finds that Missions developed ecosystems that support the
generation, demonstration and uptake of solutions for societal challenges. These
ecosystems are not only means through which Missions can advance towards their
objectives. They are achievements which can be leveraged and valorised within the
policy domains to which Missions contribute, and that will support continued impact on
societal challenges following the lifetime of the Missions.
EU Missions in 2026 5
II. THE PROGRESS OF THE FIVE EU MISSIONS
The following section provides an overview of the EU Missions’ progress towards their
2030 goals, their current impact and main achievements.
A dedicated chapter covers each Mission, which the respective Mission Secretariat
prepared based on data collected via their Mission’s monitoring frameworks (5). Each
chapter consists of an introduction to the Mission which includes an overview of its
objectives and brief description of its activities, an account of the Mission’s advancement
towards its goals based on a selected number of progress indicators, and final remarks
drawing lessons learnt and conclusions. In addition, each chapter includes a dedicated
intervention logic that contextualises the progress presented in the text and details the
causal chain towards the impact produced by each Mission.
Each Mission drafted its chapter in an iterative process lasting around six months which
included third-party review by a contractor and guidance from the European Commission’s
horizontal service in charge of coordinating the EU Missions. To improve coherence, each
Mission developed its chapter based on a common template. However, minor discrepancies
between the chapters remain – notably owing to the different ways in which Missions are
organised.
1. ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
1.1. Introduction to the Mission
1.1.1. Adaptation Mission and objectives
Climate change is reshaping Europe at a speed and scale that no region can ignore.
Heatwaves, water scarcity, wildfires, floods and coastal erosion are now part of daily life,
disrupting communities, damaging economies, and stretching public services. Building
climate resilience has therefore become essential for Europe’s long-term competitiveness,
security and social cohesion.
The EU Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change (Mission) is at the heart of the EU’s
response (6). It pioneers a new way of working – where R&I, political commitment, and
local action are brought together with a clear, shared purpose. The Mission supports
regions, local authorities, and communities (RLACs) in protecting people, ecosystems, and
economies from mounting climate risks.
Its political relevance has grown through the active steering of the Mission Manager (lead
policy Director at the Commission’s Climate department), the involvement of
Commissioner for Climate, and exchanges with the European Parliament and the Council.
The Committee of the Regions and the European Economic and Social Committee further
help disseminate lessons and mobilise regional and local authorities across Europe.
Now at its midpoint, the Mission has moved from ambition to concrete delivery. It helps
territories translate the EU Strategy on Adaptation to Climate Change (2021) (7) into real-
(5) The annex provides a detailed overview of the methodology underpinning each Mission’s chapter.
(6) SWD(2023) 338 final
(7) COM(2021) 82 final
EU Missions in 2026 6
world action – providing guidance, technical support, and innovative tools that strengthen
preparedness and reduce risks. By creating a direct interface between EU institutions and
local actors, the Mission has sparked momentum, deepened commitment, and fostered a
growing sense of shared purpose at a moment when Europe must urgently scale up efforts
on resilience, adaptation, and nature-based solutions (8).
The Mission is more than a funding programme. It has become a catalyst for coordinated
climate action. It bridges the long-standing gap between scientific knowledge and
implementation by connecting R&I actors – who produce solutions – with policymakers –
who can deploy them. This integrated approach accelerates adaptation and strengthens
Europe’s collective capacity to confront climate risks.
At the core of the Mission is a clear overarching goal: to support at least 150 European
regions, local authorities and communities to become climate resilient by 2030 (see
section 1.2). To achieve this, the Mission advances three interlinked objectives:
I. Prepare Europe for climate disruptions: providing general support to RLACs to
better understand, prepare for, and manage climate risks.
II. Accelerate transition to a resilient future: supporting at least 150 RLACs to
accelerate adaptation efforts and strengthen their capacity for implementation.
III. Build resilience: demonstrating on-the-ground climate resilience solutions in at
least 75 RLACs and prepare them for replication.
Together, these objectives reflect the Mission’s ambition: to shift Europe from
fragmented, incremental adaptation to a strategic, transformative resilience agenda.
1.1.2. Adaptation Mission’s intervention logic
The Mission’s intervention logic (see figure 1) is designed to ensure that its core activities
generate concrete outcomes that build resilience across Europe. It follows a truly mission-
driven approach: mobilising and aligning actors at every level around the shared common
objective, and a clear, time-bound pathway to climate resilience by 2030.
The four key elements that distinguish the Mission intervention logic are:
• Political Engagement. Political commitment is mobilised through the Mission
Charter. By signing it, RLACs make a visible, public pledge to prioritise climate
adaptation. This elevates resilience on political agendas, strengthens awareness of
climate risks, and builds a strong European constituency committed to action.
• Community of Practice. The Community of Practice connects Charter
Signatories, Mission projects, and key stakeholders into a shared arena for learning
and collaboration. By fostering peer learning and collaboration, it strengthens
awareness and operational capacity of RLACs to make progress.
• Technical Assistance. Tailored technical and financial support equips RLACs to
assess climate risks, design adaptation strategies, and access funding. This
structured support improves institutional capacity, accelerates the development of
(8) Climate change is making each summer hotter, harsher, and more dangerous. This is why we have to
radically step up our efforts into climate resilience and adaptation, and nature-based solutions. But we
must also give ourselves the tools to respond”. 2025 State of the Union Address by President von der
Leyen on 10 September 2025.
EU Missions in 2026 7
adaptation plans, and ensures that efforts are grounded in local realities and
strategically designed and actionable.
• Demonstration. Demonstration projects act as living laboratories where
innovative adaptation measures are tested, refined, and validated in real-world
conditions. They reduce implementation risks, provide evidence of effectiveness,
foster stakeholder buy-in and support the scale-up of resilience practices across
Europe.
These elements set the Mission apart from classical R&I initiatives. Nurturing political
engagement, institutional capacity and support through technical assistance are
instrumental to deliver on the Mission objectives. Demonstration projects move
innovations into real-world practice, creating ready-to-scale models. Finally, the
Community of Practice ties all the different activities together, into a coherent strategic
framework.
The Mission is implemented through a diverse portfolio of 64 Horizon Europe projects
(as of December 2025) addressing the full spectrum of adaptation challenges and
representing an EU investment of EUR 596 million between 2021 and 2025. Projects
include Research and Innovation Actions (RIAs) that advance scientific knowledge and
methods, Innovation Actions (IAs) that test and demonstrate solutions in real-world
settings, and Cascade Support Projects that provide financial and technical assistance to
RLACs. To ensure coherence and maximise impact across this broad portfolio, the Mission
Implementation Platform (MIP4Adapt (9)) plays a central coordinating role. It provides
bespoke technical assistance, facilitates access to tools and resources, and drives
knowledge exchange through the Community of Practice. MIP4Adapt is the Mission’s
connective tissue, aligning efforts under a shared strategic framework and accelerating
progress towards a climate-resilient Europe.
(9) Mission Implementation Platform (MIP4Adapt) - Portal of the EU Mission on Adaptation to Climate
Change
EU Missions in 2026 8
Figure 1. Intervention logic of the Adaptation Mission as a policy approach.
EU Missions in 2026 9
1.2. The progress of the Mission
The Mission engages regions and local authorities through a combination of political
commitment, peer learning, tailored technical and financial assistance, and real-world
demonstration projects. This engagement goes beyond participation figures: the Mission
works directly with territories to strengthen governance structures, develop adaptation
strategies and investment plans, improve climate-risk assessments, and implement
concrete resilience solutions adapted to local needs and contexts.
Defining ‘climate resilience’ in precise, measurable terms remains an active area of
research, to which the Mission is contributing (10). The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change emphasises that resilience is a dynamic process shaped by exposure, vulnerability,
and adaptive capacity, making it challenging to capture through indicators or metrics (11).
For this reason, the Mission’s progress is assessed through a set of practical indicators that
provide tangible insights into how regions and local authorities are strengthening climate
preparedness and resilience.
This chapter presents four indicators aligned with the Mission’s intervention logic (see
figure 1). They cover: (1) political commitment through the Mission Charter, (2)
participation in and perceptions of the Community of Practice, (3) the provision and results
of technical assistance, and (4) the demonstration of innovative adaptation solutions. These
indicators offer a clearer basis for assessing progress than the Mission’s interlinked
objectives and are complemented by concrete examples of how the participation in the
Mission drives impact on the ground. Table 1 presents an overview of the indicators and
progress made so far (12).
(10) The Mission has dedicated nearly EUR 3 million to the project UNDERPIN (oUtcome iNDicators to
mEasuRe Progress on climate resIlieNce).
(11)FAQ 6: What is Climate Resilient Development and how do we pursue it? | Climate Change 2022: Impacts,
Adaptation and Vulnerability
(12) The annex provides more information on the rationale for the selection of indicator and on the data
collection.
Table 1. Information on indicators used to demonstrate progress of the Mission on Adaptation to
Climate Change.
Theme Indicator Objective measured
by indicator Baseline Target (if any)
Progress value
(as of
December
2025)
1. Political
engagement
1. Number of RLACs
that signed the
Adaptation Mission
Charter.
(I) Prepare Europe
for climate
disruptions
(II) Accelerate
transition to a
resilient future
0 150 RLACs
327 RLACs
(more than
280 million
inhabitants)
EU Missions in 2026 10
1.2.1. Political engagement
At the core of the Mission are the Charter Signatories. These are RLACs that, by signing
the Mission Charter (13), have formally committed to accelerating their adaptation journey
and work towards the objectives of the Mission. By December 2025, 327 RLACs from 30
countries have signed, covering some 40% of the EU territory (14) and representing more
than 280 million inhabitants. Signatories include major regions such as Nouvelle-
Aquitaine, whose population of 6.1 million makes up nearly 9% of metropolitan France,
underscoring the Mission’s reach into territorially and politically significant areas. These
figures represent more than a milestone; they reflect important political momentum at
subnational level, anchoring climate adaptation as a shared European priority that matters
to citizens.
The Charter serves as a clear entry point into the Mission for RLACs, signalling political
commitment and raising the profile of climate adaptation locally. When backed by active
participation in the Mission activities, this commitment is transformed from intent into
action. It pairs political will with the Mission’s scientific and technical backbone through
access to tailored technical support, a vibrant Community of Practice.
(13) See facsimile of the Mission Charter.
(14) See Factsheet ‘EU Mission: Adaptation to Climate Change – Meet the Regions and Local Authorities’
May 2025. There are Charter Signatories from 25 EU Member States and 5 Associated Countries.
2. Community
of Practice
2a. Extent of
participation in the
EU Mission
Adaptation
Community of
Practice
(I) Prepare Europe
for climate
disruptions
0
No specific target.
Qualitative aim for
engaged and diverse
cohort of stakeholders
653
Participants
2b. Perceptions of
European RLACs of
the extent to which
knowledge transfer
through involvement
in the Community of
Practice has
accelerated their
transformation to a
climate resilient
future
(I) Prepare Europe
for climate
disruptions
n/a
2.5 / 5 and progress over
time
[from 1 being ‘not at all’
to 5 being
‘substantially’]
3.32 / 5
3. Technical
Assistance
3. Number of
European RLACs
provided with
technical assistance
and the progress
made in climate
adaptation planning.
(II) Accelerate
transition to a
resilient future
0
150 RLACs
Progress against the
relevant six steps of the
Regional Adaptation
Support Tool (RAST)
292 RLACs
(including 131
completed)
4.
Demonstration
4. Number of
European RLACs
where solutions for
climate resilience are
being demonstrated
(III) Build
resilience
0 75
185
demonstrators
112 replicators
EU Missions in 2026 11
The significance of the Charter therefore extends beyond a simple count of members. It
represents a pioneering political constituency for adaptation in Europe, one that is
increasingly aware of climate risks, empowered with tools and knowledge, and committed
to embedding resilience into local governance. In doing so, it provides a foundation to
catalyse systemic change and deliver on its ambition of a climate-resilient Europe by 2030.
The Mission and its Charter have established a direct channel between the European Union,
its Member States and the RLACs, facilitating multilevel dialogue, which had been lagging
behind.
How political engagement of regions through the Mission drives impact
The Mission Charter has emerged as a powerful driver of political commitment, helping regions elevate
climate adaptation on their agendas and embed it more strategically in governance structures. According
to the European Regions Research and Innovation Network (ERRIN), both the Charter and the Mission
have significantly elevated the importance of adaptation on the political agenda and fostered a more
strategic approach to adaptation challenges (15).
In Małopolska (PL), signing the Charter in 2022 marked a turning point. Mission participation helped
embed adaptation structurally in regional planning. The region became the first in Poland to develop
a dedicated Adaptation Action Plan (2023) and the Regional Adaptation Strategy (to be adopted soon)
will be integrated into key regional strategic documents, including the Małopolska Development Strategy
and the Environmental Protection Programme.
In Normandy (FR), Mission Charter commitment and participation in the Mission have expanded
internal capacities and strengthened adaptation governance structures. It has accelerated the
development of a multilevel coordination between regional departments, local authorities and external
partners. The Mission’s European visibility has reinforced the political legitimacy of adaptation,
making it harder for decision-makers to deprioritise it.
In Southwest Finland (FI), Charter commitment and participation in Mission projects fostered stronger
stakeholder cooperation and improved regional adaptation capacity. Mission meetings – both EU-
wide and regional forum, such as the Baltic Sea Region meeting – serve as crucial platforms for
knowledge exchange and shared learning.
In Suceava, Iași and Roman (RO), Charter signatures and participation in Mission activities have
increased awareness of adaptation needs among local authorities and universities. The Mission has
helped initiate early multistakeholder cooperation. Although progress is still emerging, the Mission
provides a clearer strategic framework for local actors, helping them understand the urgency of adaptation
and define institutional responsibilities. This shared foundation is beginning to support more coordinated
regional action.
These examples show that the Mission has played a decisive role in raising the political priority of climate
adaptation, strengthening governance structures, and anchoring adaptation as a long-term regional policy
objective.
1.2.2. Community of Practice
A strong Community of Practice is at the heart of the Mission, serving as an arena where
RLACs, Mission projects, and other stakeholders connect, exchange knowledge, and learn
from one another. By 31 December 2025, the Community had expanded to 653 registered
members, including 254 individuals from Charter signatories and 254 from Mission
projects (see figure 2). RLAC involvement spans 29 European countries, and this extensive
membership reflects the Mission’s role as a hub for knowledge exchange and a trusted
(15) See ERRIN paper series. Towards the 10th Framework Programme – EU Missions.
EU Missions in 2026 12
space for collaboration. The reach of the Mission community extends well past registration
statistics – 85 Mission events were held between May 2023 and December 2025, attracting
a total of 4 915 individuals. This includes more than 1 520 representatives from Charter
signatories, 250 from other RLACs, 923 from Mission projects, and 2 072 participants
from other stakeholder groups (see figure 3). These events, which are meant for those
directly involved in resilience building at the local level, have provided important
opportunities for networking, peer learning, and strengthening collaboration across the
adaptation community.
Figure 2. Type of participants registered and granted access to the Mission Community’s online
platform Futurium until December 2025 (n=653).
Note: Others’ refers to members of the Community who do not fall within any of the other
categories. These include Member States representatives, Climate Pact Ambassadors, individuals
from regional and national adaptation platforms, as well as representatives of the Mission and the
European Commission.
Figure 3. Participation numbers to the Mission Community’s events between May 2023 and
December 2025 (n=85 events).
Importantly, RLACs increasingly perceive the Community of Practice as instrumental in
advancing their adaptation efforts. Survey results (16) in September 2025 show that 86% of
responding Charter Signatories considered the knowledge gain from involvement in the
Mission Community to have meaningfully accelerated their transformation toward climate
resilience, a notable rise from 58% one year earlier (score of 3 or more in see figure 4).
(16) A survey is circulated every 6-month with the Signatories. For more details see the annex and Fifth
barometer update https://mission-adaptation-portal.ec.europa.eu/document/download/0e9f7a61-a725-
47a0-8f92-6487622f116f_en?filename=Mission%20monitoring%20-
%20Fifth%20Barometer%20Update_Final_clean_111225.pdf
254
35
254
53 57 Charter Signatories
Other RLACs
Mission Projects
Friends of the Mission
Others
0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
Charter signatories
Other RLACs Mission Projects Friends of the Mission
OthersN o .
o f P
a rt
ic ip
a n ts
EU Missions in 2026 13
The average score also increased from 2.72 to 3.32 on a five-point scale, signalling
growing recognition of its value. These trends demonstrate that the Community is not only
growing in numbers but also strengthening the quality of its engagement – actively
enabling knowledge transfer, mutual support and peer-learning, providing a solid
foundation for accelerating Europe’s climate resilience.
Figure 4. Charter Signatories’ perceptions of the extent to which knowledge transfer through the
Community of Practice has accelerated their RLAC’s transformation to a climate-resilient future
(n=number of respondents).
Illustrative examples of the impact of the Community of Practice
The Mission’s Community of Practice – through the Peer Learning Programme and Thematic Working
Groups – is strengthening individual projects while building a coherent community capable of shaping
adaptation practice and policy across Europe.
Peer Learning Programme: Across two cycles, 30 RLACs participated in structured exchanges, expert
sessions and joint exercises. Satisfaction was consistently high (around 4.6/5), underscoring the value of
learning from peers facing similar adaptation challenges and helping regions move more effectively from
planning to action. Participation in the peer learning programme has supported tangible action at regional
level. For instance, in Hauts-de-France (FR) work on citizen engagement fed into the development of a
regional citizen-engagement scheme, with a strong focus on youth awareness and involvement.
Thematic Working Groups: More than 300 representatives from Mission and other EU-funded projects
now collaborate through the Thematic Working Groups. High satisfaction levels (84% would recommend;
~70% wish to continue their engagement) reflect the benefit of a shared space to compare approaches and
develop common positions. Joint policy papers have proven especially influential, giving projects a
stronger collective voice and greater policy relevance. All outputs are available on the EU Mission
Adaptation Community site (here).
1.2.3. Technical assistance
Tailored technical assistance remains the Mission’s most direct way of helping RLACs
accelerate their progress in climate adaptation. RLACs themselves perceive direct and
hands-on support as “crucial” to develop robust adaptation plans and strategies (17).
(17) See ERRIN paper series. Towards the 10th Framework Programme – EU Missions
EU Missions in 2026 14
By December 2025, the Mission had supported 292 RLACs: 131 had completed their
support cycle and 161 RLACs were receiving ongoing technical and financial assistance
(see figure 5). The scale of this engagement demonstrates that the Mission’s approach
aligns closely with the needs of its target audience.
Figure 5. Total number of European RLACs provided with technical assistance in climate
adaptation planning from the Mission (MIP4Adapt, CLIMAAX, P2R), as of 31 December 2025.
Recognising the diversity of local contexts, the Mission provides multiple forms of
assistance – from advisory services delivered in local languages to comprehensive, longer-
term financial and technical support.
Completed assistance
MIP4Adapt completed technical assistance to 152 Charter Signatories on adaptation
planning (18). The
quality and
relevance of this
support are
reflected in
feedback, with 99%
of beneficiaries
reporting that the
technical assistance
has helped to
accelerate transformation to a climate resilient future (score 3 or more in figure 6). This
demonstrates how structured institutional capacity-building can rapidly enhance
authorities’ ability to act. In addition to self-reported progress, evidence confirms that
technical assistance is yielding concrete, measurable advances in adaptation planning.
Using the Regional Adaptation Support Tool (RAST) as a benchmark, RLACs supported
through MIP4Adapt show significant progress in identifying and assessing adaptation
options, implementing strategies and plans, and developing monitoring frameworks (i.e.
(18) The difference with the numbers in figure 5 are due to the fact that 21 RLACs had completed the
MIP4Adaptation technical assistance but were also receiving ongoing technical assistance from
CLIMAAX and/or P2R.
131 161
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Number of RLACs
Support Completed (up to 31 December 2025)
0
20
40
60
1 (Not at All) 2 3 4 5 (Substantially)
N u
m b
er
Eu ro
p ea
n R
LA C
s
Perception scores
Figure 6. Perceptions of European RLACs about the extent to which the
technical assistance received will help to accelerate their transformation
towards a climate-resilient future (n=112 respondents from 98 RLACs).
EU Missions in 2026 15
RAST Steps 3 – 6 (19), see figure 7). Further details are available in the Fifth Barometer
Update (20).
Figure 7. Progress of climate adaptation planning by European RLACs where MIP4Adapt’s
technical assistance was completed by 31 December 2025 (n=152). Taken from Fourth Barometer
Update.
Note: the scoring has the following meaning: 1=not started, with no understanding of need; 2=not
started, with understanding of need, 3=ongoing, 4=completed, 5=completed to a high standard.
Ongoing assistance
The Mission continues to provide targeted financial and technical support through its two
major Cascade Support Projects: Pathways2Resilience and CLIMAAX.
• Pathways2Resilience is supporting around 100 RLACs over an 18-month period to
co-design climate resilience strategies, action plans and investment plans. Mid-
term findings from the first 39 participants show early transformational effects,
including strengthened institutional capacity, more systemic planning approaches,
and improved cross-departmental collaboration.
• CLIMAAX is enabling 68 RLACs to conduct or update climate risk assessments,
strengthening their analytical capacity and supporting evidence-based decision-
making. Its 22-month support programme allows in-depth stakeholder engagement,
and the CLIMAAX toolbox is increasingly used by national and local
administrations.
Cascade Support Projects create accessible entry points for RLACs enabling easier access
to European support. Newly recruited staff within those projects accelerate the uptake of
tools, knowledge, and methodologies and ensure their integration into regional processes.
(19) The Regional Adaptation Support Tool provides a six-step process for climate adaptation: (1) Preparing
the ground, (2) Assessing climate risks and vulnerabilities, (3) Identifying adaptation options, (4)
Assessing and selecting options, (5) Implementing actions, and (6) Monitoring, evaluation, and
learning. Technical Assistance was provided to RLACs that had completed Step 2, i.e. had assessed
their risks.
(20) https://mission-adaptation-portal.ec.europa.eu/document/download/0e9f7a61-a725-47a0-8f92-
6487622f116f_en?filename=Mission%20monitoring%20-
%20Fifth%20Barometer%20Update_Final_clean_111225.pdf
1,0 2,0 3,0 4,0 5,0
Step 3: Identifying adaptation options
Step 4: Assessing and selecting adaptation options
Step 5: Implementing adaptation policies and actions
Step 6: Monitoring, evaluation and learning
Mean progress score (n=152)
Before
After
EU Missions in 2026 16
A further 120 RLACs will receive assistance through upcoming follow-up projects starting
in 2026, putting the Mission on track to exceed its commitment to support at least 150
authorities.
Together, completed and ongoing technical assistance demonstrate the Mission’s dual
focus: reaching as many RLACs possible (with the available resources) while ensuring that
the support delivered is deep, tailored and capable of driving real progress toward climate
resilience.
How the Mission’s technical assistance accelerates regional adaptation
To understand the impact of the Mission’s technical assistance is having on RLACs, it is useful to take a
closer look at individual RLAC experiences through a few cases.
MIP4Adapt: In Andalucía (ES), the co-development of a Practical Guide for Climate Adaptation
Financing is helping municipalities, especially those with fewer resources, access and align funding
opportunities, while complementary training has reinforced interdepartmental collaboration. In
Gothenburg (SE), assistance enabled a systematic review of the city’s adaptation strategy, the creation
of an action plan guide for public departments and private companies, embedding adaptation more deeply
in local governance. In Figueira da Foz (PT), support was catalytic for finalising the municipal Climate
Action Plan and for structuring pilot projects such as urban microforests, while innovative activities like
a climate-themed photo contest engaged schools and communities, creating intergenerational connections
around resilience.
Pathways2Resilience: The region Île-de-France (FR) could shift from limited understanding of climate
investment planning, absence of centralised resources for adaptation and challenges in connecting local
initiatives to a coherent regional approach with a coordinated data observatory system, formalized
partnerships, dedicated resources, and systematic data sharing accessible to all territorial actors.
CLIMAAX: Early results have already influenced policy and investment decisions, such as the planning
of green space in Košice (SK) and the strengthening of risk plans supporting regional responses to extreme
events in Catalonia (ES). Participation of La Réunion (FR) has strengthened the science-based approach
to climate adaptation in this outermost region, enabling access to EU-level expertise in risk assessments
and peer exchange.
Together, these examples show how tailored technical assistance is supporting the Mission’s objective
and enabling context-specific pathways to resilience.
1.2.4. Demonstration
The Mission is driving innovation by supporting on-the-ground demonstrations of
adaptation solutions across Europe. By December 2025, 185 RLACs across 41 Mission
projects were actively testing and implementing nearly 1 000 resilience measures (21).
These demonstrations serve as living laboratories where innovative approaches are co-
created, trialled, refined, and prepared for replication. Their collaborative nature is
reflected in the diversity of participants: 38% research and higher education, 27%
public entities, 19% private companies, and 16% others (e.g. NGOs and networks).
Knowledge transfer is embedded into the demonstrations: 112 RLACs participate as
replicators, ready to adopt the successful solutions. This structure amplifies the impact,
favours scaling of the solutions and strengthens peer-to-peer learning across the Mission.
While demonstrators and replicators are based in EU Member States and Associated
Countries, some projects extend this approach beyond Europe by integrating an
(21) On average, each demonstration projects tests 22 climate adaptation solutions.
EU Missions in 2026 17
international dimension. For example, Coast-Scape combines core demonstration pilots in
Spain, Italy and Germany with replication pilots in Portugal, Spain and Romania, as well
as transfer pilots in Morocco, Mozambique and Colombia, to support uptake in new
contexts. Similarly, CARDIMED has established a resilience alliance that brings together
additional communities, including partners from third countries.
Demonstrations span a broad range of themes – from water management, agriculture and
forestry to critical infrastructure and health. Nature-based solutions play a particularly
prominent role, as a cross-cutting approach offering multiple co-benefits. For instance, this
includes demonstrations addressing urban greening and re-naturing, contributing to the
New European Bauhaus and boosting social inclusion, equitability and liveability in cities.
The wide geographical spread highlights the diversity of adaptation challenges and
solutions across the continent (see figures 8 and 9). Mediterranean countries such as Spain,
Italy, Greece, and Portugal currently host the highest number of demonstrations, reflecting
both their acute vulnerability to climate impacts and their strong engagement in the
Mission. Yet, demonstrations are also underway in northern, central, and eastern Europe,
showing that the Mission is relevant across a broad range of climatic, socio-economic, and
governance contexts.
(a) Demonstrators (n= 185 RLACs) (b) Replicators (n = 112 RLACs)
Figure 8. Map of RLACs involved in cross-border demonstration projects of climate resilience
associated with Mission Projects (categorised by year of Horizon Europe call).
EU Missions in 2026 18
Figure 9. Number of different European RLACs involved in demonstration projects of climate
resilience categorised by Members States/Associated Countries.
Through these efforts, the Mission is demonstrating very concretely what climate
resilience looks like in practice: from restoring rivers and managing water scarcity to
reducing heat stress in urban environments and strengthening cross-border collaboration.
By embedding innovation in real-world contexts, the demonstrations provide a critical
foundation for scaling up solutions, validating what works in practice, and showing how
Europe’s regions and local authorities can translate adaptation plans into tangible action.
How demonstrator regions translate adaptation into action
The examples below show how Mission demonstration projects are delivering concrete adaptation on the
ground. Captured in the Adaptation Stories (22) series on the Mission Portal, they reflect strong demand
from RLACs across Europe to test and implement real solutions – not just plans. Together, they show
how demonstrators help regions move from strategy to implementation, piloting actions that are locally
rooted, scientifically robust, and available for wider replication. They illustrate the Mission’s role in
turning adaptation strategies into investments, governance innovation, and tangible resilience benefits for
communities.
Centro region (PT) is highly exposed
to wildfires. Through integrated
landscape management, small
landowners collaborate to reduce fuel
loads, introduce fire-resistant species,
and create more resilient forests. The
approach delivers ecological gains
while opening up new business
opportunities in rural areas. [Full story
here – from the project RESIST]
Fryslân (NL) is adapting its water
systems and coastal areas to future
climate risks by restoring meanders
and reinforcing dikes with nature-
based solutions. This enhances the
resilience of the regional water systems against climate threats while providing ecological, recreational,
and economic co-benefits. [Full story here – from the project NBRACER]
(22) See the 100+ Adaptation Stories published on the Mission Portal: https://mission-adaptation-
portal.ec.europa.eu/stories-0_en
Figure 10. Coastline restoration, combining nature, coastal
protection, flood risk reduction and improving biodiversity and
in Fryslân (NL). Image Credit: 1DYK
0 5
10 15 20 25 30 35
N u m
b e r
o f R
L A
C s
Member States / Associated countries and others
EU Missions in 2026 19
Non-conventional water sources –
such as rainwater harvesting, dry-
stone terrace restoration, and small-
scale aquifer recharge – help address
chronic water scarcity in Aegean
islands (EL). These low-tech, nature-
based measures reduce pressure on
dwindling freshwater resources and
support local agriculture,
demonstrating how traditional
landscape practices can underpin
modern climate resilience. [Full story
here – from the project CARDIMED]
In Transylvania (RO) 40 hectares of
degraded mountain grasslands are
being restored using drones, soil amendments, and native seed mixes. Local farmers, researchers, and
authorities work together to improve soil health, increase water retention, and boost biodiversity, reviving
traditional mountain pastures and rural livelihoods. [Full story here – from the project MountResilience]
In Sardinia (IT), the “Coastal Contract” approach brings together municipalities, regional authorities and
civil society to jointly plan coastal adaptation, aligning ecosystem restoration, risk management and
tourism strategies. This collaborative model strengthens accountability and enables long-term, area-wide
action in regions exposed to sea-level rise and storm surges. [Full story here – from the project:
TransformAr]
1.3. Conclusions
Climate change is no longer a distant threat, but a daily reality reshaping Europe’s
communities, economies, and ecosystems. In this context, climate preparedness is
emerging as a defining priority for Europe’s prosperity, stability and global
competitiveness. As highlighted in the 2025 State of the Union address, the EU must
strengthen its capacity to protect vulnerable regions, safeguard resources, and prepare for
increasingly frequent and severe climate extremes. The Adaptation Mission has become a
cornerstone of this collective effort.
Achievements and progress since the 2023 assessment
Since the 2023 assessment, the Mission has advanced along three main fronts: mobilisation
of actors, strengthening of support structures and progress toward a more systemic and
coherent adaptation ecosystem.
Mobilisation and participation
In just a few years, the Mission has mobilised one of the largest resilience coalitions ever
assembled at EU level. More than 300 regional and local authorities have pledged
political commitment through the Mission Charter, and over 600 RLACs are engaged in
Mission activities – far exceeding the original target of 150. This confirms the 2023 finding
that the Mission is a timely, positive and promising initiative (23) – and demonstrates that
momentum has continued to grow. Charter Signatories continue to rate the Mission highly
(23) European Commission (2023). Study supporting the assessment of EU missions and the review of mission
areas – Mission Adaptation to Climate Change assessment report,
https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/017040
Figure 11. Loading a drone with mineral fertilizer in
Transylvania (RO). Image Credit: MountResilience.
EU Missions in 2026 20
(4.1/5 in terms of relevance to their goals and needs (24)), and early evidence points to its
genuine added value: deeper strategic thinking, stronger governance, and more coordinated
adaptation planning.
Technical assistance and knowledge exchange
The Mission’s Community of Practice has evolved into a vibrant arena for knowledge
exchange. Almost 300 authorities have received or are receiving tailored technical and
financial assistance.
Real-world testing and innovation
Meanwhile, 185 demonstrators across Europe are testing real-life adaptation solutions,
helping ground the forthcoming EU Integrated Framework for Climate Resilience in the
lived realities of local authorities and communities.
Financing and resource mobilisation
Initial indications also suggest that the Mission is helping RLACs mobilise resources well
beyond Horizon Europe, including through dedicated financial advisory services.
According to recent monitoring (25), 81% of adaptation actions reported by Signatories are
financed from local budgets. Synergies (26) with LIFE projects alone represent almost EUR
162 million of complementary investment (see annex) and illustrate how authorities
actively draw on other EU instruments to implement or scale adaptation strategies. These
findings point to a positive trend that should strengthen as technical assistance and work
on adaptation finance deepen local capacities. Synergies have increased elsewhere as well:
the 2026-2027 Horizon Europe work programme dedicates nearly EUR 160 million to
joint calls with other initiatives such as the Cities and Soil Missions, the New European
Bauhaus, and the Circular Cities and Region initiative.
Breadth and depth
The breadth-depth dynamic identified in 2023 has now become one of the Mission’s
defining strengths. Sustained demand from territories broadened participation well above
the original target of 150 RLACs, demonstrating both the relevance of the Mission’s
approach and its capacity to mobilise local and regional actors at scale. At the same time,
maintaining depth remains essential. Targeted instruments – technical assistance,
demonstrators, Adaptation Hubs – offer a “plug-and-play” pathway for territories ready to
advance more quickly. Others can engage at their own pace while still benefiting from a
shared European ecosystem of knowledge and support. In this way, the Mission preserves
breadth while enabling depth where it is most actionable. It remains a pilot initiative by
design: intended to demonstrate a scalable model with strong added value, complementing
and enabling national and regional funding structures, not replacing them.
Multilevel governance
(24) See survey conducted in September 2024 https://climate-
adapt.eea.europa.eu/en/mission/news/news/charter-signatories-share-insights-on-the-missions-impact
(25) EEA (2025) Mission Signatory Reporting Assessment https://climate-
adapt.eea.europa.eu/en/mission/knowledge-and-data/signatory-
reporting/mission_signatory_reporting_assessment.pdf/
(26) “Synergies” here is not to be confused with our definition of “synergies” in the pooling chapter (section
III, chapter 3). Here, “synergies” is used in its general meaning of “combined action or operation”.
EU Missions in 2026 21
The launch of National Adaptation Hubs (27) in 2025 marks a step-change in the Mission
implementation and a strong signal for multilevel governance implementation. With one
Hub in each Member State, the Mission is driving a systemic approach to adaptation –
connecting EU, national and local levels, aligning strategies, and supporting the scale-up
of Mission solutions across the different national territories.
Monitoring
Monitoring is maturing. Biannual Mission monitoring reports (28) and annual signatory
assessments of RLAC progress (29) provide a clearer picture of the advancements, while
new research efforts help address the longstanding challenge of appropriate indicators for
measuring climate resilience (30).
Private-sector engagement
Engagement with the private sector is also evolving, with breakthroughs expected through
the 2025 call on incentives for private adaptation finance and the “Deep Tech for Climate
Adaptation” accelerator challenge launched with the European Innovation Council.
Lessons learnt
As the Mission approaches its mid-point, several lessons are emerging:
• European added value is clear. Peer learning and cross-border collaboration
accelerate adaptation, avoid duplication, and enable cost-efficient scaling of solutions.
• Local capacity remains a bottleneck. Tailored technical assistance is indispensable
for driving a faster, smarter, and more systemic climate adaptation.
• Co-creation drives ownership and impact. Bringing together R&I actors,
policymakers and other stakeholders is a unique strength of the Mission. It ensures that
knowledge is translated into actionable, context-specific solutions.
• Adaptation is local. There is no one-size-fits all approach: climate impacts,
governance systems, and local cultures vary widely across Europe. The Mission’s
place-based, flexible approach is essential. Successful climate adaptation initiatives
require striking the right balance between diversity (reflecting local realities) and
harmonisation (ensuring coherence, efficiency and progress at the European level).
Looking forward
The evidence gathered through this assessment confirms that the Mission is delivering
tangible progress while laying the foundations for longer-term systemic resilience. As
climate risks intensify, no region can adapt alone. The Mission shows how Europe can act
(27) See project AdaptationHubs, which will be extended in the 2026 call.
(28) See Mission Fifth Barometer updates https://mission-adaptation-
portal.ec.europa.eu/document/download/0e9f7a61-a725-47a0-8f92-
6487622f116f_en?filename=Mission%20monitoring%20-
%20Fifth%20Barometer%20Update_Final_clean_111225.pdf
(29) EEA (2025) Mission Signatory Reporting Assessment https://climate-
adapt.eea.europa.eu/en/mission/knowledge-and-data/signatory-
reporting/mission_signatory_reporting_assessment.pdf/
(30) See UNDERPIN project: oUtcome iNDicators to mEasuRe Progress on climate resIlieNce
EU Missions in 2026 22
together – mobilising knowledge, innovation, financing and political leadership to
strengthen resilience across all territories. As the Mission matures and its first projects
conclude, its impact will become increasingly visible on the ground: better preparedness,
stronger governance, and more communities capable of anticipating and withstanding
climate shocks.
The experience generated through the Mission will directly inform the forthcoming EU
Integrated Framework for Climate Resilience (31), grounding it in the realities, priorities
and solutions emerging from Europe’s regions and local authorities. In doing so, it will
help ensure that climate preparedness becomes a defining strength of the European
Union – a cornerstone of its competitiveness, security and social cohesion in the decades
ahead. In this way, the Mission is helping transform climate preparedness from an
aspiration into a shared European capability.
2. CANCER
2.1. Introduction to the Mission
2.1.1. The EU Cancer Mission, its overall goal and selected specific objectives
Imagine a Europe in which cancer is better understood, well prevented, quickly diagnosed,
effectively treated, and the affected have a high quality of life. Despite all the investments
into cancer research so far, there is still much to be understood, 40% of all cancer cases are
preventable, and the affected people suffer too much. With the EU Cancer Mission we
move away from isolated research projects towards a more comprehensive Mission
approach aiming to speed up the process from findings to implementation across the EU
to achieve its objectives.
This move is urgently needed as cancer affects every individual, family, and community,
causing far-reaching consequences that are not limited to the disease itself. Each year,
millions of Europeans are diagnosed with cancer, leading to personal suffering, loss, and
a significant emotional and financial burden on families and caregivers. Cancer also affects
societies and economies, straining healthcare systems, reducing productivity, and
increasing social inequalities across the EU. Every year the EU sees a EUR 200 billion
economic toll.
As one of Europe’s leading causes of death, cancer is a major public health and societal
challenge requiring a coordinated response. With 1.3 million lives lost and 2.8 million new
diagnoses annually, cancer has a significant impact on the EU. Today, 5% of the EU
population lives with or beyond cancer, making survivorship and quality of life an urgent
priority. This need will grow as cancer diagnoses are projected to exceed 3.2 million by
2040 due to ageing, environmental and lifestyle risk factors, and unequal access to
prevention, diagnosis and care.
In response, the EU Cancer Mission was launched in 2021, alongside the Europe’s Beating
Cancer Plan. The Mission aims to improve the lives of over 3 million people by 2030
(31) Announced as ‘European Climate Adaptation Plan’ in the 2024-2029 political guidelines. The
framework is planned for Q4 of 2026
EU Missions in 2026 23
through better prevention, earlier detection, improved treatment, and strong support for
patients and survivors.
The Mission is organised around four major objectives – understanding cancer, prevention
and early detection, diagnosis and treatment, and improving quality of life. The outcomes
of these objectives contribute together towards achieving the overall goal.
The EU Cancer Mission unites research and cancer control, policy, stakeholders, and
citizens to prevent, diagnose, and treat cancer more effectively. It contributes to the
advancement of scientific knowledge and helps translating it into societal progress through
national implementation. Thus, this integrated approach leads to better prevention, earlier
diagnosis, more precise treatments, and tailored support for survivors, improving outcomes
and quality of life. It also contributes to reduction of inequalities and improved lives across
Europe.
Hence, the EU Cancer Mission extends past research by connecting science with other
policies, as well as national, regional and local needs, engaging with the public, citizens
and practitioners directly, and promoting innovations that translate into real-world
solutions. The Mission supports R&I across its four objectives, including a strong portfolio
of clinical trials.
The EU Cancer Mission is integrated into Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan (EBCP), the
EU’s policy framework supporting Member States in the fight against cancer. The EBCP
was adopted in 2021, and both initiatives were co-developed, sharing aligned objectives
and a joint governance.
The Mission serves as the R&I engine of the EBCP, generating evidence, technologies,
and solutions for prevention, screening and early detection, diagnosis, treatment, and
quality of life. The EBCP helps implement these solutions across Member States. Key
innovations include an EU-wide framework for prevention and equitable care and the EU
Cancer Screening Scheme to expand early detection. Through its National Cancer Mission
Hubs (32) and citizen engagement activities, the Mission promotes national and regional
uptake, equity, and peer learning. The joint governance (33) of the Mission and the EBCP
connects research, health and digital policies, ensuring close coordination between the
Commission, Member States, and stakeholders. This is achieved through the Subgroup on
Cancer under the Public Health Expert Group (34) and the joint “Beating Cancer Group”
on the Health Policy Platform (35).
(32) ECHoS - Cancer Missions Hubs
(33) Examples include: cancer prevention (e.g. health promotion and vaccination), cancer screening,
personalised cancer medicine, rare cancers (e.g. childhood, adolescent and young adult cancers), public-
private health partnership with industry, non-power health applications of ionising radiation such as
medical radioisotopes and radiation protection, digital policies concerning data sharing and artificial
intelligence, clinical research such as clinical trial infrastructure, treatment optimisation.
(34) Expert Group on Public Health - Public Health - European Commission
(35) EU Health Policy Platform - EU Health Policy Platform
EU Missions in 2026 24
The Mission’s efforts have led to the development of joint flagships, such as the
UNCAN.eu data platform or the European Cancer Patient Digital Centre (ECPDC (36)).
These flagships build on and are integrated with broader policy frameworks, in particular
the European Health Data Space (EHDS) (37). By bringing together research, health and
digital policies, these flagships will be scaled up to the first concrete demonstrators of how
the EHDS will revolutionise data exchange, in cancer as well as other disease areas.
International collaboration is critical, particularly in tackling rare and hard-to-treat
cancers, where the pooling of resources and expertise is indispensable. In recognition of
this imperative, the Cancer Mission has also intensified engagement with key international
partners that share its strategic objectives.
For instance, the US Cancer Moonshot Initiative, Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan, the EU
Cancer Mission, and the US National Cancer Plan share a similar ambition to enhance
cancer prevention, early detection, and equitable care for all individuals affected by cancer.
To facilitate knowledge exchange and explore potential joint initiatives, two thematic
working groups have been established in 2024, focusing on ultra-rare paediatric cancers
and lung cancer screening to foster a structured transatlantic dialogue on cancer. Under
this initiative, two EU4Health projects are underway:
• Partner4VRT aims to strengthen international collaboration to improve patient
outcomes through data-driven insights and innovative therapies. The pilot
observational study focuses on two ultra-rare childhood cancers –
pancreatoblastoma and adrenocortical carcinoma – to expand patient data
availability for robust analysis.
• LAPIN seeks to address knowledge gaps among EU Member States regarding
cumulative tobacco exposure, associated lung cancer risk, and potential screening
eligibility.
Similarly, Japan’s cancer strategy exhibits strong synergies with the EU’s approach,
presenting a compelling opportunity for collaboration. The EU Cancer Mission has
initiated discussions with the Japan Agency for Medical Research and Development to
explore avenues for deepening cooperation in cancer research.
On 26 June 2025, a joint event titled "Fighting Cancer: How the EU Cancer Mission and
Japan’s National Cancer Centre Address the Challenge" was co-hosted at the Osaka World
Expo by the EU Cancer Mission and Japan’s National Cancer Centre. The discussions
centred on a shared priority: enhancing quality of life for individuals during and after
cancer treatment, with a particular focus on adolescents and young adults. A follow-up
event was held in Brussels on 2 March 2026.
In the 2026 Cancer Mission Work Programme, EUR 5 million has been allocated to
support the development of a comprehensive capacity-building programme between EU
Member States, Associated Countries and Ukrainian cancer centres. This initiative aims
(36) An operational concept for a European Cancer Patient Digital Centre - Publications Office of the EU
(37) European Health Data Space (EHDS)
EU Missions in 2026 25
to establish a research and innovation capacity-building framework while integrating it
with cancer care delivery.
2.1.2. The EU Cancer Mission’s intervention logic and activities
The EU Cancer Mission creates added value (38) by bringing together different sectors
and disciplines to find solutions for cancer control, both at the European and national
levels. Its intervention logic is built on societal transformation, supported by a strong multi-
stakeholder approach that actively involves citizens, patients, researchers, industry,
philanthropy, policymakers, funders, health tech innovators, and healthcare professionals.
This inclusive framework enables the development and integration of more effective,
sustainable and citizen-centred innovation across the entire cancer pathway.
Figure 12. Intervention logic as outlined in the EU Cancer Mission Implementation Plan (39).
The intervention logic of the EU Cancer Mission explains how its goal is achieved through
four objectives, five transversal priorities, and a coordinated set of 19 scientific, policy,
and societal actions.
• It links research activities, such as generating new knowledge, developing
prevention tools, and improving diagnosis, treatment and quality-of-life solutions,
to expected outputs and long-term impacts for citizens.
• It emphasises that progress relies not only on scientific advances but also on cross-
sectoral and multidisciplinary collaboration, supported by shared resources, data
and infrastructures.
(38) COM(2023) 457 final
(39) European Commission (2021). Mission on Cancer: Implementation Plan, Directorate-General for
Research and Innovation, September 2021. https://research-and-
innovation.ec.europa.eu/document/download/2e87e31f-37f7-4892-ab4f-
2fad7ee1fcc3_en?filename=cancer_implementation_plan_final.pdf
EU Missions in 2026 26
• It also integrates societal transformation by involving patients, citizens, and
stakeholders in communication, engagement and co-creation activities. Altogether,
it shows how research projects and project clusters work together to produce
measurable improvements in cancer outcomes across Europe, with particular
attention to childhood cancer as a cross-cutting priority.
The Mission brings together research, innovation, public and individual health policy
through four main areas of actions:
• Research & Evidence Generation: Building robust evidence base for new policy
actions. This is essential to identify what works, for whom, and under which
conditions, particularly in a disease as complex and heterogeneous as cancer. It enables
policymakers to distinguish promising innovations from ineffective approaches and to
prioritise interventions that deliver the greatest benefit for populations.
• Policy & Implementation: Collaborating with EU Member States and stakeholders to
translate findings into practice. Coordination of this collaboration and early
involvement of decision-makers ensure that research outcomes (such as risk-based or
personalised cancer screening tools) can be implemented e.g. via national cancer plans,
national screening programmes and patient pathways that define how a person moves
through each stage of care: how screening is offered, how quickly diagnostic tests are
performed, how treatment decisions are made by multidisciplinary teams, and how
survivorship or palliative care is managed afterward. This is crucial in cancer, where
timely uptake of research outcomes and innovation improve survival and quality of
life. (see operational objective (4) in figure 12).
• Public Engagement & Equity: Engaging citizens, ensuring equitable access, and
prioritising vulnerable groups, such as children, adolescents and young adults.
Involving the public helps tailor prevention, screening, and care initiatives to real needs
and improves trust in cancer-related innovation and policies, improving also their
uptake. This involvement is essential in cancer because outcomes vary widely across
socio-economic groups, age (e.g. children, elderly) and vulnerable populations often
face barriers to timely diagnosis and treatment. (see operational objective (4) in figure
12).
• Precision, Innovation and Infrastructure: Supporting initiatives that provide
personalised medicine, facilitated data sharing, new diagnostics, and tailored treatment
and care options. Innovative cancer research depends on strong infrastructures that
allow scientists and clinicians to exchange high-quality data and test innovations at
scale. This is vital in cancer, as breakthroughs often rely on carefully selected patient
cohorts sharing similar biomarkers (e.g. the expression of oestrogen receptor on breast
cancer cells), advanced technologies, and rapid translation of discoveries into clinical
practice (see operational objective (1, 2 and 3) in figure 12).
Concrete activities under the EU Cancer Mission include launching research projects
targeting major cancer challenges, prioritising vulnerable groups, rare and hard to treat
cancers, establishing National Cancer Mission Hubs for policy alignment, fostering project
clusters under each of the four Mission objectives understanding, prevention and early
detection, diagnosis and treatment, as well as quality of life.
EU Missions in 2026 27
2.1.3. EU Cancer Mission portfolio and its four objectives
The Mission has a growing portfolio of 62 R&I projects (40), with a budget of EUR 480
million. A few examples are highlighted:
• Understanding Cancer: Projects such as GLIOMATCH (41) and THRIVE (42) are
advancing precision medicine by generating new molecular profiles, identifying
tumour–host interaction pathways, and developing candidate biomarkers for
personalised treatment strategies. DISCERN (43) is delivering large-scale
epidemiological datasets, computational models and validated risk-factor
associations to uncover the health determinants driving poorly understood cancers.
• Prevention and Early Detection: Projects like ONCODIR (44) and SUNRISE (45)
are developing innovative digital tools and strategies for cancer prevention,
targeting both the general population and adolescents. These projects combine
behavioural science, risk-assessment models and personalised recommendations to
support healthier lifestyle choices. Their tools also help public authorities design
more effective prevention campaigns and reach groups that are traditionally
difficult to engage.
• Optimising Diagnosis and Treatment: Initiatives such as DEFINITIVE (46) and
liquid biopsy trials aim to personalise care and improve early cancer treatment
through clinical testing. DEFINITIVE develops next-generation imaging and
radiomics tools to help clinicians more precisely characterise tumours and tailor
treatments to individual tumour biology. MONALISA (47) is conducting a
pragmatic clinical trial in children to demonstrate the efficacy of liquid biopsy for
early detection of neuroblastoma relapse, improving survival chances while
reducing the need for stressful diagnostic procedures.
• Enhancing Quality of Life: The EUonQoL (48) project is creating a harmonised
set of validated patient-reported outcome measures to help patients, clinicians and
policymakers monitor survivors’ wellbeing across Europe. The smartCARE (49)
project developed a personalised digital survivorship passport that provides tailored
follow-up plans, treatment histories, and self-management support. Five projects
(40) The 62 projects come from the first 4 years of the EU Cancer Mission (2021-2024). Taking into account
2025, the overall investment has reached EUR 605 million supporting 75 projects.
(41) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101136670
(42) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101136622
(43) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101096888
(44) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101104777
(45) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101136829
(46) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101136953
(47) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101137028
(48) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101096362
(49) SmartCARE - Public Health - European Commission
EU Missions in 2026 28
with over 90 partners across Europe are advancing innovative tools to better
understand and manage late effects of cancer treatment in young survivors.
• Infrastructures for cancer: (1) UNCAN.eu is building a federated European
infrastructure for improving management, sharing and analysis of data. (2) The
Comprehensive Cancer Infrastructure (CCI) flagship initiative builds a unified
European network that integrates cancer care, research, training, and innovation to
ensure high-quality, equitable access for patients across all Member States. By
promoting capacity-building, a shared maturity model, and twinning between
centres, it reduces disparities in outcomes and strengthens Europe’s long-term
leadership in delivering comprehensive, patient-centred cancer care and research.
(3) The European Cancer Patient Digital Centre (ECPDC) is building a trusted,
patient-centred digital platform providing reliable information, guidance on
patient-reported outcomes and experiences (PROMs and PREMs), and a secure
space for peer exchange, aligned with the European Health Data Space framework.
By integrating multiple modules and leveraging existing initiatives, it aims to
empower patients, enhance engagement in care and research, and support
harmonised quality-of-life data collection across Europe.
In line with the Mission approach, projects are grouped into thematic clusters in order to
foster collaboration, facilitate knowledge sharing, and strengthen synergies within cluster
projects as well as with other projects and Mission actions.
As outlined in the Cancer Mission Work Programmes, project consortia engage in
networking and joint activities with other funded projects to maximise coherence and
European added value. To achieve this, projects are organised into thematic clusters that
together build a strong, mission-driven portfolio supporting the Mission’s objectives.
These clusters align scientific efforts, create shared outputs, and feed evidence into
policymaking, while increasing the visibility and uptake of EU-funded results. The
Mission uses clusters to promote shared data management, coordinated policy feedback,
and citizen engagement across all stages of cancer control.
Each project identifies areas for collaboration within its cluster and commits to cooperation
on horizontal topics such as data management, communication, capacity building, and
links with National Cancer Mission Hubs at national levels. Sub-cluster provide platforms
for shared learning, joint engagement, and wider communication further enhancing
collaboration.
EU Missions in 2026 29
Figure 13. Policy webinars and stakeholder dialogues facilitate the translation of research into
actionable policy recommendations.
Policy webinars and stakeholder dialogues facilitate the translation of research into
actionable policy recommendations and connect projects with policymakers, healthcare
providers, patients, and industry. This continuous exchange ensures that scientific evidence
informs cancer policy while stakeholder feedback shapes future research and
implementation priorities.
For example, the “Prevention and Early Detection – Screening” subcluster brings together
six EU-funded projects aligned with the Mission’s objective to reduce cancer incidence
and detect cancers early. These projects collaborate to develop personalised prevention and
risk-based screening tools (e.g. for breast, colorectal, lung, and haematological cancers),
integrate behavioural sciences, digital methods, and real-world data, and engage citizens
in co-creating solutions. The cluster aims to deliver scalable interventions, support policy
updates across Member States, and bridge research to implementation, making prevention
and screening more effective, inclusive, and equitable.
The “Diagnosis & Treatment” cluster advances cutting-edge diagnostics, personalised
care, and therapeutic innovation to optimise outcomes for cancer patients across Europe.
Its projects develop liquid biopsies, imaging biomarkers, and adaptive treatment
algorithms, integrating them into clinical pathways for adult and paediatric cancers. By
aligning efforts, the cluster promotes collaboration, shared infrastructure, and policy-
relevant evidence to accelerate the adoption of innovative diagnostics and treatments at
national and regional levels.
2.2. The progress of the Mission
The following section shares key milestones in the Mission’s expected impact towards its
overall goal and four objectives.
It is essential to note that impact needs time to materialise, particularly in a complex field
like cancer research. Most of the funded Mission projects to date are ongoing (since over
80% of the projects started in 2022 or later). Some of the projects have already delivered
results and a pipeline of tangible results (such as scientific publications, new data
EU Missions in 2026 30
resources, prototypes, clinical evidence, or policy tools) is set up to emerge over the next
few years.
As these outputs mature and are adopted by healthcare professionals, researchers and
policymakers, they will gradually lead to measurable outcomes like improved prevention
strategies, more precise diagnostics and better patient care. Only after this stage can
broader societal and health impacts, including reduced cancer incidence or improved
survival and quality of life, be reliably assessed. To track progress the Mission’s
monitoring system will follow a step-by-step approach, from early project outputs to long-
term outcomes and impacts at population level.
2.2.1. Progress towards the EU Cancer Mission goal
The EU Cancer Mission’s goal of “improving lives” broadly encompasses all four Mission
objectives. It is not limited to access to effective therapies to include better understanding,
prevention, early detection, quality of life, equity, and patient empowerment for those
living with and beyond cancer. Improving lives means lowering cancer mortality and
enhancing survival through more effective prevention (as up to 50% of cancers are
preventable) and less invasive, more precise treatments that reduce side effects and speed
up recovery. Early diagnosis also improves lives by detecting cancer sooner, improving
outcomes, and reducing treatment burdens. The Mission ultimately strives to make high-
quality cancer care and survivorship support more accessible, equitable, and responsive to
people’s needs across Europe.
Since its launch in September 2021, the EU Cancer Mission has made significant
progress. It funded 62 projects, organised 44 stakeholder events with more than 4 000
participants, and held 9 citizen engagement events reaching over 16 000 citizens. It has
also supported policy initiatives under the Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan to advance cancer
understanding, prevention, and control at both European and national levels. The
estimation of the Mission’s progress towards its goal is based on information retrieved
from deliverables of these projects following a methodology described in detail in the
annex.
Each project contributes to either of the four objectives of the Mission, namely (1) improve
the understanding of cancer, (2) prevent what is preventable, (3) optimise diagnosis and
treatment, (4) improve the quality of life. These four objectives converge to achieve the
overall goal of the Mission.
The defined methodology enables to translate project expected outcomes in number of
people whose lives will be improved. At this stage, the calculation is primarily based on
the expected outcomes of projects and reflects several mitigating measures implemented
to increase its robustness.
For example, to anticipate that not all solutions developed by projects will eventually reach
full (clinical) implementation, a probability factor derived from extensive literature
research has been included for each indicator (50).
(50) See the methodology in the annex.
EU Missions in 2026 31
Based on the above, at this stage of implementation, we estimated that the EU Cancer
Mission via its supported solutions will potentially improve the lives of 2.3 million
people.
The methodology for this estimation is based on combining the target populations of all
Mission projects individually with the probability of success and reach of each
intervention. We have used conservative, evidence-based assumptions and adjusted for
overlaps to produce a realistic projection of the Mission’s overall impact.
This is a significant milestone and clear progress towards the goal. By 2030, when more
projects will have been funded and delivered results, we expect to see a substantial and
measurable impact, with a growing number of people benefiting directly from the Mission.
Based on currently estimated progress, the EU Cancer Mission is well on track to reach
and exceed its goal of improving the lives of more than 3 million people across Europe.
We will periodically reassess the number of people whose lives will be improved, replacing
expected outcomes with concrete results, as they become available.
The Prevention and Early detection and Quality of Life projects are leading to a greater
number of lives improved. The Understanding objective is likely to contribute to the long
term, since it advances knowledge building and underpinning research (see the annex).
These foundational insights will enable future breakthroughs in diagnostics, therapies, and
personalised medicine, amplifying the Mission’s overall impact over time. By linking
short-term benefits for citizens with long-term scientific progress, the Mission ensures both
immediate improvements in wellbeing and sustainable advances in cancer control.
2.2.2. First results delivered by the EU Cancer Mission project portfolio
With an EU contribution of EUR 480 million, the EU Cancer Mission has funded 62 new
projects since 2021, covering its four main objectives. Most projects have been funded
under the “Diagnosis & Treatment” objective (n=20). This is followed by 16 projects under
“Prevention & Early Detection”, 14 projects under “Understanding Cancer”, 9 projects
under “Quality of Life” and 3 transversal Mission projects. Together, this portfolio reflects
a balanced approach across the cancer continuum, from research and prevention to care
and survivorship.
Within this portfolio, some initiatives are already delivering concrete structural results.
4.UNCAN.eu (51), the first completed coordination and support action, developed a
strategic blueprint for a federated European network of cancer data nodes. This blueprint
will be scaled up to help researchers and data holders to work seamlessly with data from
multiple sources and domains. By linking research, health, and digital policies, this
flagship provides a first concrete step toward demonstrating how the future European
Health Data Space can revolutionise data exchange in cancer and other diseases.
The Mission’s portfolio also functions as a powerful driver of collaboration. Through its
projects, the Mission fosters cross-sectoral and multidisciplinary collaboration between
project partner organisations. As shown in figure 14, it has established over 850
collaborations, with around 18 organisations per project on average. Collaboration is
(51) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101069496
EU Missions in 2026 32
particularly strong in projects creating new Mission Hubs, infrastructures, and integrated
improvements to cancer care, research, and prevention, bringing together researchers,
clinicians, policymakers, and citizens across Member States in a mission-oriented
framework that moves past traditional funding and helps reduce fragmentation while
maximising collective impact.
Figure 14. Number of project collaborations per Mission objective.
Mission projects unite a wide range of organisations, including universities, non-profits,
research transfer offices, technology partners, public institutions, SMEs, large industries,
and engagement groups. Although it is still early to fully assess the Mission’s added value,
the figures already demonstrate its strong ability to mobilise cross-sector collaboration in
support of its objectives.
This collaborative model also enables the EU Cancer Mission to address complex, cross-
cutting challenges that require coordinated action across disciplines and sectors. One such
priority is childhood cancer: as a transversal focus, significant progress has been made to
advance understanding and better address the needs of children, adolescents, and young
adults (CAYA) with cancer.
Each year in Europe, around 35 000 children and 150 000 adolescents and young adults
are diagnosed with cancer. Despite major progress pushing survival rates to around 80%
cancer remains the leading cause of death in young people, claiming 6 000-8 000 lives
annually.
Addressing CAYA cancer is a core priority of the EU Cancer Mission and EBCP. Between
2021-2024, around EUR 100 million (20% of total Mission funding) was dedicated to this
age group.
This focus continues:
• The 2025 Mission Work Programme allocates EUR 25 million for innovative
multi-country therapeutic trials for paediatric cancer.
0
50
100
150
200
250
300
350
400
Understanding cancer Prevention and early
detection
Diagnosis and
treatment
Quality of life
N u
m b
er o
f co
ll a
b o
ra ti
o n
s
EU Cancer Mission objective
EU Missions in 2026 33
• Over EUR 30 million will support research on environmental exposure and CAYA
cancer risk.
• The Mission facilitates a Rare Cancer Forum in collaboration with the European
Society for Paediatric Oncology (SIOP), launched in March 2026.
• Ongoing engagement with CAYA patients, survivors, and caregivers informing
priorities, including a EUR 36 million topic on managing late effects of treatment.
The EU Cancer Mission has made major strides in addressing cancers in children, adolescents and young
adults (CAYAs) with cancer, investing between 2021-2025 at least EUR 145 million across 21
groundbreaking projects, nearly a third of its portfolio. From unravelling rare tumours (melanoma,
glioma, liver cancers) to pioneering prevention (tackling obesity, digital health tools) and cutting-edge
clinical trials (refractory neuroblastoma, leukaemia, brain and bone cancers), research is translating into
real hope for young patients.
But progress does not stop at treatment. Six dedicated projects – including five on late effects – are
reshaping quality of life and survivorship care, ensuring young survivors thrive beyond cancer.
The next steps are amplifying youth voices, deeper engagement with survivors and local communities to
shape research and policy priorities, accelerating clinical trials, backing investigator-led studies for
smarter, kinder treatments, and prioritising mental health through the European Cancer Patient Digital
Centre.
Several projects funded by the EU Cancer Mission develop living-lab approaches as part
of their methodology, especially for citizen engagement, co-creation, behaviour-change
interventions, and quality-of-life research.
The project “4P-CAN” (52) supports the EU Cancer Mission by addressing societal,
behavioural, economic, and structural barriers that hinder the uptake of effective cancer
prevention, particularly in Eastern Europe. It strengthens population-level prevention by
generating evidence on what works in real communities and how policies can better reach
citizens with diverse needs. Its Living Labs in Romania and Bulgaria create a direct impact
by bringing together citizens, policymakers and clinicians to co-design and test prevention
strategies, ensuring policy solutions are feasible, relevant, and widely accepted.
The project “OncoScreen” (53) contributes to the Mission by developing scalable, citizen-
centred innovations for colorectal cancer screening to improve early detection and reduce
inequalities across Member States. First results include the successful validation of AI-
supported risk stratification models and improved screening workflows tested in pilot
settings, showing strong potential for broader European uptake. It provides policy-relevant
evidence by integrating clinical, technological, and behavioural insights into screening
pathways adaptable to different health systems. Its Virtual Living Lab brings together
healthcare professionals, citizens, researchers, and industry to evaluate screening tools and
processes, ensuring policy recommendations are grounded in real-world usability and
public engagement.
(52) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101104432
(53) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101097036
EU Missions in 2026 34
The project “PREDI-LYNCH” (54) is developing an early cancer prediction tool for people
with Lynch syndrome (LS), a hereditary condition that greatly increases cancer risk. It
creates validated, non-invasive liquid biopsy tests using urine or blood samples that
combine biomarkers with advanced analytics to detect LS-associated cancers (colorectal,
endometrial, urothelial) at very early stages. Initial results show promising accuracy of
selected biomarker panels and predictive models in identifying early tumour signals,
proving feasibility for clinical surveillance. These innovations enable personalised, risk-
based monitoring, reducing invasive procedures and allowing earlier intervention and
better outcomes for high-risk individuals.
The EU Cancer Mission has created incentives for investments outside the EU budget
with Member States and organisations, such as:
• Philanthropy: launching of the FORCE (55) coordination and support action,
which brings together a network of cancer charities to support clinical trials on
refractory and rare cancers (Mission WP 2024).
• National and regional cancer funders: expanding the TRANSCAN (56) research
funders network to support the EU Cancer Mission and EBCP through translational
research consortia, bringing together leading and young cancer scientists (Mission
WP 2025).
• European Investment Bank: providing financial advisory services to support the
development of a network of European Comprehensive Cancer Centres
strengthening research capacity of comprehensive cancer infrastructures in seven
widening countries (57).
2.2.3. Expected outputs from EU Cancer Mission projects
Outputs from EU Cancer Mission projects are expected to be varied and aligned with the
outcomes of each of the four objectives. While most projects will deliver publications,
others will develop new biomarkers, diagnostic tools, or screening programmes for specific
sub-groups. This section reports on Mission outcomes based on projects developing new
tools, programmes, methods, and actions within scope.
Between 2021 and 2024, the 62 projects funded by the Mission are expected to produce
the following outcomes:
• 40 new tools (see concrete examples below) including:
o 10 new prevention and early detection tools,
o 11 novel diagnostic and prognostic tests and methods.
• 10 new scientific outputs for population-based cancer screening programmes.
• 23 multi-country clinical trials to develop new prevention, diagnostic, and
treatment interventions, such as primary prevention programmes targeting schools,
devices, and medicines.
(54) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101213916
(55) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101215179
(56) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/964264
(57) Bulgaria, Croatia, Cyprus, Greece, Malta, Romania, Slovakia
EU Missions in 2026 35
• 321 scientific publications, with 24 projects reporting at least one publication (58).
Concrete examples of tools produced by projects and their outputs are listed below.
A personalised digital prevention platform to help individuals at risk of cancer is being
developed by the “iBeCHANGE” (59) project. The platform uses AI-driven lifestyle
profiling and behavioural data to empower individuals at risk of cancer, such as those who
smoke, drink excessively, eat poorly, are inactive, or experience chronic stress. The tool
integrates adaptive interventions like personalised messages, nudges, and coaching tailored
to key lifestyle factors. It aims to deliver scalable, evidence-based prevention strategies
that healthcare systems and policymakers can use to change population habits and reduce
cancer incidence. Large-scale policy deployment could significantly cut new cancer cases,
lowering treatment costs, reducing hospitalisations, and improving overall wellbeing.
The European Cancer Patient Digital Centre is a flagship initiative of the EU Cancer
Mission and Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan. Its creation is supported by the “EU-CIP” (60)
project (European Cancer Information Portal) The project builds a pan-European digital
tool and content library to improve access to cancer information, empower patients, and
raise policy awareness. The platform will have modular central and local nodes in ten
Member States and will be developed in collaboration with patient organisations to ensure
usability and equity. By integrating with the Knowledge Centre on Cancer and the
European Cancer Information System, EU-CIP will provide a single-entry point for
trusted, multilingual cancer information. This bridges information gaps, supports national
decision-making, and enables cross-border data exchange for better coordination in cancer
control.
An extended-reality (XR) digital tool for rehabilitation and self-management in
adolescents and young adults is being developed by the project “TRANSCEND-XR” (61).
The project has conducted user-centred workshops, created prototype XR modules for
physical and psychosocial recovery, and launched a multicentre study in several Member
States. The scalable, immersive tool helps young survivors regain strength, cognitive
function, and wellbeing while reducing long-term effects like fatigue, pain, and anxiety.
Through engaging, personalised rehabilitation, it supports a smoother return to education,
work, and social life, aiding full reintegration after treatment.
2.2.4. Joint achievements of Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan and EU Cancer Mission
The Cancer Mission’s joint governance actively involves Member States through both the
Sub-group on Cancer under the Public Health Expert Group (PHEG) and the SPC Cancer
Mission Working Group, ensuring strong coordination across research, health, and social
policies and coherent implementation at EU and national levels. In close alignment with
Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan (EBCP), this joint governance has enabled structured
(58) Publications Office, CORDIS - EU research projects under HORIZON Europe (2021-2027), Publications
Office, 2022. As of 26 August 2025: https://doi.org/10.2906/112117098108/20.
(59) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101136840
(60) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101073878
(61) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101214413
EU Missions in 2026 36
dialogue with Member States to shape evidence-based EU policy actions and support their
coordinated implementation through aligned funding instruments.
One example of their joint achievements is the revision of the Council recommendation on
cancer screening in 2022, 20 years after its first adoption (62), based on the latest scientific
evidence provided by the RTD Scientific Advice Mechanism (SAM) (63).
As a follow-up, the Mission supports 15 R&I projects that test innovative prevention
programmes, promote behavioural change, use participative implementation research with
all age groups, and scale up screening and early detection technologies (TRL 5-7). These
projects complement EBCP’s actions to support Member States in implementing the
Council recommendation on screening.
In 2023, the EU Cancer Mission launched a long-term dialogue with young cancer
survivors to better understand their needs during and after treatment and co-create
initiatives to address them, including issues such as discrimination in access to financial
services faced by cancer survivors. This dialogue led to the development of a research topic
in Mission Work Programme 2024 on late effects of cancer treatments and a study on AYA
cancer care in Europe under EU4Health WP 2024. This ongoing engagement of young
survivors also raises awareness of their needs among stakeholders and Member States.
Thanks to the dialogue with young cancer survivors, they were able to contribute to the
design of the European Cancer Patient Digital Centre, a platform that will provide patients
and survivors with reliable information throughout their cancer journey. The Mission
Work Programme 2024 supports the development of the information portal, which is the
first building block of this platform (64). Through this programme, the EU will deliver a
user-tested digital resource that empowers patients, enhances health literacy, and lays the
foundation for future modules on peer exchange and patient-reported outcomes,
strengthening engagement across Europe.
In addition to its investments of EUR 480 million to innovative projects, the Mission
achieved synergies with other EU programmes, notably Horizon Europe (Health
Cluster, Partnerships, EIT Health, EIC), other EU programmes (EU4Health, Digital
Europe, Euratom) and policy initiatives (Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan, SAMIRA Action
Plan, Knowledge Centre on Cancer). This approach has led to a cumulative investment
of EUR 3.3 billion in cancer research and innovation under Horizon Europe,
EU4Health, and Digital Europe in 2025 (Figure 15). By working together and combining
resources, the EU can make a significant impact in the fight against cancer and improve
the lives of patients and survivors.
(62) Council updates its recommendation to screen for cancer
(63) Scientific Advice Mechanism
(64) The above referred project EU-CIP was funded within this call
EU Missions in 2026 37
Figure 15. Overview of the EU-funded cancer project portfolio across Horizon Europe (2021-
2024), EU4Health (2021-2024) and Digital Europe (2021-2024).
2.2.5. Bringing solutions to local, regional and national communities
Citizen engagement is central to the EU Cancer Mission, recognising that tackling cancer
requires a collective effort and shared responsibility. While health policy remains a
national competence, the Mission provides a European framework that connects citizens,
stakeholders, and policymakers across Member States. By actively involving patients,
communities, and regional actors, the Mission ensures that R&I meet real needs and
improve lives. Building strong national and regional capacities is key to turning EU
initiatives into local action, fostering ownership, trust, and sustainability, and ultimately
turning European collaboration into tangible health benefits for citizens.
To raise awareness about innovation and prevention, the Mission organised a bus
roadshow in 2024 that visited Poland, Lithuania, and Romania. The campaign brought
interactive information directly to citizens, attracting over 16 000 visitors and reaching 11
million people. The Mission partnered with 66 stakeholders, including ministries, cancer
institutes, and patient organisations to showcase prevention tools such as screening guides,
lifestyle assessments, and digital health solutions from Mission projects, showing how
science supports healthier choices. This outreach created a new way to connect research
with everyday life, fostering trust, awareness, and collaboration across Europe.
EU Missions in 2026 38
Figure 16. Overview of the EU Cancer Mission roadshow.
The EU Cancer Mission supports 23 multi-country clinical trials, including 16 pragmatic
trials, to deliver affordable, personalised diagnostics, therapies, and care interventions.
These trials are already providing access to new treatments for over 3 000 patients with
common and rare cancers. The Mission's integrated approach, which aligns research,
healthcare providers, and policymakers under shared goals, makes it possible to coordinate
these clinical efforts. Unlike traditional funding, the Mission framework fosters
collaboration, data sharing, and joint implementation, accelerating progress from research
to patient benefit across Europe.
The “CCI4EU” project contributes to the EBCP and EU Cancer Mission flagship of
creating a European network of Comprehensive Cancer Centres. It strengthens the
research capacity of Comprehensive Cancer Infrastructures (CCIs) integrating care,
research, education, and innovation at regional and national levels. The project defines a
CCI maturity model, maps infrastructures across Europe, and delivers capacity-building
programmes for less developed regions. Its goal is for 90% of eligible patients in Europe
to access CCIs by 2030, reducing inequalities, and improving outcomes. Significant
progress has been made, including the completion of the first mapping of cancer centres,
the maturity model, and targeted capacity-building to close gaps in cancer care.
The National Cancer Mission Hubs, established through the ECHoS project (2023–
2026), play a key role in implementing the EU Cancer Mission at national, regional, and
local levels. All Member States have joined ECHoS to build a pan-European network that
replicates the integrated approach linking cancer research and health policy at the national
level. In this way, the Mission is driving government action on national cancer plans and
support for cancer survivors. Poland launched the first Hub in May 2025, followed by
Malta, Greece, the Netherlands, Bulgaria, Italy, Sweden, Spain, Israel, Finland, and
Croatia. Overall, 19 countries will have established a National Cancer Mission Hub by the
end of 2026.
EU Missions in 2026 39
Figure 17. Launch of the Polish Cancer Mission Hub.
In parallel, several countries have increased their investments in cancer research and
healthcare, with contributions from EU budget, including the Recovery and Resilience
Fund (RRF) (65) and national budgets. For example:
• The Czech Republic has invested into the development of a Cancer Prevention
Centre and Infrastructure for Innovative and Supportive Care at Masaryk Memorial
Cancer Institute.
• Croatia has purchased equipment for prevention, diagnosis, and treatment of
cancer.
• Greece has invested into breast cancer prevention.
• Malta has invested in a cutting-edge cancer treatment and diagnosis facility at Sir
Anthony Mamo Oncology Centre.
• Slovakia is developing diagnostic tests for the detection of gastric and colorectal
cancer.
• Belgium has invested in nuclear medicine radioisotopes for cancer treatment..
• Latvia has invested in introducing new methodological management and guidelines
in the field of oncology.
2.3. Conclusions
With the EU Cancer Mission, we aim to shift from traditional isolated research projects
towards a more comprehensive mission approach, aiming to speed up the process from
findings to implementation across the EU, including the joint deployment of research
outcomes into national cancer plans, screening programmes, and patient pathways,
ensuring real-world impact.
This novel approach allowed the Mission to make considerable progress towards its goal
of improving the lives of 3 million people by 2030 through research, innovation, and
coordinated policy action. Since 2021, it has funded 62 projects with EUR 480 million,
resulting in 23 multi-country clinical trials, 40 new tools for prevention, detection, and
treatment, and over 850 collaborations across research, healthcare, and policy. Early
(65) Projects - European Commission
EU Missions in 2026 40
monitoring indicates that the Mission is on track to improve 2.3 million lives by 2030, with
notable results in prevention, early detection, and quality of life.
Such achievements could only be realised through the Mission’s integrated, challenge-
driven approach, which unites stakeholders from across sectors and Member States under
a single, outcome-oriented framework.
Citizen engagement and outreach activities remain crucially important for awareness
and trust-building, in combination with the core added value of the EU Cancer Mission
that lies in its capacity to accelerate high-impact cancer research and innovation across
Europe. The Mission’s primary contribution is the generation of new scientific knowledge,
clinical evidence, advanced diagnostics, personalised therapies, digital tools, and scalable
healthcare solutions. Through its integrated portfolio of multi-country clinical trials,
transnational research projects, and shared infrastructures, the Mission strengthens
Europe’s scientific excellence and its ability to translate discoveries into clinical and
societal impact. Continued emphasis on research, implementation, and deployment will be
essential to achieve long-term improvements in cancer outcomes and European
competitiveness.
The Mission’s deployment potential lies in its flagship initiatives, such as UNCAN.eu,
the Comprehensive Cancer Infrastructures (CCI4EU), and the European Cancer Patient
Digital Centre. All are currently offering some of the envisioned services, which have
delivered tangible results and are ready to be scaled up for integration into health systems.
Through the National Cancer Mission Hubs, these results are being adapted and
implemented progressively at regional and national levels, bridging EU innovation and
citizens’ daily lives. In the coming years more of the envisioned services will be added on
a rolling basis. Once these are in place, they will need to be scaled up as well to achieve
the Mission’s goal until 2030 and continuously reach more people. The initiatives will be
the living legacy of the Mission.
Overall, the Mission is building a European model for equitable cancer control,
demonstrating that when science, policy, and society work together, innovation can reach
people faster and more fairly. Continued investment and commitment after 2030 are
essential to realising the Mission’s transformative potential and turning today’s progress
into lasting health impact for Europeans.
The EU Cancer Mission is being implemented through a wide range of projects,
engagement activities, events, and interdisciplinary policy initiatives across Europe. Its
delivery is complex, as it must operate across different sectors, scientific domains, and
national health systems, while simultaneously addressing citizens’ needs. The joint
governance and co-development of actions between the EU Cancer Mission and Europe’s
Beating Cancer Plan (EBCP) have been crucial for aligning R&I with national and EU-
level health policies.
In the future, the services provided by the three flagships should be scaled up with
investments to reach even more people:
The National Cancer Mission Hubs are designed to continue beyond 2030. They allow
countries to tailor cancer strategies to national needs while staying connected at EU level,
using a scalable model that supports long-term sustainability, including through
EU Missions in 2026 41
stakeholder and private funding. The Hubs should sustain policy coordination and ensure
that Mission results are implemented locally and regionally. Scaling up their activities will
strengthen collaboration, spread best practices, and preserve a pan-European network that
promotes equity, knowledge sharing, and innovation in the years ahead.
The UNCAN.eu platform should continue beyond 2030 as it provides a unique European
infrastructure for the management, sharing and analysis of cancer data, which is essential
for scientific discovery and precision medicine. By linking research, health, and digital
policies, UNCAN.eu demonstrates how the European Health Data Space can revolutionise
cancer data use and interoperability across Member States. Building on its early
achievements, UNCAN.eu should be scaled up to expand participation, enhance
integration, and strengthen collaboration. Continued access to harmonised data will drive
innovation and accelerate breakthroughs in cancer prevention, diagnosis, and treatment.
By 2035, UNCAN.eu aims to become a fully integrated network, delivering tangible
benefits for patients.
The European Cancer Patient Digital Centre (ECPDC) should serve as an empowering
platform for patients, aligned with the European Health Data Space framework. It will
provide reliable information, guidance on patient-centred instruments, and a secure space
for peer exchange. The ECPDC should be scaled up by 2035 to integrate new modules and
expand its reach across Member States. Sustainable funding will be needed to maintain
and grow this trusted, multilingual resource, which will strengthen patient engagement and
support research through harmonised quality-of-life data.
The Comprehensive Cancer Infrastructure initiative should continue beyond 2030 to
strengthen Europe’s capacity for high-quality, integrated cancer care, research, and
innovation. Through its maturity model and capacity-building, it reduces disparities and
ensures broad patient access to top-level infrastructures. The next phase should expand
participation, deepen collaboration, and harmonise standards across Europe. Sustaining
this initiative will secure lasting cooperation, accelerate clinical translation, and maintain
Europe’s leadership in equitable cancer care beyond the Mission’s timeframe.
The EU Cancer Mission’s biggest potential and value come from giving visibility and
delivering resources to combat cancer, enhance collaboration and outreach. Collaboration
improves the tools and solutions, and outreach increases the number of lives improved.
This is achieved through policy events and activities with Council presidencies and
national actors, aligning national and European priorities, showcasing progress, and
mobilising Member States for joint action. These events will reinforce political
commitment and promote the uptake of Mission results into future EU and national cancer
policies. The Mission’s investments in research, innovation, and implementation have
contributed to accelerating progress in diagnostics, personalised therapies, and digital
tools, improving patient outcomes. Strengthening prevention campaigns, National Cancer
Mission Hubs and policymaker engagement will ensure science translates into equitable
health policies more rapidly.
Beyond combating cancer, the approach and the tools developed during the Mission also
serve as a blueprint for tackling cardiovascular disease, thereby significantly reducing the
cost of future endeavours.
EU Missions in 2026 42
We conclude that most of the envisaged Mission activities are well underway. Through
collaboration and outreach we optimised for the best possible impact and will continue to
do so. All current offerings provide benefits to people. Until 2030 more offerings will be
added, and all offerings will be scaled up. By 2030 the matured flagships will have
improved the lives of 3 million people. In the years following 2030, more people can be
reached with possible additional funding.
3. RESTORE OUR OCEAN AND WATERS BY 2030
3.1. Introduction to the Mission
3.1.1. What is the Mission, overall goal and selected specific objectives
The Mission Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030 aims to foster a sustainable marine
and freshwater environment by aligning its goals with the objectives of the European Green
Deal, and more specifically with EU strategies on ecosystem protection and restoration,
pollution reduction, and sustainable economic practices.
The Mission Implementation Plan (66) provides a set of interlinked specific objectives and
targets to be achieved by 2030:
Figure 18. The Mission's specific objectives and targets.
The Implementation Plan also foresees two enablers for the achievement of the above-
mentioned objectives, namely: (a) a Digital Ocean and Water Knowledge System, which
integrates data, models and AI to enhance monitoring, forecasting and planning capacities;
and (b) broad public mobilisation and engagement to connect citizens, communities and
stakeholders with ocean and water stewardship.
The implementation plan foresees two phases for the implementation of the Mission:
• In the first ‘development and piloting phase’ (2021-2025), the Mission rolled out
four ‘Lighthouses’ in major European sea and river basins, as the Mission sites that
(66) Available at: https://research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/document/download/d6162cbd-6d09-48fd-
b5b4-d7d2be69972c_en?filename=ocean_and_waters_implementation_plan_final.pdf
EU Missions in 2026 43
are acting as hubs and platforms for the development, demonstration and deployment
of transformative innovations of all forms to reach the three specific Mission
objectives and their targets. In the first phase, each Lighthouse focused on one
specific objective.
• In the second ‘deployment and upscaling’ phase (2026-2030), solutions as those
piloted in the first phase will be further developed and, at the same time, replicated
and scaled up. In the second phase, all Lighthouses address all three specific Mission
objectives.
3.1.2. Brief description of the Mission’s intervention logic and activities
The Mission Ocean and Waters is implemented through an intervention logic (see figure
below) that links five strands of activity to outputs, intermediate outcomes and, ultimately,
progress towards the three specific objectives and the two Mission enablers.
Figure 19. The Mission's intervention logic.
Political mobilisation, governance and Mission communities provide the institutional
backbone. This strand includes establishing and running the four Basin Lighthouses and
their Mission Arenas, National Mission Hubs, the Mission Charter, and the EU Blue Parks
community, the Waterfront Cities/Regions/Islands coalition and the Digital Ocean Forum.
These activities generate outputs in the form of governance structures, communities and
political commitments, including Charter Actions with associated investments. Together,
these outputs underpin outcomes related to strengthened multilevel governance and
Mission communities, large-scale mobilisation and pooling of investments and actions,
and early behavioural and policy change among key institutional actors.
R&I projects and demonstrations for the three objectives provided the Mission's
knowledge and solution base. Projects under the Horizon Europe work programme work
on ecosystem restoration, pollution prevention and elimination, as well as a sustainable,
carbon-neutral and circular blue economy, undertaking research, development, co-
EU Missions in 2026 44
creation and pilots in real environments. They generate knowledge, digital tools and
solution packages including evidence, models, and indicators, monitoring tools, piloted
solutions, operational protocols and early business models. Such outputs generate
outcomes related to sound knowledge and solutions, improved decision support, and
preconditions for uptake and replication.
The Digital Ocean and Water Knowledge System develops the European Digital Twin
Ocean as a public service, integrating major data sources and creating user-facing
applications. This produces shared digital infrastructure, curated datasets, models and tools
that make knowledge accessible and usable. This, in turn, reinforces outcomes related to a
strong digital backbone for planning, monitoring and decision-making across the three
objectives.
Public mobilisation and engagement dedicated projects and cross-cutting actions test and
scale engagement formats such as citizen science, campaigns, blue education, living labs,
youth challenges and art-science collaborations. They generate governance and
community outputs and engagement toolkits that strengthen societal coalitions, increase
awareness and participation, and promote behavioural and cultural change that support
more sustainable practices.
Finally, replication, uptake, scaling and deployment translate the Mission’s foundations
into implementation on the ground. Associated Regions schemes, technical assistance and
support services, investment-readiness and financial advisory (e.g. EU Blue Champions),
alignment of funds through Cooperation Working Arrangements, and the Mission service
portal create deployment, replication and support instruments. They drive the mobilisation
of investments, the deployment and replication of solutions in Basins and Associated
Regions, and the strengthening of institutional implementation capacity.
As a result, across the five groups of activities, the outputs collectively drive a coherent set
of outcomes which contribute to the Mission’s impacts by 2030: restored and better-
protected marine and freshwater ecosystems and biodiversity, reduced pollution from key
sources, a more sustainable, carbon-neutral and circular blue economy, a fully operational
Digital Twin Ocean system supporting decisions at multiple scales and sustained public
mobilisation and engagement for the protection of the ocean and waters.
3.1.3. Description of the Mission portfolio and its state of play
By November 2025, 81 projects are up and running under Horizon Europe Work
Programmes 2021-2024, with a total EU contribution of EUR 497.6 million. These projects
are testing and demonstrating innovative approaches and solutions to address the Mission
objectives and enablers:
EU Missions in 2026 45
Figure 20. EU contribution to Mission-funded projects under Horizon Europe (2021-2024) (EUR
million).
An analysis (67) of 12 EU funding programmes has identified a wider portfolio of 1 236
projects, adding up to EUR 4.97 billion, which contribute to the objectives/enablers, or to
the Green Deal-relevant targets of the Mission.
3.2. The progress of the Mission
3.2.1. Introduction
The July 2023 Communication “EU Missions two years on: assessment of progress and
way forward” (68) considered that the Mission was helping to overcome the current
fragmented governance, and to support the implementation of key EU policies and
legislation related to the seas and freshwater ecosystems and related activities. The
assessment underlined the role of the Charter to increase political support, take concrete
measures and leverage additional funding and resources, and concluded that the Mission
could become a catalyst for synergies and complementarities between EU, national and
sub-national funding programmes. When this assessment was conducted, the governance
structures of the Mission Ocean and Waters were already created, but the first projects
were just starting and not delivering results yet. The Communication concluded that “the
assessment suggests that the Missions are overall progressing in line with their
implementation plans and appear to be on track to achieve their 2030 targets”.
Since then, substantial progress has been made in the delivery of the Implementation Plan
and the monitoring framework of the outputs, outcomes and impacts of Mission activities.
3.2.2. From activities to outcomes: key achievements 2021-2025
3.2.2.1. Research and innovation projects and demonstration sites.
Under Objective 1, 25 Innovation Action projects have developed more than 50 solutions
and are operating 165 local demonstration sites. These sites serve as testbeds for restoration
methods and management approaches, generating both ecological data and operational
know-how for implementing restoration at scale. Together, they provide a diverse set of
(67) https://dashboard.tech.ec.europa.eu/qs_digit_dashboard_mt/public/sense/app/23f6708b-bad6-4147-
889a-7a2205964cd0/sheet/9758dd27-b8ac-43f3-8336-8120db0ae19a/state/analysis
(68) COM(2023) 457 final
EU Missions in 2026 46
tested solutions and practices that can be adopted and adapted by other regions and
stakeholders.
Projects addressing marine ecosystems combine new ecological knowledge creation (e.g.
improved hydrodynamic models of reefs, improved knowledge about the functioning of
marine ecosystems within specific geographic regions and their links with human
activities, or better monitoring tools) and pilots for the restoration in different marine
ecosystems. Nature Based Solutions (NBS), such as habitat restoration (coral and oyster
reefs, kelp beds) or green infrastructure are tested in 4 projects (69), mostly in the Atlantic-
Arctic Sea Basin. These projects expand the Mission’s solution base and provide concrete
demonstrations that can later be replicated in other sites.
The Mission, with 6 funded projects (70), has created the EU Blue Parks community,
bringing together European networks, national and regional authorities and agencies,
projects and initiatives in the EU to identify challenges, share tools, solutions and good
practices, and promote innovative approaches. The Mission helped gain momentum
and increase the rate at which marine protected areas are designated and properly managed.
It also developed and demonstrated novel practices for optimal selection, designation, and
effective management of protected areas, including strict protection. In this way,
governance and communities are directly linked to practical support for implementation.
Projects addressing freshwater were launched both in the Danube River basin and from a
cross-basins perspective. In the Danube Basin, 4 projects (71) address the restoration of
fresh and transitional water ecosystems, 2 projects (72) focus on protection and restoration
of migratory fish habitats and 3 projects (73) on the management of Sediments. In addition,
4 cross-basins projects (74) are developing innovative solution for the protection and
restoration of European natural lakes. A joint project (75) together with Missions Climate
Adaptation and Soil focuses on increasing landscape water retention capacity at regional
scale. Key knowledge outputs include new tools for modelling flows and water quality,
citizen-science mapping platforms, and sediment contamination assessment methods.
Nature-based solutions are also very present in most projects, testing them for different
contexts of water management and ecosystem restoration and protection.
(69) https://a-aagora.eu/; https://climarest.eu/; https://bioprotect-project.eu/ and https://pharosproject.eu/
(70) https://www.blue4all.eu/; https://oceancitizen.eu/; https://effective-euproject.eu/;
https://protectbaltic.eu/; https://submariner-network.eu/blue-connect/ and
https://seamphoni.eu/np4/home
(71) https://dalia-danube.eu/; https://www.danube4allproject.eu/; https://dawetrest.eu/ and
https://restore4life.eu/
(72) https://danubelifelines.eu and SWIM (https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101215230)
(73) https://danserproject.eu/; https://innosed.eu/ and https://sundanseproject.eu/
(74) https://eurolakes.eu/; https://ferroproject.eu/; https://futurelakes.eu/ and https://procleanlakes.eu/
(75) https://spongeworks.eu/
EU Missions in 2026 47
Under Objective 2, 10 IAs were launched to tackle marine pollution, especially in the
Mediterranean basin. 6 projects (76) address litter and microplastics pollution, including
from fishing gears, 2 projects (77) focus on chemical pollution, and 2 joint projects (78) with
the Mission Soil address nutrient pollution in the landscape-river-sea system. Projects are
further developing innovative solutions such as AI-enabled drones, underwater robots,
biodegradable nets, and electrochemical sensors. Citizen engagement is central, with
partnerships in fisheries and agribusiness, and tools like mobile apps for beach cleanup.
Finally, under Mission Objective 3, 14 IAs were launched to support the transformation
of the blue economy, focusing on areas not covered by other initiatives such as the
Waterborne Technology Platform or the Sustainable Blue Economy Partnership. In the
Baltic and the North Sea basins, projects have developed innovative solutions for lowering
the impact of marine aquaculture and the multi-purpose use of marine space (79), for
bringing sustainable algae-based products and solutions to the market (80), for community-
driven business models of regenerative ocean farming (81) and for green and energy-
efficient small-scale fishing fleets (82). Other projects already cover all EU basins, focusing
on innovative nature-inclusive concepts to reconcile offshore renewables with ocean
protection (83) or on reducing the environmental impacts of fisheries (84). Key outputs
include breakthrough prototypes and business models, AI and digital tools supporting
decision-making and paving the way for commercial scalability and cost-efficiency of
innovation in these sectors. Co-creation and stakeholder involvement also enhance
deployment potential.
(76) https://remedies-for-ocean.eu/; https://seaclear-project.eu/; https://inspire-europe.org/;
https://nettagplus.eu/; https://searcular.eu/ and https://upstream-project.eu/
(77) https://imermaid.eu/ and https://rhemediation.eu/
(78) https://www.path4med.eu/ and https://www.seacure-project.eu/
(79) https://olamur.eu/ and https://ultfarms.eu/
(80) https://algaeprobanos.eu/ and https://www.locality-algae.eu/
(81) https://www.c-faarer.eu/ and https://coolblueproject.eu/
(82) https://h2-seas.eu/; https://www.refest-project.eu/ and https://seaglow.eu/
(83) https://nid4ocean.eu/ and https://sunbioproject.eu/
(84) https://eco-catch.eu/; https://marineguardian.eu/ and SEA4FUTURE
(https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101212647)
EU Missions in 2026 48
The production of 121 Mission
solutions (85) registered in the Mission
Portal database signals that the Mission
is already generating a broad range of
tangible outputs – including nature-
based restoration methods, monitoring
tools, pollution-reduction technologies
and blue-economy prototypes – that can
be taken up by authorities, operators
and communities.
The 349 local demonstration sites put
in place in the above-mentioned IAs
highlight a wide territorial footprint for
testing and demonstration, with
solutions being tried in varied
ecological and socio-economic
contexts. This provides a strong
empirical basis for understanding what
works, under which conditions, and how approaches can be adapted to different basins,
regions and communities. At the same time, they act as real-world showrooms, where
potential up-takers – such as regional and local authorities, utilities, port and water
operators or businesses – can see solutions in operation, assess their performance and risks,
and build confidence to replicate or scale them up in their own territories.
How the Mission is demonstrating solutions to address the main drivers of ocean and water
degradation
Marine restoration: CLIMARESThas developed and implemented practical restoration tools such as
nature-based coastal protection barriers to counter permafrost-related erosion in Svalbard, seagrass
restoration and transplantation in Ireland, large-scale native oyster reef restoration with shellfish farmers
in the Bay of Quiberon in France, lobster-restocking and soft-bottom ecosystem restoration in Galicia,
and brown algae and rocky habitat restoration in Madeira, with replication sites established in Sweden,
Greece, Germany, Croatia and Cyprus.
Freshwater restoration: DALIAdemonstrated integrated solutions for restoring river connectivity,
improving water quality and strengthening climate resilience across the Danube River Basin. Key
solutions include real-time water-quality and biodiversity monitoring systems, sediment and habitat
restoration methods, fish migration and connectivity measures, and basin-scale decision-support tools
enabling coordinated management across borders. Danube Basin authorities are preparing replication
actions. Notably, river basin and water authorities in Hungary, Austria and Romania are engaging with
DALIA toolkits and monitoring approaches to support implementation of Water Framework Directive.
Pollution: SeaClearhas developed a robotic system for underwater litter collection from the seabed and
the water column. The system consists of a total of up to eight unmanned vessels, combining cutting-edge
artificial intelligence developed by academic experts with the proven robotic capabilities of industry
partners to identify, collect, and manage marine trash efficiently. SeaClear2.0 has already run live field
(85) https://projects.research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/en/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-
programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/eu-missions-horizon-europe/restore-our-ocean-and-
waters/mission-solutions-library?f%5B0%5D=mission_funded_projects%3A1
Figure 21. Localisation of the Demonstration Sites.
Note: two demonstration sites are located in
Svalbard and in Brazil and not reproduced in the
map.
EU Missions in 2026 49
demonstrations in Europe’s third busiest seaport (Hamburg, DE), in major tourist sites (Venice, IT &
Marseille, FR) and in a region with intensive mariculture activity (Bistrina bay, HR).
Blue Economy: ULTFARMShas demonstrated that the combination of low-trophic aquaculture within
offshore wind farms across the North and Baltic Seas (Belwind (BE), Borssele (NL), Anholt & Samsø
Denmark (DK), and FINO2 & 3 (DE)) is feasible and commercially viable. Beyond the multi-use of
marine space, the solutions demonstrate further benefits for nutrient reduction, biodiversity benefits and
scalable benefits for large offshore deployment, and the methodologies for offshore wind and aquaculture
co-location are already being replicated in 5 regions in Europe and Morrocco. These illustrative examples
showcase the coordinated portfolio of tried and tested, scalable and evidence-based solutions for restoring
ocean and freshwater, addressing the main drivers of the degradation while boosting the blue economy
sector.
3.2.2.2. Replication, uptake and deployment of solutions
Replication and deployment
activities aim to transform
solutions developed by projects
into wider outcomes by
supporting their adoption in new
regions and contexts. In most
Mission projects, cascading
funding allow Associated
Regions outside the initial
demonstration sites to build
capacity to implement the
innovative solutions developed in
the projects. By December 2025,
86 Associated Regions have been
selected for funding, and calls are
ongoing for additional 54 regions.
This indicator is an early but
important signal that solutions
and support provided through
Mission projects and instruments are starting to move beyond the original consortia into a
broader set of territories. This marks the beginning of the transition from project-level
experimentation to more systematic deployment and scaling.
Dedicated support and technical assistance is also provided to support the Mission
communities, notably through 4 projects (86) that were launched in 2025 to support the
deployment of Community-led actions and transition agenda across the 4 Basin
Lighthouses. Other Mission Service Contracts support encompasses feasibility studies,
technical assistance, transition agendas, pilot actions, networking, knowledge exchange
and support services. By December 2025, 159 European regional and local authorities
are involved as beneficiaries in the grants, or as recipients of technical assistance.
(86) https://blueactionbanos.eu/; https://blueactionaa.eu/; https://sos2learndbs.eu/ and
https://tascrestoremed.eu/
Note: An associated region is localized in New Zealand
and not reproduced in the map.
Figure 22. Localisation of the Associated Regions.
EU Missions in 2026 50
The pilot scheme ‘EU Blue Champions’ (87) was launched end-2023, in collaboration
with the European Investment Bank (EIB) and supported by the BlueInvest platform,
which provides financial advisory to 20 projects to grow their business. Some of the
winners might also qualify for EIB venture debt.
The Mission Ocean and Waters service portal (88) provides a comprehensive one-stop-
shop for stakeholders, offering essential tools, contacts, knowledge, matchmaking,
financing, and support for the successful execution of the Mission.
How the Mission is enabling the replication, uptake and deployment of solutions
Associated Regions: Under the DaWetRest project, Associated Regions are replicating and deploying
solutions for the restorations of wetlands and floodplains across the Danube and Black Sea and also in
southern Spain, enabling mutual learning, promoting seamless knowledge transfer and reinforcing the
EUs dedication to sustainable development. For instance, the Municipality of Danilovgrad in central
Montenegro is implementing floodplain restoration actions through the ZetRest initiative; the
Municipality of Poti in Georgia, is developing a restoration roadmap for the Paliastomi Lake and Kaparcha
Connectivity; the Municipality of Samandağ in Türkiye, advancing renaturalisation actions in the Lower
Orontes/Asi River area; and the Andalusia region in Spain, working on coastal blue-carbon habitat
restoration best practices.
Technical Assistance: 34 beneficiaries across 17 countries have received technical assistance to islands,
ports, and fisheries communities, helping them develop and scale innovative solutions aligned with the
Mission’s objectives, with a strong focus on ecosystem restoration and blue economy innovation. This
includes the island community of Chalki (EL) to assess the feasibility of renewable energy for electric
ferries, including funding strategies and technical reports. The project has since then attracted interest
from national energy transition programmes, demonstrating how Mission support can leverage additional
investments for sustainable island mobility.
Blue Champions: A total of 20 technology companies have received advisory support from the EIB to
grow their business. Some of the winners might also qualify for EIB venture debt, a type of loan designed
specifically for early-stage, high-growth companies. WSENSE (IT) is a deep-tech company recognised
as an EU Blue Champion receiving ongoing scale-up advisory support. A spin-off from Sapienza
University of Rome, WSENSEe has pioneered the Internet of Underwater Things (IoUT), delivering the
first patented, cable-less mesh networks that allow multi-vendor underwater sensors, robots, and buoys to
communicate wirelessly. The scale-up has raised over €25 million in total funding.
These examples highlight how the Mission’s funding mechanisms are starting to accelerate project
maturity, de-risking investments, attract private capital, and propel innovations toward market readiness,
enabling replication and scaling of solutions across Europe.
3.2.2.3. Political mobilisation governance, communities for protection and
restoration
The Mission established four regional Basin Lighthouses (89) for the Atlantic-Arctic,
Danube (including the Black-Sea), Mediterranean Sea, Baltic and North Sea. These are
hubs and platforms for cooperation at basin level with Member States, regions and other
stakeholders that support the development and deployment of solutions. The Lighthouses
(87) EU Blue Champions unveiled: 20 companies will receive advisory support to grow their business
(88) Mission Ocean and Waters service portal | Research and Innovation
(89) https://bluemissionaa.eu/; https://ecodalli.eu/; https://bluemissionmed.eu/ and
https://bluemissionbanos.eu/
EU Missions in 2026 51
are driving the implementation of the Mission at basin level, co-creating roadmaps for
transformation through regional Mission arenas and setting up innovation ecosystems.
• Under Objective 1, regarding Marine Ecosystems, the Basin Lighthouse CSA
“BLUEMISSIONAA” mapped thousands of initiatives and connected over 14 000
stakeholders in the Atlantic-Arctic area, building an ocean restoration innovation
ecosystem to take root, replicate, and scale, and developing (90) the digital platform
WaveLinks, cataloguing 5 900 projects and 346 innovative solutions and services,
making the Readiness Levels Index visible to researchers, investors, and change-
makers, and turning isolated efforts into a shared movement towards a healthier and
restored ocean. Regarding freshwater ecosystems, the Basin Lighthouse ECODALLI
aimed at centralising governance structures through innovative solutions for
ecological restoration, protection, and preservation of the Danube basin, fostering a
stronger innovation ecosystem via a well-connected Living Lab system and a digital
portal linked to the Mission Implementation Platform.
• Under Objective 2, the Basin Lighthouse CSA “BLUEMISSIONMED” established
in the Mediterranean Sea a Mission infrastructure based on 7 national and regional
Mission Hubs, Living Labs, community platforms and enabling services, to connect
policy priorities, territorial needs, innovation ecosystems and societal actors, and
support the deployment of innovative solutions across diverse Mediterranean
contexts.
• Under Objective 3, the Basin Lighthouse CSA “BLUE MISSION BANOS”
completed four full innovation cycles between 2023 and 2025 across the
Baltic/North Sea area. These cycles encompassed the entire basin, from Norway
and Sweden to the Baltics, Poland, Germany, Denmark, the Netherlands, and
northern France, engaging 500 organisations of regional and local stakeholders in a
structured process. The cycles translated Mission challenges into actionable agendas
and locally anchored solutions, promoted knowledge sharing, solution development,
and scaling of impact.
In addition, the CSA CO-WATERS (91) recently started the work to foster involvement of
waterfront cities, regions and islands in the Mission Ocean and Waters.
3.2.2.4. Digital Ocean and Water Knowledge System
The Digital Ocean and Water Knowledge System, including the emerging European
Digital Twin Ocean, underpins all Mission objectives by integrating diverse data streams
and modelling capabilities relevant to marine and freshwater ecosystems and blue
economy sectors. By connecting data from Copernicus, EMODnet, national monitoring
systems and Mission projects, it improves monitoring, forecasting and assessment of
ecosystem status, pressures and the effects of protection and restoration measures. The core
infrastructureof the European Digital Twin Ocean, EDITO (92), conceived as a public
(90) With BlueMissionBANOS and Prep4Blue (https://prep4blue.eu/)
(91) https://www.co-waters.eu/
(92) Supported by the 3 projects https://edito-infra.eu/; https://edito-modellab.eu/ and
https://www.edito.eu/
EU Missions in 2026 52
service and a public good, was unveiled at the United Nations Ocean Conference (June
2025, Nice) and is accessible to all. It allows exploring and exploiting data and tools in
time and space, for instance to predict and assess the impact of climate scenarios and
human activities, to inform decisions on different topics. It also allows users to contribute
to the EU DTO with their own data and models. Other 8 Mission-funded projects
contribute to the integration of biodiversity monitoring data (93), of socio-ecological
models (94) and inland waters (95) into the Digital Twin Ocean. All these activities will
interact with and contribute to the Ocean Observation Initiative, OceanEye (96),a core
delivery mechanism of the European Ocean Pact, to position the European Union as the
world's leading provider of ocean intelligence.
3.2.2.5. Public mobilisation and engagement
Public mobilisation and engagement activities reinforce Mission action under all
objectives by involving citizens and stakeholders directly in marine and water restoration
solutions. 12 Mission projects experiment with an extremely large set of approaches to
increase citizens’ awareness and engagement. This ranges from citizen science actions (97)
to blue education (98), responsible seafood consumption (99) or co-design of a long-term
vision (100). Projects also cover art-science collaborations (101), to transcend purely
technical discourse and mobilise deeper behavioural and societal change.
These activities create communities and networks around specific places and issues,
encourage behavioural change, and give local actors practical tools and methods to
participate in monitoring and management. By linking citizens, schools, NGOs, authorities
and experts, public mobilisation activities increase the social and political space for marine
and water restoration, complementing the more technical and institutional pillars described
above.
Another essential element of public and stakeholder mobilisation and engagement is the
Mission Charter (102). By December 2025, 1 017 Mission Charter Actions (and their
associated EUR 8 billion in planned investments - which also include EU funded projects)
demonstrate a high level of stakeholder engagement and financial mobilisation around the
Mission’s objectives. These Actions, undertaken by public authorities, businesses, research
(93) https://digi4eco.eu/; https://dto-bioflow.eu/ and https://ednaquaplan.com/
(94) https://ecotwinproject.eu/; https://seadito.eu/; https://seadots-project.eu/ and https://www.surimi-
project.eu/
(95) https://ideation-euproject.eu/
(96) COM(2026) 268 final
(97) https://cs-mach1.eu/; https://www.plastic-pirates.eu/en and https://otters-eu.aua.am/
(98) https://blue-lights.eu/; https://probleu.school/ and https://shoreproject.eu/
(99) https://www.mrgoodfish.com/; https://www.verifish.info/
(100) https://cordis.europa.eu/project/id/101213933
(101) https://www.flowhorizon.eu/; https://crowdusg.net/partart4ow/ and https://submariner-
network.eu/tidal-arts/
(102) https://maritime-forum.ec.europa.eu/theme/research/mission-ocean-and-waters_en
EU Missions in 2026 53
organisations and civil society actors, create additional pathways for implementing and
scaling Mission-related solutions.
Figure 23. Mission Charter Actions.
The Mission Ocean and Waters has benefited from strong international engagement,
reflecting the connected nature of the world’s ocean. The sea and river basin Lighthouses
include and work closely with riparian third countries. The Horizon Europe funded projects
include participants from 47 countries including non-EU ones, bordering the Arctic,
Atlantic, Indian and Pacific Ocean. 42 of the demo-sites where solutions are being tested
and around half of the Associated Regions where solutions are being replicated are in
countries beyond the EU-27. Moreover, partners from 179 countries spanning the entire
globe have submitted pledges to the Mission Charter.
How the Mission is mobilising Member States, regions, local authorities and other stakeholders
through the Mission Charter
National Authority: Italy pledged its Marine Ecosystem Restoration (MER) EUR 400 million
programme. Funded under the National Recovery and Resilience Plan (NRRP), it combines active
restoration (e.g. replanting seagrass meadows, oyster beds, and coral forests across 11 sites) with passive
protection (removing ghost nets in 15 locations and establishing 18 new eco-mooring fields in Marine
Protected Areas) measures. Cutting-edge mapping technologies (LIDAR, AUVs, ROVs) will be used to
survey 70+ deep-sea habitats, while a new oceanographic research vessel – equipped with hybrid
propulsion and silent-class technology – will increase the Mediterranean ocean monitoring.
Regional Authority: the County Administrative Board of Norrbotten (SE) is rewilding 100 km of
streams and 103 hectares of river habitats degraded by a century of timber floating and industrial
modification under the Torne River International Watershed (TRIWA) LIFE project. The TRIWA LIFE
project restores river ecosystems by reintroducing boulders, deepening pools, and removing artificial
barriers to revive natural water flows and spawning habitats, while strategically placing trees and
reopening side channels to enhance biodiversity, sediment control, and fish shelter. This cross-border
effort not only boosts biodiversity but also rebuilds resilient fish populations, supporting local fisheries
and Indigenous Sámi communities that depend on these species.
EU Missions in 2026 54
Port Authority:the Port of Vigo (ES) is transforming concrete breakwaters and seawalls into
biodiversity-rich "green infrastructure". Using bio-enhancing concrete, textured surfaces, and science-
based designs, the project boosts marine life colonisation, improving water quality, fish stocks, and noise
reduction (up to 50%) while acting as a carbon sink. Beyond ecology, the living structures enhance
durability by leveraging benthic communities to reduce erosion and maintenance costs. This scalable
model demonstrates how industrial ports can reconcile economic activity with ecosystem restoration,
setting a new standard for sustainable coastal development.
Civil society:Plastic Cup(HU) has evolved from a river cleanup initiative into a basin-wide movement,
combining direct action, education, and systemic prevention. Since its launch, it has removed over 300
tonnes of litter from the Danube and recycled 200 tonnes, while engaging thousands of volunteers in
cross-border cleanups. But its most transformative impact lies upstream: In Ukraine’s Latorica and Uzh
rivers, Plastic Cup partnered with local activists and waste firms to intercept over 700 tonnes of household
waste before it reached the Danube. By installing collection points, organising community cleanups, and
advocating for better waste policies, the project tackles plastic pollution at its source.
These initiatives showcase how the Mission successfully mobilises governments, scientists, businesses,
local communities and civil society to deliver scalable, nature-positive solutions across ecosystems.
3.2.3. Progress towards the 2030 targets
The above-described developments demonstrate that, by 2025, the Mission has put in place
the key building blocks to advance the EU’s 2030 biodiversity, zero-pollution, and climate-
neutral blue economy goals.
First, the Mission developed a diversified portfolio of innovative solutions and tested
them in a wide range of ecological and socio-economic contexts. This means that, for many
typical restoration, pollution or blue economy challenges, there are now concrete,
documented solution packages that can be deployed by authorities and practitioners.
Second, the Mission has created a network of demonstration sites and pilots where these
solutions are applied under real-world conditions. These sites are beginning to deliver
tangible improvements under Mission 2030 targets, and generate practical lessons on
implementation, costs, benefits and enabling conditions. They form the base of a growing
marine and freshwater restoration (103) practice across basins.
Third, replication instruments and financial advisory services are beginning to turn this
foundation into a wider wave of restoration investments and projects outside the initial
Mission portfolio.
Fourth, the Mission has established communities, governance structures and technical
assistance mechanisms that make it easier for authorities and stakeholders to design and
implement restoration measures.
Finally, digital and engagement enablers have strengthened both the knowledge base and
the societal foundation for restoration. Digital twins and integrated information systems
provide better evidence and tools for planning and monitoring, while citizen science, youth
engagement and education initiatives are building awareness, skills and long-term
stewardship.
(103) In the wide acceptation of “restoration”, i.e. under the three Mission objectives.
EU Missions in 2026 55
To provide a concise view of progress, a small set of four headline indicators is used that
cut across all three specific objectives. They track the pathway from core outputs (solutions
and demonstration sites), through early outcomes (replication in Associated Regions), to
mobilisation (Mission Charter Actions). These indicators have a 2021 baseline of zero and
are monitored through the Mission Monitoring Dashboard. However, no target for these
indicators was included in the 2021 implementation plan, that was focusing on specific
objectives.
Indicator Goal or Specific
Objective measured Baseline 2021
Target
(2030) Progress value (by December 2025)
1. Number of Mission
Ocean & Waters
solutions produced
Measures progress in
the production of
solutions in all three
SOs
0 n/a 121 solutions
2. Number of local
demonstration sites
Measures the territorial
footprint of testing and
demonstration
activities contributing
to all three SOs
0 n/a 349 local demonstration sites
3. Number of
Associated Regions
replicating Mission
solutions
Direct outcome
indicator capturing the
transition from project-
level outputs and
support (solutions,
technical assistance,
cascading grants) to
real-world uptake
contributing to all three
SOs
0 n/a 86 unique Associated Regions with
active replication of Mission solutions.
4. Number of Mission
Charter Actions
Measures stakeholder
mobilisation
supporting all three
SOs
0 n/a 1 017 Mission Charter Actions
registered in the Mission Charter
database
Taken together, these indicators show that the Mission has, by late 2025, built a
momentum on solutions, territorial reach, replication and mobilisation. In
combination, as also pointed out by the first Mission Monitoring Assessment from the
European Environment Agency (104), these milestones mean that the Mission is already
contributing to the designation and more effective management of marine protected areas,
to the restoration and/or depollution of marine and freshwater ecosystems, and to the
fostering of a climate neutral and circular Blue Economy. Full restoration can take longer
than the 2021–2030 timeframe for many interventions, but the Mission has accelerated
learning, coordination and capacity-building, and has created a pipeline of restoration
actions and investments that is expected to continue delivering benefits well after 2030.
3.3. Conclusions
The Mission Ocean and Waters has completed its first phase, which set up the
structures for delivery, political engagement and stakeholder mobilisation, testing and
demonstrating solutions, and piloting different innovative approaches. The second
deployment phase will focus on consolidating and institutionalising the various
(104) https://water.europa.eu/marine/europe-seas/eu-mission-restore-our-oceans-and-water
EU Missions in 2026 56
instruments and services that have been set up to ensure the Mission reaches its 2030
targets. During that phase, the focus of the Mission and the intensification of efforts until
2030 will consist of working along four main areas.
Political anchoring of the Mission
The Mission has put a strong emphasis on mobilisation and community-building in its first
phase. This has resulted in a network of actors, investments, and commitments that can be
mobilised to deliver on the EU policy objectives. It has notably generated a stakeholder
mobilisation process that contributed to the inclusion in the political agenda of the new
Commission of key ocean and water policy initiatives, the European Ocean Pact (105) and
European Water Resilience Strategy (106), which follow a systemic “source-to-sea
approach” to the restoration of the ‘hydrosphere’ put forward by the Mission. The
implementation of these initiatives will build on and take forward some of the activities
launched by the Mission and can support the next stages of their implementation beyond
R&I.
The Ocean Pact and the Water Resilience Strategy announced several actions that
explicitly build on the achievements and initiatives of the Mission and will contribute to
the achievement of the shared targets of the Mission and the two initiatives, notably with
the planned Ocean and Water R&I Strategy and with the Ocean Observation Initiative.
These initiatives should help shape and structure the future programming of ocean and
water R&I in the next MFF, including in the next HE, as well as deployment under the
European Competitiveness Fund (ECF), and the National and Regional Partnership Plans
(NRPPs).
These initiatives will leverage and continue successful assets and aspects of the Mission
Ocean and Waters, notably:
• Basin Lighthouses: The Mission helped consolidate the basin-level approach and
ensure cooperation at sea and river basin level gathering maritime, environment
policies and R&I cooperation. Through the upcoming “Ocean Act”, Member
States will also be encouraged to move from a national approach to a sea basin
level approach, building i.e. on the Mission basin Lighthouses.
• European Digital Twin Ocean: Will be fully operational by 2030, not just as a
European programme, but as a public service for citizens and a global asset.
Through the Ocean Observation Initiative, the EU is building a robust, integrated,
and multidisciplinary European Marine Knowledge value chain – transforming
data into action, and science into solutions for all.
• EU Blue Parks Network: The EU Blue Parks community brings together
European networks, national and regional authorities and agencies, projects and
initiatives in the EU to identify challenges, share tools, solutions and good
practices, and promote innovative approaches for designation and management of
Marine Protected Areas, including strict protection.
(105) COM(2025) 281 final
(106) COM(2025) 280 final
EU Missions in 2026 57
• Blue Champions: Developed together with the EIB, this scheme helps accelerate
the development of innovative ocean-related technologies and support projects
aimed at scaling from demonstration to operation.
Supporting deployment and scale-up, including investments and funding
Establishing a clear ‘funding pipeline’ across the innovation cycle, between different
programmes and funding streams is a priority for the Mission, in line with the EU Start-up
and Scale-up strategy, the Ocean Pact and WRS and the proposals for the next MFF.
The Mission has developed a portfolio of solutions and piloted a range of support
instruments. The upcoming phase has to structure this support more coherently (including
through links with Start-up and Scale-up Strategy initiatives, the BlueInvest, and Blue
Champions scheme), closely monitor and assess its impacts. The final objective will be
that national, regional and local authorities and relevant stakeholders have access to the
relevant information and guidance/assistance to support them in deploying these solutions
in their territories. In addition, authorities and stakeholders need access to a coherent
funding framework that actively supports implementation. This means not only aligning
EU, national, regional, and private investment sources, but also strengthening the ability
to access, combine, and leverage these instruments effectively. The goal is to create a fit-
for-purpose, self-sustaining, and dynamic investment ecosystem that accelerates delivery
and maximises impact.
The deployment itself will need to be covered by other EU programmes and other public
and private sources, as the current Horizon Europe 2028-2034 proposal foresees continued
funding for the Missions until 2030 but will not fund the deployment and scaling-up.
Strengthening the governance
To strengthen connections at national level, the Mission will aim to systematically connect
policy owners responsible for Ocean and Water policies. It will ensure that national
authorities responsible for planning decisions on the ocean and waters are made aware of
the innovative solutions developed by the Mission and can thus support their deployment
including through future Multiannual Financial Framework(MFF) programmes, such as
the European Competitiveness Fund (ECF) and National and Regional Partnership Plans
(NRPP). It will also allow the policy owners to be more directly involved in the steering
of future Mission activities, which to date only happens as formal interactions with
Member States and Associated Countries in the Horizon Europe Strategic Programme
Committee Working Group.
The Mission will also focus on deepening and consolidating the basin-level approach.
Until now, cooperation at sea and river basin level is largely split between maritime policy
(sea basin and macro-regional strategies), environment policy (regional sea conventions
and river commissions) and R&I cooperation (e.g. sea basin alliances, partnerships and
SRIAs, including international science diplomacy efforts). The new CSAs to be launched
in 2026 under the Horizon Europe Work Programme 2025 will further consolidate the
Lighthouses, gear them towards supporting the deployment of solutions (107) and
(107) Horizon Europe Mission WP25 includes a EUR14.2 million action to fund coordination and support
actions for each of the four Mission Basin Lighthouse, which will cover all Mission objectives.
EU Missions in 2026 58
strengthen the delivery of the sea basin level approach, as envisaged by the European
Ocean Pact.
Completing the monitoring system
The current Mission monitoring system is still focused on activities and outputs (projects,
demo site, etc.) and does not systematically capture the concrete impacts of demonstrations
and pilots (e.g. tons of plastics removed or prevented, ecosystem surfaces restored, etc.).
Progressing on the assessment of impacts, as well as on costs and benefits of solutions,
will help convince investors about the added value of innovative solutions.
Work is ongoing with the Lighthouse CSAs and Mission projects to integrate the PESTEL
analytical framework and Theory of Change, to define Mission Outcome KPIs capturing
both internal progress and external enabling conditions, and to develop a consistent
approach to assess how the Mission activities described above 1) accelerate the
achievement of Mission objectives and targets; 2) ensure leveraging of resources and
investments and 3) increase readiness at local level to deploy innovative solutions at scale.
This will feed into the above-mentioned monitoring of the Mission’s impacts undertaken
by the European Environment Agency (EEA) through a set of indicators to quantify the
impact of Mission projects and activities towards its 2030 targets, in line with related EU
policies and their monitoring frameworks at EU level.
4. 100 CLIMATE-NEUTRAL AND SMART CITIES BY 2030
4.1. Introduction to the Mission
The EU Mission 100 Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities by 2030 supports 112 cities across
EU and Associated Countries (AC) in achieving climate neutrality by 2030, acting as
innovation and investment hubs for broader EU decarbonisation by 2050, in line with the
European Green Deal. Shifting from traditional R&I approaches, the Mission applies a
systemic, mission-oriented approach that directly addresses urban emissions – accounting
for over 70% of the global CO2 emissions (108) – through integrated action across mobility,
buildings, energy, waste, circular economy, and digital infrastructure. It combines a
portfolio-based investment planning, large-scale pilots and demonstrators, and tailored
capacity building to help cities move from isolated projects to coherent transition pathways
that can be replicated across Europe. President von der Leyen reaffirmed this role at the
2025 Covenant of Mayors ceremony, emphasising that the Cities Mission is central to
transforming European cities into hubs of innovation and to testing, advancing and scaling
solutions that deliver real benefits for citizens and society (109).
(108) https://www.c40knowledgehub.org/s/article/Past-the-peak-Accelerating-climate-action-in-C40-cities?.
This global figure includes emissions beyond cities (e.g. emissions physically taking place well outside
a city but “triggered” by the cities). The estimate for EU-27 using the Eurostat definition of cities (i.e.
more than 50,000 inhabitants) would be 36% of greenhouse gases (GHG) coming directly from cities.
(109) Speech by President von der Leyen at the EU Covenant of Mayors Ceremony 2025. Brussels, 16 October
2025.
EU Missions in 2026 59
The Mission has two general objectives (110):
(1) Deliver at least 100 climate-neutral cities by 2030.
(2) Ensure that these cities also act as experimentation and innovation hubs for others
to follow, to enable all European cities to become climate-neutral by 2050.
Those can be broken down into eight specific objectives (111):
(1) Develop city-focused Climate City Contracts (CCC) including investment plans for
innovative and climate neutral solutions.
(2) Support Research & Innovation pilots and demonstrators to scale-up and replicate
solutions.
(3) Develop synergies with existing Commission initiatives.
(4) Provide cities with access to EU-wide skills and expertise and help them connect
in international networks to accelerate climate action.
(5) Support the delivery of GHG emissions reductions in Mission cities as outlined in
their CCCs.
(6) Establish robust monitoring and learning mechanisms.
(7) Help cities develop innovative governance to overcome a silo approach and ensure
buy-in and commitment at all levels.
(8) Mobilise investment funding to achieve climate neutrality through the Investment
Plans.
The central mechanism for cities seeking to become climate-neutral by 2030, as part of the
Cities Mission, is the development of a Climate City Contract (CCC), a holistic plan
composed of three key components: a political commitment, a Climate Neutrality Action
Plan (CNAP), and an Investment Plan (IP). The CNAP defines the decarbonisation
pathway through an inventory of greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions, quantified targets, an
emission gap analysis and a portfolio of actions. The IP identifies the financial needs,
instruments and funding strategies to implement these actions. The CCCs are co-created
with local stakeholders and, where possible, aligned with national and regional
frameworks.
The Cities with credible CCCs receive the Mission Label – an EU endorsement designed
to acknowledge the city’s work and improve access to finance and policy support for
implementation. The process is central to achieve the main objective of the Mission
because it embeds a shift from fragmented project support to coherent, mission-driven
investment strategies. The relevance of Climate City Contracts is also recognised in the
recent EU Agenda for Cities (112), which identifies them as an example of integrated urban
development frameworks that can support cities and facilitate access to flexible financing
(110) European Commission (2021). European Missions – Implementation Plan: 100 Climate-Neutral and
Smart Cities by 2030. Publications Office of the European Union. https://research-and-
innovation.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2021-09/cities_mission_implementation_plan.pdf
(111) The Cities Mission’s framework of specific objectives was refined from the seven originally included
in the implementation plan to the eight in the current framework to strengthen clarity and accountability.
(112) COM (2025) 739 final
EU Missions in 2026 60
through the EU Cities Platform, encouraging their broader uptake and scaling. Also, the
CCCs provide the analytical foundation for evaluating the Mission’s expected impact.
Horizon Europe has allocated over EUR 600 million (113) to support the Cities Mission
from 2021 to 2025. This includes the creation of the Mission Platform (114), managed by
the NetZeroCities consortium, which offers guidance, capacity-building, access to
technical and financial resources, as well as a pilot and twinning programme to test and
replicate systemic innovation. As part of the Mission Platform, the Climate City Capital
Hub – operational since June 2024 – offers tailored financial advisory and supports
investment structuring, including the use of guarantees and blended finance.
The bulk of the budget coming from the Horizon Europe Cities Mission work programme
is employed to constitute a coherent R&I projects portfolio, which currently includes
around 40 collaborative R&I projects (115) organised across five thematic clusters:
• Mobility and transport: this cluster currently includes projects focused on inclusive,
safe and sustainable urban mobility, mobility management and behavioural change,
public transport systems, smart and shared zero-emission transport solutions, and
active mobility. Projects support the redesign of streets and public spaces, promote
modal shift towards walking, cycling and public transport, and develop integrated
mobility services for climate-neutral cities. Examples include ELABORATOR on
sustainable urban mobility living labs, REALLOCATE on climate-friendly active
transport, UPPER on strengthening public transport systems, and MOBILITIES FOR
EU on shared and zero-emission mobility solutions.
• Built environment and energy systems: this cluster includes projects focused on
Positive Clean Energy Districts (PCEDs), and digital twin applications for energy
and urban district planning. The projects aim to accelerate scalable and replicable
district-level energy transitions. Examples include ASCEND and EXPEDITE.
• Urban planning and management: this cluster includes projects focusing on AI-
enabled urban planning, digital twins, peri-urban integration, urban logistics, and
rethinking urban public space management. The projects support integrated
planning approaches and data-driven governance for climate-neutral cities.
Examples include TWIN4CITIES, DYNACITY, ALTHEA, NEXTLOGIC, and
CLIMABOROUGH.
• Circular economy and green industry: this cluster includes projects addressing
circularity in industrial systems, resilient infrastructure, and cross-sectoral
approaches linking cities, industry, and climate mitigation strategies. Examples
include CIRCUIT and SYSTEMICO.
• Nature and environment: this cluster includes projects focused on urban greening,
renaturing, climate resilience, and zero-pollution strategies. The projects develop
nature-based solutions, participatory regeneration approaches, and integrated
(113) This figure is an approximate sum of the annual contributions in the Horizon Europe work programmes
to the Climate-neutral and Smart Cities Mission.
(114) http://netzerocities.eu/
(115) As of 28 February 2026.
EU Missions in 2026 61
actions on air quality and noise reduction. Examples include Commit2Green,
GreenInCities, and HARMONIE.
These projects involve 83 Mission cities – some of them in multiple consortia – and
complement the activities of the Mission Platform by generating new knowledge,
accelerating innovation and providing tested solutions that cities can integrate into their
transition pathways. Additionally, two dedicated projects have been launched to support
Ukrainian cities in aligning their reconstruction with climate neutrality pathways, ensuring
that the Mission’s benefits contribute to resilience in crisis contexts.
Several of the projects in the Cities Mission portfolio are the result of synergies created
with other parts of the Horizon Europe programme, including partnerships, EU Missions
and other initiatives. In particular, the Cities Mission works closely with the Mission on
Adaptation to Climate Change, including through joint Horizon Europe on urban greening,
ecosystem restoration and climate resilience. Cooperation also extends to the Climate City
Capital Hub, where the Adaptation Mission contributes EUR 12 million to support the
development of financial solutions for climate-resilient urban investments. Additional joint
actions connect the Cities Mission with the Cancer Mission on active mobility and health
co-benefits, and with initiatives and partnerships such as the New European Bauhaus
Facility (116), the Circular Cities and Regions Initiative (117), the Built4People
partnership (118), the 2Zero partnership (119), the Connected Cooperative and Automated
Mobility partnership (120), the Zero Emission Waterborne Transport partnership (121), and
the Clean Hydrogen Joint Undertaking (122), linking urban climate action with circular
economy, sustainable mobility, and hydrogen deployment in cities.
The Cities Mission has also developed a strong international dimension. Twelve non-EU
cities from the EEA, Western Balkans, UK, Türkiye and Israel, are part of the Mission
cohort, complemented by a further 12 Ukrainian cities associated through the
SUN4Ukraine Partnership programme and in collaboration with the U_CAN project. In
parallel, the Mission has contributed to shaping global action on urban climate neutrality,
notably through the launch in 2021 of the Urban Transitions Mission (UTM) (123), a
complementary international initiative that engages a growing cohort of over 130 cities in
50 countries across world regions, including 12 EU Mission cities. Building on European
experience, the UTM supports the global scaling of net-zero urban solutions while
fostering knowledge exchange and partnerships that also benefit European cities. It is co-
led by the European Commission, the Global Covenant of Mayors for Climate and Energy,
(116) https://new-european-bauhaus.europa.eu/funding/new-european-bauhaus-facility_en
(117) https://circular-cities-and-regions.ec.europa.eu/
(118) https://built4people.eu/
(119) https://www.2zeroemission.eu/
(120) https://www.ccam.eu/
(121) https://www.waterborne.eu/partnership/partnership
(122) https://european-union.europa.eu/institutions-law-budget/institutions-and-bodies/search-all-eu-
institutions-and-bodies/clean-hydrogen-joint-undertaking_en
(123) https://urbantransitionsmission.org/
EU Missions in 2026 62
and JPI Urban Europe. Together, the EU Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission and
the global Urban Transitions Mission form a coherent ecosystem that reinforces the role
of cities as key drivers of climate action, innovation and systemic change. Through the
Climate City Capital Hub and partners such as the European Investment Bank and the
European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Mission also strengthens access
to investment expertise with relevance beyond the EU core market. Building on these
foundations, the Mission could further support cooperation with enlargement,
neighbourhood and other partner countries by sharing practical solutions on urban
mobility, buildings renovation, clean energy, circular economy and citizen engagement,
thereby reinforcing Europe’s influence in sustainable urban transformation.
The Mission is entering the delivery-oriented phase, following a first phase focused on
mobilisation, commitment-building and the development of CCCs. This current phase is
characterised by the implementation of CCCs, preparation of investment pipelines, and
deployment of projects. This assessment evaluates whether Mission actions in the first
phase have created the enabling conditions – integrated, systems-based approaches,
governance capacity, financing, technical assistance, knowledge transfer – needed for
these outcomes to scale.
The Mission intervention logic is summarised in the image below.
Figure 24. Intervention logic for the Climate Neutral and Smart Cities Mission.
4.2. The progress of the Mission
Overall progress toward climate-neutral cities by 2030
While reaching full climate neutrality by 2030 remains ambitious, Mission Cities are
clearly moving in that direction at a pace and scale that would not have been possible
without the Mission. CCCs have provided structured pathways for implementation,
helping cities refine baselines, strengthen inventories and prepare investment pipelines.
EU Missions in 2026 63
This progress is reflected in two central achievements:
• 107 cities have formally committed to climate neutrality through a reviewed CCC
and have received the Mission Label.
• These cities collectively expect to reduce around 199.68 MtCO₂e by 2030 (124), a
mitigation potential equal to approximately 6.6% of EU-27 emissions in 2024,
signalling that Mission Cities can make a material contribution to Europe’s
decarbonisation.
Together, these developments illustrate how the Mission is driving cities toward its
overarching objectives and positioning them as innovation and investment hubs for
Europe’s wider transition.
Indicator Goal or SO measured by
the indicator Baseline Target (if any)
Progress value (as of
data cut-off date)
Number of CCCs
submitted by the
Cities and Mission
Labels awarded by
the Mission Manager
Develop city-focused
CCC including
investment plans for
innovative and climate
neutral solutions.
0 in 2022 At least 100 CCCs
submitted by Cities
and awarded with
the Mission Label by
2025
106 CCCs from 107
cities (125) as of 28
February 2026
Expected MtCO2e to
be reduced by
Mission Cities
through their CNAPs
as set out in their
CCCs, based on
emissions reductions.
Support the delivery of
GHG emissions
reductions in Mission
cities as outlined in their
CCCs.
Recent
emissions
baseline (2015-
2023)
Climate
neutrality (126) by
2030 as set out in
Cities Mission’s
CCCs
199.68 MtCO2e equal
to a 76% reduction
from aggregate recent
baselines. (Based on
107 Labelled cities)
107 cities have committed to climate neutrality by 2030
As of 28 May 2026, 107 out of 112 Mission cities, from 33 countries, have submitted CCCs
to climate neutrality, and received the Mission Label. These cities represent a diverse urban
sample in terms of size, geography and baseline emissions. This exceeds the Mission’s
(124) Todeschi, V., Ulpiani, G., Vetters, N., Galioto, C., Banja, M. et al., Climate-neutral and Smart Cities
Mission: 2025 assessment - Monitoring the overall progress and impact of the Cities Mission, European
Commission, Ispra, 2026, JRC146414
(125) Eindhoven and Helmond submitted a joint CCC.
(126) In the Cities Mission, climate neutrality by 2030 is defined as achieving a net-zero balance across five
sectors (stationary energy, transport, waste, Industrial Processes and Product Use -IPPU, Agriculture,
Forestry, and Other Land Use -AFOLU) covering Scope 1 and 2 emissions and Scope 3 waste-related
emissions, for seven greenhouse gases. Residual emissions are expected to stay below roughly 20% of
a recent baseline, not as a fixed target but as an orientation to maximise reductions at source. For more
information, please refer to the annex.
EU Missions in 2026 64
original target of having at least 100 CCCs submitted by the cities and positively reviewed
by 2025.
This achievement is crucial, because,
through CCCs, the Mission turns ambition
into actionable plans. They combine action
plans and investment plans that generate
structured project pipelines. CCCs enable
cities to engage with the EU, national and
regional authorities, with investors and with
their citizens to deliver on their ambitious
climate neutrality objective. CCCs also
create added value by fostering
collaboration across different parts of city
administrations, breaking down silos and ensuring that climate action is embedded across
policy areas. Finally, CCCs encourage systems-based approaches, linking governance,
finance, implementation, citizen engagement, and social innovation in an integrated
framework that strengthens the legitimacy and effectiveness of urban transitions.
A major added value of the Mission has been
to trigger the establishment and systematise
the updating of emissions inventories, the
refining of sector coverage, and the
improvement of transparency thanks to the
CCC process. Concrete examples include
Sofia, which built a 2022 inventory based on
its 2018 Covenant of Mayors dataset and
shared raw inputs for traceability; Pecs,
which compiled a 2021 inventory and
derived a 2030 Business As Usual (BAU)
scenario; Kranj, which added waste and
Agriculture, Forestry, and Other Land Use
(AFOLU) to its inventory; and Bucharest
(District 2), which assembled a 2016 baseline
and set out a workflow to add further scopes.
Finally, Differdange developed its first inventory from scratch as part of the CCC process,
with due diligence.
These refinements reflect the Mission’s role as driver of methodological alignment,
establishing a shared foundation across a highly diverse cohort of cities. Crucially, CCCs
are not a one-off reporting exercise, but living plans: cities are already refining them as
they move into implementation, ensuring a feedback loop between planning, action, and
monitoring that will reinforce further this trajectory.
Five cities are still preparing their CCC. However, all are receiving tailored support to
address their specific challenges, whether in terms of governance, data or capacity gaps.
Figure 25. Cities Mission Label ceremony,
Vilnius, May 2025.
Figure 26. Cities Mission Climate City
Contract.
EU Missions in 2026 65
Stakeholder mobilisation has also become a defining feature of CCC development,
reinforcing their role as shared transition frameworks. Across Mission labelled cities, more
than 3 000 (127) stakeholders, including businesses, utilities, universities, NGOs, and
cultural institutions, have committed to supporting local climate-neutrality pathways.
While engagement levels vary, several cities have mobilised exceptionally broad
coalitions: Porto 226 stakeholders, and Oslo 139, and cities like Valencia, Malmö and
Tampere show particularly strong business involvement. Others, such as Izmir and
Valladolid, stand out for their mobilisation of civil society (128). Importantly, over one third
of all stakeholders come from the private sector, underscoring their central role in a
transition where 90% of the investment needs to come from non-municipal actors. In
Vitoria-Gasteiz, for instance, major companies such as Mercedes-Benz, Michelin and
PepsiCo have pledged substantial decarbonisation investments. These examples
demonstrate how CCCs are helping cities build coalitions for delivery, aligning local actors
behind shared objectives and strengthening the governance foundations needed for
implementation.
Cities project 199.68 MtCO2e in emissions reductions by 2030, a material
contribution to Europe’s decarbonisation (129)
For the 107 Mission Cities with CCCs submitted and labelled by 28 May 2026, recent
baseline emissions (130) amount to approximately 262.82 MtCO2e. The actualised
reductions (131) that Mission cities expect to deliver by 2030 correspond to 199.68
MtCO2e, equal to a 76% reduction from their aggregate recent baselines. This is a
substantial contribution, representing around 6.6% of all EU-27 greenhouse gas emissions
in 2024 (132), roughly equivalent to the combined annual emissions of Austria, Romania
and Slovakia (133). The corresponding residual emissions amount to 62.89 MtCO2e (24%).
Figure 27 shows the aggregate recent baseline emissions of the 107 Mission Cities, the
recalculated reduction potential by 2030, and the residual emissions, presented separately
for all Mission Cities (EU+AC), EU cities only, and AC cities only (134).
(127) Based on the analysis of 95 CCCs.
(128) NetZeroCities – CCC Highlights – A diverse ecosystem of supporters
(129) Todeschi, V., Ulpiani, G., Vetters, N., Galioto, C., Banja, M. et al., Climate-neutral and Smart Cities
Mission: 2025 assessment - Monitoring the overall progress and impact of the Cities Mission, European
Commission, Ispra, 2026, JRC146414
(130) The most recent GHG emissions inventory data available for a city, which is used as a reference point
to measure progress towards reducing emissions.
(131) The values expressed in this chapter result from an actualisation process. Please consult the
methodological annex for full details.
(132) https://climate-energy.eea.europa.eu/topics/climate-change-mitigation/greenhouse-gas-emissions-
inventory/intro - data consulted on 6 July 2026
(133) The combined annual emissions of Austria, Romania and Slovakia in 2024 are 196.145.9198.0 MtCO2e.
(134) The high reduction potential of the AC group is largely driven by Istanbul, whose baseline emissions
exceed 50 MtCO2e due to its very large population and economic scale.
EU Missions in 2026 66
Figure 27. Mission impact based on recalculated emissions reduction (135)
These values are projections based on the CCCs that cities have only recently finalised.
Given that measures are only beginning to be implemented, presenting actual reduction
figures at this stage would be misleading. Instead, these projections offer a realistic
snapshot of ambition and establish the starting point for monitoring real reductions over
the coming years.
The analysis shows that Mission Cities have set ambitious 2030 reduction targets and are
strongly aligned with the Mission’s climate neutrality objectives, with cities demonstrating
how innovative, integrated portfolios underpin high-ambition targets (136). Kalamata
(94.2%) combines an ambitious target with a coherent cross-sector action portfolio and
strong delivery levers (digital, monitoring, citizen participation). Münster (85.4%) shows
high ambition with an integrated approach that connects climate action to budgeting and
finance, while ensuring fairness and broad citizen participation across all measures. Oslo
(93.3%) links an annual Climate Budget to a public Climate Barometer and complements
this with a thorough residual-emissions strategy (including Carbon Capture and Storage –
CCS – at Klemetsrud) and targeted action in hard-to-abate sectors.
Cities begin from varying starting points, leading to variation in how they define climate
targets and inventories. In sectoral coverage, all cities include energy and transport, while
almost all also cover waste. Many others further extend to Industrial Processes and Product
Use (IPPU), and Agriculture, Forestry, and Other Land Use (AFOLU). A few also went
above and beyond what was required to include non-waste Scope 3 categories (137), such
as supply chains or out-of-boundary transport. Baseline choices also differ including older
reference years or business-as-usual projections. Some cities are still clarifying how to
separate reductions from existing strategies versus new CNAP actions. Others are tackling
(135) Todeschi, V., Ulpiani, G., Vetters, N., Galioto, C., Banja, M. et al., Climate-neutral and Smart Cities
Mission: 2025 assessment - Monitoring the overall progress and impact of the Cities Mission, European
Commission, Ispra, 2026, JRC146414
(136) Targets are recalculated based on the actualisation method applied to emissions reductions. See the
methodological annex for further information.
(137) In addition to the GHG emissions that arise directly from within a city and those associated with energy
used within the city, there are also a variety of emissions that occur outside a city’s boundary, yet related
to its activity and consumption. These emission types are collectively referred to as ‘Scope 3’.
EU Missions in 2026 67
hard-to-abate emissions; for instance, Oslo targets emissions from incineration plants,
waterborne navigation, heavy vehicles, private cars, and construction sites. These
differences reflect the breadth of approaches across the Mission, that the CCC process has
made comparable, creating a common framework while respecting local contexts.
Overall, the Mission is catalysing progress: helping cities refine methodologies, align
practices, and strengthen credibility, not despite their differences, but precisely by
structuring them into a comparable, collective trajectory. The direction of travel is toward
more realistic, traceable, and comparable targets. As implementation advances, this shared
foundation will support the shift from projected results to measurable reductions.
4.3. Progress towards the Mission’s other objectives: scaling and replication,
capacity building, investment, and monitoring
Cities are piloting innovations and identifying scalable and replicable solutions
Cities are natural innovation testbeds, and they are piloting innovations and developing a
growing portfolio of solutions ready for scaling and replication. Since 2022, 99 Mission
Cities and four Mission-minded cities (138) have engaged in 68 pilots across three cohorts
of the Pilot Cities Programme (139), complemented by 26 projects in 48 cities through the
Enabling City Transformation programme, the evolution of the Pilot Cities Programme.
Together, these pilots have mobilised 101 Mission Cities, creating the Mission’s largest
testing ground for systemic solutions across energy decarbonisation, sustainable mobility,
the built environment, and governance. These pilots enable cities to experiment with
innovative approaches, evaluate impact, and prepare for scaling and replication.
A key driver of replication has been the Twinning Learning Programme, which pairs Pilot
Cities with Twin Cities in a structured, mission-wide peer-learning framework. Today, 181
cities are engaged, making it the largest peer-learning initiative under the Cities Mission.
* The figure reflects the inclusion of 6 cities that served in more than one capacity (pilot and twin) across
different cohorts
(138) Mission-minded cities are cities within the EU or Horizon Associate Countries that share the ambition
of becoming climate-neutral and smart but are not part of the initial cohort of 112 Mission Cities
selected for the EU's climate-neutral and smart cities mission.
(139) A two-year programme where selected European cities test and implement innovative and systemic
solutions to rapid decarbonisation across urban systems https://netzerocities.eu/pilot-cities-programme/
Pilot Cities
Programme (PCP)
Enabling City
Transformation
Programme
(ECTP)
Total of
PCP and
ECTP
Twinning
programme
Selected projects 68 26 94 68
Selected cities 103 48 105 181*
Countries 32 19 32 34
Mission Cities 99 48 101 100
Mission Minded
Cities 4 / 4 75
EU Missions in 2026 68
Twinning enables cities to follow, adapt and replicate solutions developed by pilot cities,
while sharing their own good practices to support mutual learning. Cities have already
advanced replication plans in areas such as renewable energy communities, neighbourhood
climate managers, and data-driven investment models, demonstrating tangible and scalable
pathways for transferring knowledge across the cohort.
Example – Cologne (Germany): Replicating Spanish one-stop-shop models for neighbourhood
energy renovation
As part of the Twinning Learning Programme, Cologne
is developing a mobile Neighbourhood Energy Office
inspired by Spanish pilot activities under URBANEW.
The replication practice focuses on the energy
rehabilitation of private buildings. Cologne is
transforming its existing “Treffpunkt Solar” advisory
centre into a mobile One-Stop-Shop that will tour
neighbourhoods over a two-year pilot phase. The mobile
office brings tailored guidance directly to citizens,
tenants and homeowners, addressing building renovation and heating transition, including heat pumps,
insulation, photovoltaic systems and window replacement (140).
Example – Penteli (Greece): Replicating Bristol’s net zero investment model for Nature-Based
Solutions
Penteli is adapting Bristol’s Net Zero Investment Co-
Innovation Lab to design new financing mechanisms for
reforestation and sustainable land use following severe
wildfires. Building on its strong commitment to climate
resilience, Penteli is exploring additional innovative
financing models alongside traditional public–private
partnerships and energy community schemes. In particular,
the municipality is assessing how municipal land could be
ringfenced or leveraged as an asset to support investment
in nature-based solutions. Options under consideration
include the creation of a dedicated reforestation or climate
fund, the establishment of a municipal development
company under Greek law, and the development of a carbon credit scheme to finance mountainside
restoration. Inspired by Bristol’s experience in mobilising private investors through structured market
engagement, Penteli aims to create a locally adapted Net Zero Investment Co-Innovation Lab that can
generate financially viable models for climate-resilient land use (141).
Taken together, these developments show that the Mission is not only supporting
experimentation but actively fostering a portfolio of innovative solutions while creating
the conditions for scaling and replication across Europe (142). Pilots generate the practical
insights needed for cities to advance towards climate neutrality, while twinning ensures
that solutions tested in one context can be adopted, adapted and multiplied in others.
The Mission is strengthening the policy, governance and funding environment needed
for cities to deliver their Climate City Contracts
(140) NetZeroCities - Twinning Replication Booklet
(141) NetZeroCities - Twinning Replication Booklet
(142) A first overview of the wide range of innovative solutions being tested, scaled and replicated by Mission
Cities is available through the NetZeroCities case studies collection: https://netzerocities.eu/case-
studies/
Source: NetZeroCities – Twinning
Replication Booklet
Source: NetZeroCities – Twinning
Replication Booklet
EU Missions in 2026 69
The Cities Mission has fostered synergies and alignment with EU policy and funding
frameworks, has established a structured investment support architecture, and strengthened
national governance structures, creating a more coherent enabling environment for the
implementation of CCCs.
EU policy alignment
Between 2020 and 2025, the Mission has helped create new opportunities for cities across
a wide range of EU strategies, action plans, and legislative acts (143). These include, among
others, the Sustainable and Smart Mobility Strategy (2020), the Zero Pollution Action Plan
(2021), REPowerEU (2022), the Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (2024), the
TEN-T Regulation (2024), the European Declaration on Cycling (2024), the State of the
Energy Union (2024), the European Affordable Housing Plan (2025), the EU Ports
Strategy (2026). Such references are a strong signal of political relevance: they show that
the Mission is not operating in isolation and EU institutions increasingly channel EU
funding and technical assistance towards measures pioneered by Mission Cities.
Moving forward, the recent Policy Agenda for Cities (2025) takes the support for the
transformative work of Mission cities to the next level as part of a broader effort to upgrade
and streamline the landscape of EU initiatives for cities. It explicitly recognises integrated
urban strategies such as Climate City Contracts as key frameworks to structure urban
investment and planning, encouraging their wider use to facilitate access to financing and
support the implementation of climate neutrality pathways.
The Mission, together with the Climate Adaptation Mission, has also gained recognition
across EU institutions: the Council, European Parliament and Committee of the Regions
have repeatedly highlighted its contribution to EU climate and urban policy, affirming its
strategic role in delivering mitigation and adaptation objectives.
EU funding alignment and support
This embedding in EU policy also translates into funding and support. At least 8 EU
programmes and instruments explicitly reference the Mission, among them Horizon
Europe, CEF-Transport, LIFE, European Urban Initiative (EUI), Digital Europe and the
European Innovation Council (EIC) - where the Mission is cited directly in calls, award
criteria, or guidance. For example, all CEF-Transport calls since 2022 include Mission
participation as an award criterion, and successive LIFE Climate Action calls (2022–2025)
encourage applicants to demonstrate synergies with Mission objectives.
(143) Sustainable & Smart Mobility Strategy (COM(2020) 789); Zero Pollution Action Plan (COM(2021)
400); European Missions (COM(2021) 609); New EU Urban Mobility Framework (COM(2021) 811);
REPowerEU Plan (COM(2022) 230); EU Save Energy (COM(2022) 240); Digitalising the Energy
System – Action Plan (COM(2022) 552); EU Missions two years on (COM(2023) 457); Revision of
the SET Plan (COM(2023) 634); Energy Performance of Buildings Directive (EU) 2024/1275;
European Declaration on Cycling C/2024/237; TEN-T Regulation (EU) 2024/1679; Mission Charter /
Label Report (COM(2024) 231) ; State of the Energy Union 2024 (COM(2024) 404); Report:
Implementation EUI 22-24 (COM/2025/41 final); An EU Agenda for Cities: Driving Growth and
Prosperity (COM(2025) 739) (; EU Port Strategy (COM(2026) 112); Environment Council – “EU
Missions as a tool for local climate action (Dec 2023 and Dec 2024); Committee of the Regions CDR-
1474-2024 (Opinion C/2025/280).
EU Missions in 2026 70
In addition, cities draw on a broader set of relevant EU instruments, such as CEF-Energy
(EUR 5.84 billion 2021–2027), CEF-Digital (EUR 2.1 billion 2021–2027) and the Social
Climate Fund (EUR 65 billion 2026–2032), that provide essential co-financing pathways
for infrastructure, skills, digitalisation and social measures relevant to their Climate City
Contracts.
Cohesion Policy represents a major funding channel for urban climate investment. The
Mission does not modify Cohesion Policy allocations. However, Climate City Contracts
provide a structured strategic framework that can inform programming choices, project
pipelines and territorial investment strategies. In this sense, the Mission contributes
indirectly by improving coherence between city-level neutrality plans and cohesion policy
programmes.
A structured investment support architecture
Recognising that access to funding is often constrained by limited investment readiness
rather than funding scarcity alone, the Mission has established a structured investment
support architecture. The Mission has created, in synergy with the Climate Adaptation
Mission, a dedicated financial architecture – the Climate City Capital Hub – within the
Mission Platform to strengthen cities’ investment readiness and translate their Action and
Investment Plans into financeable projects. The Hub builds financial structuring capacity
and enables mobilisation of investment through blended arrangements combining public,
private and philanthropic capital, applied for the first time at scale within the Mission
context. The Hub does not operate financial instruments and does not replace existing
advisory or lending actors. Rather, it strengthens coherence across a fragmented
investment landscape. Through its assignments, it progressively develops and codifies
replicable investment approaches – for example in district heating, building renovation and
clean mobility – with the objective of reducing transaction costs and supporting scale
across the Mission. This institutional mechanism lays the groundwork for pipeline
development and future investment mobilisation.
In addition, the EIB supports Mission cities through two complementary channels. The
advisory services, and ELENA grants, focus on project preparation, including pipeline
development, pre-feasibility analysis, and assessment of risks and financing options to
make projects investment-ready. The advisory support complements – but is distinct from
– the Capital Hub’s coordination role.
Next to that, the EIB has set aside a dedicated EUR 2 billion lending envelope available to
Mission cities. This represents a significant source of investment aligned with the
Mission’s objectives and complements Mission-established instruments such as the
Climate City Capital Hub, which strengthens financial structuring capacity and enables
blended financing models that can help unlock EIB lending as well as additional public,
private and philanthropic capital.
Examples of support delivered by the Capital Hub and EIB to Mission cities.
EU Missions in 2026 71
The Capital Hub enabled Marseille to finance its climate strategy through its
first green and social bond by designing a Sustainable Financing Framework
aligned with international market standards. It defined which climate and
social projects could be financed, established transparent governance and
reporting rules, and guided the independent review process, resulting in a
strong Second Party Opinion from Moody’s and a high Sustainability Quality
Score (SQS 2), confirming the credibility of the approach. In addition to
transaction itself, the assignment created a tested and reusable model for other
Mission Cities with borrowing capacity to access capital markets,
demonstrating how the Capital Hub converts climate plans into bankable,
market-ready investment.
Under its advisory mandate supporting
the Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities Mission, the European
Investment Bank signed agreements with six Greek cities –
Athens, Thessaloniki, Ioannina, Kalamata, Kozani and Trikala –
to help them prepare investment programmes and strengthen
project pipelines aligned with their climate and smart city
objectives. EIB Advisory experts work with each municipality to
structure and prioritise multi-sector investments in sustainable
mobility, energy efficiency, renewable energy, nature-based
solutions, circular economy and smart infrastructure, reinforcing
local capacity to implement bankable projects. This tailored
support directly underpins the Mission’s objective of enabling cities to move from strategy to delivery of
climate-neutral and climate-responsive urban development.
Strengthened national governance and multilevel coordination
At national level, the Cities Mission has strengthened the administrative, financial, and
policy capacity of Mission Cities through national platforms and targeted support via the
Mission Platform. In addition to Mission Cities, national platforms have also significantly
extended the Mission’s reach and impact by mobilising and supporting additional cities to
adopt Mission-aligned climate-neutrality objectives and approaches. By mid-2025, ten
operational national platforms were active across Member States such as Austria,
Denmark, Finland, Portugal, Romania, Spain, and Sweden, with 9 more close to set-up and
8 under preparation. This represents a rapid expansion since 2023, when new structures
such as Greece’s CLIMANET, Romania’s M100, and Portugal’s Cidades pelo Clima were
launched, and existing platforms significantly enlarged their reach (e.g. Austria grew from
10 to 47 cities, Sweden from 23 to 48). Through these platforms, the Mission approach is
increasingly being adopted beyond the original cohort, helping to create a broader
community of cities working towards climate neutrality using similar methodologies and
governance models. These platforms have enabled multilevel governance models that
directly link local commitments to national strategies, and help unlock funding, technical
expertise, and stakeholder engagement.
Example – Romania: Scaling the Cities Mission through the national M100 platform
Romania launched the M100 Mission Mirror Hub in 2023 to extend the Cities Mission approach at
national level. Led by five ministries and the National Authority for Research, the platform mobilised ten
Romanian Mission minded cities to develop Climate City Contracts with a 2035 horizon, recognised
through a national Mission Label in 2025. Together with the three Romanian cities participating in the
EU Cities Mission, these cities benefit from capacity building, peer learning and expert support
coordinated under the M100 Academy and M100 Ecosystem. The initiative combines national, European
Source: European Investment Bank
Source: Capital Hub
EU Missions in 2026 72
and bilateral funding and aims to mobilise around EUR 1 billion in investments by 2035 across sectors
such as energy, mobility, buildings and industry.
Example – Austria: scaling the Cities Mission through a national public–public partnership model
Austria’s Climate-Neutral City Mission (Klimaneutrale Stadt) introduced an innovative public–public
partnership (ÖÖK) model in 2023 to support cities in implementing climate neutrality strategies. The
Ministry for Innovation, Mobility and Infrastructure (BMIMI) together with the Climate and Energy Fund
established formal cooperation agreements with 10 pioneer cities, each receiving EUR 2 million in
dedicated R&I funding to strengthen local capacity and launch city-level innovation projects.
The initiative subsequently expanded as additional cities joined to develop climate neutrality roadmaps,
reaching 47 participating cities, representing around 41% of
Austria’s population. In total, national programmes have
provided around EUR 519 million in funding for projects
relevant to the Austrian Climate-Neutral City Mission between
2022 and 2024, supporting innovation in areas such as energy
systems, mobility and urban regeneration.
Activities within the pioneer cities have already contributed to
measurable progress, including 4.8 MtCO₂ emissions
reductions in Austria since 2023, alongside large-scale
deployment of renewable energy, district heating, heat pumps
and neighbourhood-level climate neutrality projects.
Example – Italy: National programme supporting Climate City Contracts implementation
Italy has launched a national programme to support the nine Italian cities
participating in the EU Cities Mission, allocating EUR 11.8 million
through the Ministry of Environment and Energy Security (MASE). The
funding supports the implementation of actions linked to the cities’
Climate City Contracts in areas such as sustainable mobility, energy
systems and building renovation. By aligning national funding with the
Climate City Contracts, the programme strengthens coordination
between local, national and EU levels and helps cities move from
planning to implementation. It also reinforces national governance for the Mission and creates a
framework that could be extended to additional cities pursuing climate neutrality.
Taken together, the alignment across EU policies and programmes, combined with
strengthened national platforms, illustrate how the Mission is building the multilevel
structures and the cross-sector collaboration, aligning regulatory, strategic and financial
tools needed for cities to implement their CCCs. This ecosystem of support, spanning from
the EU to the national level, creates the conditions for cities to accelerate their transitions
and deliver systemic, long-term climate action.
The Mission is shaping a coherent investment demand and making the business case
for climate-neutral cities
Analysis of the Investment Plans, conducted by Bankers without Boundaries (BwB), from
28 Mission Cities, supported by the NetZeroCities Economic Model, indicates that full
implementation of the measures identified across the Mission cohort would require around
EUR 307 billion in capital investment for all 100 EU-located Mission Cities to meet the
2030 climate-neutrality target. Modelled projections show that this investment could
generate approximately EUR 308 billion in direct operational savings by 2030, mainly
through more efficient buildings, cleaner transport systems and reduced energy
consumption. When wider co-benefits such as improved air quality, better health and
reduced noise are included, the total economic value rises to about EUR 394 billion.
Source: SIR Anna Pirato
Source: MASE
EU Missions in 2026 73
Overall, this implies a net positive economic impact of roughly EUR 87 billion. These
figures represent ex ante estimates of potential value.
The development of the Investment Plans has also made visible, for the first time, the
aggregated demand emerging across Mission Cities. Instead of isolated local plans, the
combined investment intentions reveal a coherent pipeline covering building renovation,
zero-emission mobility, district heating, renewable energy and digital systems. By making
this demand visible at scale, the Mission is helping create new markets for climate-neutral
urban solutions. This, in turn, strengthens the conditions for innovation, industrial growth
and enhanced European competitiveness in strategic sectors. In this sense, the Mission not
only guides cities on their climate-neutral pathways but also supports a wider market-
shaping dynamic that will be essential for accelerating progress in the years ahead.
The Mission is equipping cities with the capacities and tools to deliver their climate
neutrality pathways.
A core objective of the Mission is to build the skills, knowledge and support structures that
cities need to plan and deliver their transition to climate neutrality. Strong progress is
evident across all dimensions of the Mission Platform’s offering, from knowledge
resources, to learning programmes, to tailored advisory services.
The Mission Platform’s knowledge portal has become a central entry point for city
practitioners across Europe. It hosts 1 077 resources (144) (including documents, factsheets,
case studies, videos, Climate City Contracts, and guidance materials), which have
collectively attracted 820 346 total views, and 550 926 unique views. This high level of
engagement highlights the demand for practical knowledge to support systemic transitions.
To date, 1 960 city officers, 690 representatives from public authorities, representing 471
cities, as well as 3 690 local partners are active users of the portal.
Cities are not only accessing resources, but also making extensive use of the Platform’s
tools and learning opportunities. 67 cities use the NetZeroPlanner (145) tool to model
scenarios and prioritise investments. 70 cities have joined six seasonal schools (146), and
180 cities are engaged in the Twinning Learning Programme (147). In addition, Best
Practices sessions (148) have brought together 12 cities as presenters and 19 cities as
(144) Data extracted from the NetZeroCities Mission Platform knowledge portal, as of 15 October 2025.
(145) A planning and simulation tool developed under NetZeroCities that allows cities to model climate
mitigation scenarios, prioritise investments, and track progress towards climate neutrality. Available at:
https://netzerocities.app/netzeroplanner
(146) The Seasonal Schools are part of an extensive Capability Building Programme for Mission offering both
online and offline learning opportunities. These in-person events are tailored to guide cities in their
pursuit of climate neutrality, facilitating the robust support for the development and implementation
phase of CCCs.
(147) A 12 to 20-month initiative designed for knowledge sharing and the transfer of good practices between
selected Twin Cities and the cities that joined the Pilot Cities Programme.
https://netzerocities.eu/twinning-learning-programme/
(148) Meetings where Mission Cities showcase on-the-ground experiences and innovations (e.g. citizen
engagement, urban mobility, energy renovation), enabling participants to compare approaches, ask
questions, and reflect collectively on shared challenges and learnings.
EU Missions in 2026 74
participants, while Policy Labs (149) and National Workshops (150) have involved 46 cities
increasing exposure to replicable approaches and shared challenges.
Direct support is ensured through 18 dedicated City Advisors, 13 City Finance Specialists
and structured City Support Groups, which provide hands-on guidance on governance,
finance and technical issues. In 2025 alone, they delivered more than 420 one-to-one
advisory sessions, while cities have submitted over 120 implementation support requests
in the first half of the year. The City Expert Support Facility has launched 39 procurements
to help cities design investment projects, integrate resilience, and prepare funding
applications.
This combined architecture of knowledge, tools and tailored support has played a decisive
role in enabling all 112 Mission Cities to advance their Climate City Contracts, including
the 107 cities that have already received the Mission Label. Altogether, these developments
show that the Mission Platform has become a central hub for knowledge exchange and
expert support, enabling cities to access the skills, experience, and networks they need to
implement their Climate City Contracts and sustain progress toward climate neutrality.
The Mission is establishing a coherent monitoring system to track progress and guide
implementation
By October 2025, the Mission has put in place a coherent and transparent monitoring
system that helps cities track their transition and adjust their implementation pathways over
time. At its core is a Comprehensive Indicator Framework (151), which supports cities in
tracking both direct impacts, such as GHG reductions, and wider co-benefits, such as
economic, social, governance dimensions. All 107 Mission Cities that have received the
Mission Label have developed CCCs with GHG baselines, targets, and measures that
should be updated at least every two years. This iterative process embeds monitoring into
implementation and fosters reflexive learning as cities refine their plans.
At the aggregate level, the NetZeroCities Barometer and Dashboard (152) bring together
data from the CCCs, the reporting platforms CDP-ICLEI Track (153) and
MyCovenant (154), and public datasets to provide a coherent, EU-wide picture of ambition
and progress. To reduce reporting duplication and administrative burden, the Mission
Platform has established agreements with both CDP-ICLEI and MyCovenant platforms to
streamline data flows and ensure consistency across systems. The Barometer and
Dashboard make it possible to assess city trajectories in a comparable way, while
preserving the specificities of local contexts.
(149) Mission-oriented forums where Mission Cities present policy challenges and co-develop
recommendations with peers and experts to inform EU decision-making.
(150) In-country peer-learning events bringing together cities, national/regional authorities, and stakeholders
to strengthen collaboration and build enabling support structures for climate neutrality.
(151) https://netzerocities.app/resource-4120
(152) https://netzerocities.app/barometer
(153) https://www.cdp.net/en/disclose/why-disclose#cities
(154) https://mycovenant.eumayors.eu/site/landing
EU Missions in 2026 75
With the Indicator Framework now fully operational and used, Mission Cities benefit from
a shared language and methodology for tracking progress. This harmonised approach
strengthens credibility, supports learning across cities, and creates a transparent monitoring
architecture that not only tracks emissions but also captures governance innovation and
systemic transformation. Importantly, the Barometer has also become a key
communication tool, offering policymakers, investors, and citizens a clear snapshot of
progress and reinforcing accountability of the Mission as a whole.
While the Barometer and Dashboard have already begun to inform reporting, their full
potential will unfold as cities enter deeper implementation. As more data becomes
available over time, these tools will increasingly support future assessments by providing
a richer evidence base for understanding progress, challenges and impacts across Mission
Cities.
4.4. Conclusions
By 2026, the Cities Mission has made substantial progress toward its 2030 objectives,
establishing the foundations required for cities to advance from preparation to delivery.
The Mission has exceeded its central milestone, with 107 cities submitting a Climate City
Contract and receiving the Mission Label. These Contracts provide quantified emissions
baselines and targets, detailed action portfolios and investment plans, and governance
commitments that collectively shift cities from fragmented initiatives to coherent transition
pathways. Across these 107 cities, projected reductions amount to 199.68 MtCO₂e by
2030, corresponding to a 76% decrease from aggregate recent baselines and representing
approximately 6.6% of all EU-27 emissions in 2023. These figures reflect ambition and
offer the first comprehensive picture of the mitigation potential of Europe’s leading cities
while setting the baseline for future annual monitoring.
The CCC process has strengthened cities’ analytical and governance capacities, enabling
more robust inventories, expanded sectoral coverage, and improved transparency. It has
also mobilised more than 3 000 stakeholders, including major businesses, utilities, civil
society organisations, and research institutions, underscoring the Mission’s ability to align
local actors behind shared climate-neutrality objectives. This coalition building is central
to delivery, since the majority of investment and implementation lies beyond municipal
control.
Strong progress has also been made in supporting innovation, scaling and replication, in
line with the Mission’s objective of enabling cities to act as experimentation hubs for others
to follow. Through the Pilot Cities and Enabling City Transformation Programmes, 101
Mission Cities are currently testing systemic solutions across energy, the built
environment, mobility, digitalisation and governance. The Twinning Learning Programme
now connects 181 cities, forming the Mission’s largest peer-learning network and
accelerating the transfer of solutions outside the initial pilot sites. Together, these activities
have produced a growing portfolio of tested approaches that, once replicated at scale, can
support wider European urban transition efforts.
The Mission has further strengthened the policy, governance and funding environment
needed for implementation. It is now referenced in major EU strategies, action plans and
legislative acts and EU programmes, a sign of increasing institutional recognition and
EU Missions in 2026 76
alignment. National platforms have expanded rapidly, with ten fully operational and a
further seventeen at various stages of development, helping cities with aligned national
regulatory frameworks and co-financing opportunities. These developments illustrate how
the Mission is contributing to the emergence of multilevel governance structures that
support Mission cities in implementing their CCCs. By extending Mission methods and
support to additional cities, national platforms also contribute directly to the second
objective of the Mission. This enables additional cities to follow climate-neutrality towards
2050.
In addition, the Mission has provided, for the first time, a consolidated view of the
investment demand associated with climate-neutral urban transitions. Analysis of 28
Investment Plans indicates that Mission Cities will require around EUR 307 billion in
capital investment to meet their 2030 targets. Modelled projections suggest that these
investments could generate EUR 308 billion in direct operational savings by 2030 and
EUR 394 billion when wider co-benefits are included, demonstrating a positive economic
case for climate-neutrality. Making this investment demand visible also contributes to
shaping future markets for climate-friendly urban solutions and clarifies where financial
structuring and advisory support are needed.
Capacity building has been another area of strong advancement. The Mission Platform’s
knowledge portal now hosts more than 1 000 resources dedicated to more than 470 cities,
with thousands of practitioners engaged. Cities are making extensive use of analytical
tools, learning programmes, and tailored advisory support, including more than 420 one-
to-one advisory sessions delivered in 2025. This ecosystem of support has played a
decisive role in enabling all 112 Mission Cities to progress in their CCC development or
refinement and to prepare for implementation.
Finally, the Mission has established a coherent monitoring system that supports both local
and aggregate tracking. The Comprehensive Indicator Framework provides a harmonised
methodology for assessing GHG reductions and co-benefits, according to which labelled
cities have committed to updating their CCCs at least every two years. The NetZeroCities
Barometer and Dashboard now integrate data from CCCs and major reporting platforms,
creating a unified, EU-wide view of the trajectory of Mission Cities. This monitoring
architecture improves comparability, reduces administrative burden and supports
transparency to policymakers, investors and citizens.
In sum, the Mission has mobilised cities at scale, established consistent methodologies,
strengthened governance capacity, clarified investment needs, and built mechanisms for
innovation, learning and monitoring. These developments constitute the essential
groundwork for the transition from planning to delivery. At the same time, several
challenges will determine the success of the Mission’s second phase. Key priorities include
accelerating investment mobilisation by helping cities bundle projects into bankable
portfolios and strengthening access to EU and national programmes and innovative
financing solutions, deepening national anchoring across all Member States to ensure that
national platforms provide consistent regulatory alignment and co-financing, strengthening
scaling and replication mechanisms so that the work done so far translates into widespread
uptake – in line with the Mission’s 2050 objective, enhancing monitoring to move from
projected to actual emissions reductions, and providing targeted support to cities where
EU Missions in 2026 77
tailored assistance can accelerate progress, especially in governance capacity, investment
readiness and cross-departmental coordination.
The Mission has therefore generated the essential enabling conditions for climate-neutral
cities by 2030, yet achieving this ambition will depend on the ability to accelerate
implementation, secure investment at scale, and ensure that solutions tested in the first
phase expand rapidly across the full cohort. This is also central to the Mission’s second
objective: enabling labelled cities to act as innovation and experimentation hubs for all
European cities on the path to climate neutrality by 2050. The direction of travel is clear,
and the second phase of the Mission will be decisive in converting structured plans and
projected outcomes into measurable, system-level transformation.
5. A SOIL DEAL FOR EUROPE
5.1. Introduction to the Mission
The Mission A Soil Deal for Europe (Mission Soil) aims to lead the transition towards
healthy soils across Europe by 2030. Its flagship objective is to establish a network of 100
Living Labs. As a first contribution, the Mission Soil estimated that 60-70% of soils in the
EU were unhealthy, due to one or several forms of soil degradation, such as erosion, loss
of organic carbon, excess nutrients (nitrogen and phosphorus), pollution, compaction,
etc. (155).
The Mission is pursuing eight specific objectives that address these drivers of degradation
but also consider the EU’s global “soil footprint” while improving “soil literacy” in our
society (156).
These objectives are translated into 4 building blocks (operational objectives): 1) research
and innovation, 2) Living Labs and Lighthouses, 3) soil monitoring, and 4) soil literacy
and citizen engagement in all land uses.
Figure 28. The Mission Soil’s four operational objectives (building blocks) and eight specific
objectives.
(155) Caring for soil is caring for life, Report of the Mission Board for soil health and food, September 2020.
(156) European Commission (2021). Mission Soil Implementation Plan. https://mission-soil-
platform.ec.europa.eu/sites/default/files/2023-
07/soil_mission_implementation_plan_final_for_publication.pdf
EU Missions in 2026 78
The Mission is establishing a continent-wide network of Living Labs as novel
instruments for place-based, user-driven innovation for healthier soils, covering all land
uses and major soil types (biogeographical regions, see section 5.5.2.2). Living Labs are
further complemented by specific sites that have shown their potential for improving soil
health, functioning as “Lighthouses” for demonstration and dissemination of innovative
approaches.
The Living Labs and Lighthouses support the overall Mission’s objective of leading the
transition towards healthy soils. Activities related to other operational objectives, for
example, the cross-scale, inter- and transdisciplinary R&I programme (157) feed into the
Living Labs so they can engage with local actors to test innovative solutions on real sites
(more than 1 000 expected, see section 5.5.2.2), adapt solutions to the local context and
boost upscale of innovations. For this reason, the first Living Labs call was launched in
2023 and the first Living Labs started to work in 2024, once the projects expanding the
‘knowledge base’ were in place, the capacities for soil health monitoring strengthened and
the soil community was more aware, engaged and mobilised (158).
Figure 29 presents a summarised version of the overall Mission’s intervention logic:
Figure 29. Overall Mission Soil intervention logic (159).
(157) Social sciences, humanities, and the arts in the EU Mission “A Soil Deal for Europe”
(158) For example, the Mission Soil Manifesto and the first annual event were launched in 2023 (see section
5.2.4). The success rate of the Mission Soil calls has evolved from 42.3% in 2021 to 10.3% in 2024,
showing the increasing interest, awareness and preparation within the soil community.
(159) Elaborated from Janssen, M.J. (2025). Missions at the interface of innovation and transition policy -
Teaching materials. Mission-oriented Innovation Policy Observatory, Utrecht University, The
Netherlands.
Widespread
access to data
& knowledge
on SSMP and
remediation
techniques
EU Missions in 2026 79
The ambitious Mission’s programme for R&I, with more than 60 Horizon Europe-funded
projects (September 2025), aims to increase knowledge and improve soil-management
practices across all EU Member States and 15 Associated Countries. Calls for project
proposals have been designed to eventually address all eight specific objectives and to
maximise synergies, between Mission projects as well as with other relevant R&I and
policy initiatives (see Section 5.5.2.1).
The Mission places soil literacy and citizen engagement (operational objective 4) at the
core of its approach, recognising that healthy soils require informed and active
participation from society. The Mission raises awareness and understanding of soil
functions, threats and benefits through education, communication and participatory
activities, empowering citizens, farmers and communities to take action. This engagement
complements the other three building blocks. Together, these elements reinforce each
other, ensuring science-based, inclusive and measurable progress towards healthy soils by
2030. Through individual R&I projects and through dedicated support for the EU Soil
Observatory (EUSO, run by the Joint Research Centre), the Mission is making progress
towards more harmonised and complete monitoring of key soil-health parameters. While
comparable baseline data were missing for many indicators when the Mission was
launched, these gaps are gradually being closed, enabling the measurement of trends in
soil-health development for an increasing number of parameters; examples are presented
in Section 5.5.2.3. Table 2 summarises progress against the eight Mission specific
objectives.
5.2. The progress of the Mission
The Mission Soil’s progress is reported in this section against its four operational
objectives, as defined in the Implementation Plan:
1. Build capacities and the knowledge base for soil stewardship;
2. Co-create and upscale place-based innovations to improve soil health in all places;
3. Develop an integrated EU soil monitoring system and track progress towards soil
health;
Table 2. Soil degradation indicators developed for the Mission specific objectives.
EU Missions in 2026 80
4. Engage with the soil user community and society at large.
5.2.1. Build capacities and knowledge base for soil stewardship (operational
objective 1)
Mission’s operational objective 1 (Mission Implementation Plan, MIP) is to build
capacities and the knowledge base for soil stewardship.
This objective addresses the need to close knowledge gaps related to the eight Mission
specific objectives, and to improve access to this knowledge for potential users.
Figure 30. Intervention logic in relation to operational objective 1.
Figure 31 shows progress by Mission projects in addressing knowledge gaps organised by
the Mission’s specific objectives. All 8 specific objectives are well covered by the on–
going projects. Some objectives are supported by many projects, such as ‘soil literacy’,
others as ‘global footprint’ by much less. It is due to programming choices following the
implementation logic and policy needs and due to the bottom-up spirit of Living Labs
implementation. The Mission’s implementation is continuously monitored and gaps
identified in the Mission Implementation Plan continuously re-assessed by the Mission
Secretariat with the support of the SOLO project, the Mission Board and the Joint Research
Centre. The SOLO project identifies remaining knowledge gaps, drivers, bottlenecks, and
novel R&I approaches to be considered in the updated Mission Soil roadmap that will be
available in 2026.
EU Missions in 2026 81
Figure 31. Contribution to the eight Mission Soil specific objectives by Mission-funded projects.
The graph shows how Mission projects have already addressed almost all the specific
objectives, and particularly those related to “innovation hotspots” in the Mission
Implementation Plan. These are areas of strategic importance for the Mission, such as
carbon farming (SO2), soil pollution and restoration (SO4) or soil biodiversity (SO6).
Some objectives (in particular SO3 ‘soil sealing and urban soils’ and SO7 ‘reduce the EU
global footprint on soils’) are addressed in ongoing and future calls (for example, SO7
(160)).
The first Mission projects started in July 2022, and so far, three out of 63 have been
completed (considering also that 2 of the 3 had strong preparatory focus (161)).
Consequently, it is challenging to measure knowledge production via outputs, such as
publications, as numbers remain limited at this stage. This section therefore reports
expected and achieved values of selected output indicators. Expected values are drawn
from grant agreements for 29 Mission Soil-funded projects running up to August 2029
(around half of the 63 running projects). Achieved values are based on continuous Horizon
Europe reporting for 43 projects, as of 30 June 2025.
(160) Mission Soil call topic HORIZON-MISS-2025-05-SOIL-05: EU global footprint on soils
(161) PREPSOIL: Preparing for the ‘Soil Deal for Europe’ Mission; NATI00NS: National engagement
activities to support the launch of the Mission 'A Soil Deal for Europe’ 100 Living Labs and
Lighthouses
15
32
9
30
22
42
3
48
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
SO1 Land
degradation
SO2 Soil
organic
carbon
stocks
SO3 Soil
sealing and
urban soils
SO4 Reduce
soil
pollution
SO5 Prevent
erosion
SO6 Soil
structure
and
biodiversity
SO7 Global
EU footprint
on soil
SO8 Soil
literacy
N u m
b e r o f p
ro je
c ts
E U
c o n tr
ib u ti o n to
p ro
je c ts
( m
ill io
n E
U R )
Specific objectives
Mission-funded projects fully or partially contributing to the eight Mission
specific objectives (SO)
Total budget, fully contributing, million EUR Total budget, partially contributing, million EUR
Total number of projects
EU Missions in 2026 82
A standard indicator of research activity is the number of peer-reviewed scientific
publications generated by projects. Based on the currently available information, more
than 300 publications (302 identified so far) are expected by 2029. By June 2025, 108 peer-
reviewed publications have been reported, including journal articles, monographs,
conference proceedings, and preprints (18 out of the 43 projects), including publications
in high-impact journals produced from Mission Soil projects (162).
To contextualise these figures, the Horizon Dashboard provides useful comparative
parameters, such as publications per project and publications per EUR 10 million grant.
These can be benchmarked against each other and compared with those from other similar
parts of the Programme:
Table 3. Publication by Mission soil projects compared to Horizon Europe Cluster 6 (163).
Indicator Value for the
Mission Soil
Reference Value
Publications per EUR 10 million by projects
with grant agreement signed in 2022 (164)
3.5 Cluster 6 2.8
Number of publications per project 2.0 Cluster 6 1.8
These indicators show that, in terms of scientific output and knowledge, Mission projects
are successful also in comparison to other parts of Horizon Europe (for example, Cluster
6).
In addition, a comparative analysis between soil-related projects funded under Horizon
2020 identified by the JRC (165), Mission Soil-funded projects and Mission Soil Living
Labs shows that, while maintaining the level of scientific output, the Mission has been
more able to involve non-research beneficiaries, such as NGOs, associations, public
organisations, regional and local authorities, citizens, businesses or land managers (166)
(figure 32), improving diversity and stakeholders involvement.
(162) https://www.nature.com/articles/s41893-025-01628-3;
https://agupubs.onlinelibrary.wiley.com/doi/10.1029/2025RG000883
(163) Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and Environment
(164) Only projects with grant agreements signed in 2022 have produced publications.
(165) Arias Navarro, C., Panagos, P., Jones, A., Amaral, M.J., Schneegans, A., Van Liedekerke, M., Wojda,
P. and Montanarella, L., Forty years of soil research funded by the European Commission: Trends and
future. A systematic review of research projects, EUROPEAN JOURNAL OF SOIL SCIENCE, ISSN
1351-0754, 74 (5), 2023, p. e13423, JRC132377.
(166) Non-research organisations: private for-profit entities, public bodies and other; research organisations
include also higher or secondary education establishments (public or private).
EU Missions in 2026 83
Figure 32. Comparison by types of beneficiaries in H2020 soil-related projects, Mission Soil
projects and Mission Soil Living Labs.
There are 1 377 organisations involved in the 63 Mission Soil-funded projects, and a large
number of unique organisations (909). The Mission and the Living Labs show a high level
of unique participants (167), emphasising diversity, especially considering the size of the
soil scientific community.
Figure 33. Unique participants versus total participants in Horizon Europe Pillar II, Cluster 6,
Mission Soil projects and Mission Living Labs.
In terms of outputs, projects funded through the Mission Soil are developing more than
160 tools for soil health assessment and monitoring.
By integrating various types of data (climate, topography, soil health), the AI4SoilHealth data cube can
revolutionise soil management in Europe by enabling precision agriculture, predictive analysis to
forecast future soil conditions and potential issues and integrated decision making. The project also
incorporates both traditional laboratory and physic-chemical methods, such as spectroscopy, soil
penetrometers, and Ion Selective Electrodes for key measurements (e.g. pH, salinity), making testing
more accessible to farmers, advisors, and citizen scientists.
(167) Number of distinct organisations involved in projects. One organisation participating in several projects
is only counted once.
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
H2020 Mission Soil
projects
Mission Sol living
labs
Non-research type of beneficiaries vs.
research organisations in soil-related
R&I projects
Research organizations Non-research
0
20
40
60
80
100
Pilar II Cluster 6 Mission Soil Mission Soil
living labs
Percentage of unique participants
EU Missions in 2026 84
The ECHO project is developing a Citizen Science Platform, including a mobile app and a toolbox for
citizens to monitor and gather data on soil biodiversity. This citizens-science project has assessed 16 500
sites and created a long-term open access repository with a direct link to the EUSO (EU Soil Observatory).
The number of soil educational materials developed (i.e. courses/modules for soil
education in primary and secondary schools as well as in universities) currently amounts
to 57. The overall output is expected to reach a value of at least 160, including:
programmes, curricula and guidelines; training materials, such as videos for soil advisors
and farmers; training modules for citizen science; a European atlas of soil education and
training; tools and manuals to support organisations to engage with quintuple-helix
stakeholders; etc.
The NBSOIL Academy stands as a pioneering two-year training prototype aimed at empowering existing
and aspiring soil advisors to effectively deploy nature-based solutions. It is a blended training programme
where participants engage with soil health and nature-based solutions experts, demonstration sites,
advisory services, and other Mission projects. It comprises 3 modules from foundation-tier (60 hours) to
advance-tier (240 hours).
As concerns the actual delivery of training sessions, the number is above 400. More than
7 000 teachers/students/researchers have participated in upskilling activities. The
participants in training include (self-)trained teachers/students, school heads, young
scientists, and BA/MA/PhD students.
Another interesting indicator is the number of open soil datasets, also available in the
Horizon Dashboard. All open datasets produced by Mission projects will be captured by
the SoilWise project and exported to the EU Soil Observatory for stakeholder use and to
support the implementation of the Soil Monitoring Law. The current SoilWise prototype
repository shows already 34 000 records catalogued.
The Mission project SoilWise and the Mission Soil Cluster on Data and Knowledge Management
provide an integrated and actionable access point to scattered and heterogeneous soil data and knowledge
in Europe, making them FAIR (Findable, Accessible, Interoperable and Reusable). In its first 24 months,
SoilWise delivered two working prototypes of the SoilWise Catalogue, allowing users to access 33 743
records, from historic datasets (11 833) and publications to policy reports and unstructured content (other
knowledge types 22 090). The catalogue runs on a scalable infrastructure and already harvests metadata
from trusted sources, including CORDIS, OpenAIRE, Zenodo, ESDAC, BonaRes, PREPSOIL, the FAO
Soils Portal, the EEA Datahub, and ISRIC. Dedicated tools assess and enrich metadata quality, improving
traceability, completeness, and standard compliance. The Mission Soil–attributed records are 1 178,
including 338 datasets and 840 knowledge objects.
Close to 80 communities of practice (CoPs) (168) are expected to be supported under
Mission Soil-funded projects (LOESS, HuMUS, NOVASOIL, PREPSOIL, SoilValues,
CURIOSOIL, DeepHorizon, MONALISA, and Soiltribes).
Considering that many of the Mission Soil-funded projects are still in their initial stages, it
is too early to report on their outcomes. They deal with behavioural and environmental
changes and other achievements (e.g. citations after the publishing of an article) that take
(168) Communities of Practice (CoPs) typically comprise stakeholders from education, research, community
initiatives and policymaking, who share a common interest in promoting soil health and education. For
example, see LOESS.
EU Missions in 2026 85
time to materialise and measure. Nevertheless, data on initial results (from impact sections
of Mission Soil projects) for some projects for the following indicators are:
• Land managers and other “users” of soil health ecosystem services involved in R&I
activities – 16 055 in just six projects for which there is available information
(BENCHMARKS, NBSoil, Soil O-live, DeepHorizon, Hort2thefuture, and
LILAS4SOILS).
• Number of municipalities and regions pursuing citizen-identified soil-related
objectives – 154 in seven projects (HuMUS, NBSoil, PREPSOIL, GOV4ALL,
LILAS4SOILS, Path4Med, and Spades). These are typically municipalities/regions
involved in pilot activities related to soil health, e.g. on alleviating grazing pressure
and defining new methodology to get an integrated territorial system in land
management regarding water resources, hydrological systems and soil.
• Number of businesses and companies developing strategies for valorising soils in
their production and supply chains – 265 in just four projects with available
information (BENCHMARKS, NBSoil, Soil O-live, and Path4Med). This type of
behavioural change includes, e.g. farms applying sustainable practices and novel
solutions and businesses in value chains that have adopted soil health incentive
schemes.
• Number of participants in co-creation (169), engagement (170), and networking
events – 35 385 under just 12 projects. They include participants in symposia and
seminars (LOESS), workshops (AI4SoilHealth), conferences (CURIOSOIL),
community of practice webinars (DeepHorizon), open days (Hort2thefuture). The
reported values for participants so far show that more than 13 600 participants
have been involved in such events under twelve Mission Soil-funded projects.
These include participants in cluster events, networking events, conferences, online
presentations, workshops, etc.
The knowledge developed by the Mission significantly contributes to policies related
to soil health. The recently adopted EU Soil Monitoring and Resilience Directive (the Soil
Monitoring Law, SML) (171) refers to the Mission as a key instrument for the
implementation of the Directive. The Mission has also provided relevant support during
its design (for example, on the estimation of unhealthy soils). The Mission is firmly
embedded in 18 out of 28 Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) Strategic Plans, basis for
the allocation of CAP funds in Member States. Overall, fifteen policy initiatives mention
(169) Events related to co-creating R&I visions, agendas, policies or frameworks.
(170) Events related to co-creating R&I action plans or technology roadmaps; engaging actors in collecting
data for the project, analysing data for the project, providing resources, monitoring and/or evaluating
R&I results, testing & experimenting with innovative R&I solutions, contributing to scientific
publications or patent applications; debating R&I findings and implications for them.
(171) Directive (EU) 2025/2360 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 12 November 2025 on soil
monitoring and resilience
EU Missions in 2026 86
and rely on the Mission actions to achieve their objectives, including the Soil Strategy
for 2030 and the SML (172).
Cooperation with global actors for soil health has been largely strengthened. For
example, on 3 December 2023, the European Commission and the Gates Foundation
announced cooperation on soil health challenges through the Mission Soil (173) that has
translated into specific investments. The Novo Nordisk Foundation’s Challenge
Programme 2026 (174) is a high-risk approach that promotes explicit collaboration with the
Mission Soil. The Novo Nordisk Foundation is a signatory of the Mission Soil Manifesto.
The Mission Soil collaborates closely with UNESCO (175) on soil health, including
through participation in the SOILSCAPE project, creating a soil literacy portal, among
other things; and collaboration around the network of soil sentinel sites. The Mission has
also a permanent cooperation with FAO through the Global Soil Partnership with specific
actions in several areas (176). The European Science Alliance for Agriculture and Food
(ESAAF), a European coalition of leading agricultural and life sciences institutions (177),
highlights the Mission Soil as fundamental in gathering all the relevant stakeholders across
value chains with a strong portfolio approach, where stakeholders work across project
boundaries and have extended the impact of the individual projects greatly (178). CIRAD
is also a signatory of the Manifesto and a partner in the SoilWise and FENIX projects,
strengthening knowledge exchange and storage while promoting sustainable soil
management.
5.2.2. Living Labs and Lighthouses - Co-creating and upscaling place-based
innovations to improve soil health (operational objective 2)
The Mission Soil counts on Living Labs (LLs) and Lighthouses (LHs) (operational
objective 2) to drive the European transition to healthy soils by 2030. More specifically, it
aims to set up a network of 100 Soil Health Living Labs with minimum of 1 000 testing
(172) EU Biodiversity Strategy for 2030 (COM(2020) 380 final); EU Action Plan “Towards Zero Pollution
for Air, Water and Soil” (COM(2021) 400 final); EU Climate Adaptation Strategy (COM(2021) 82
final); EU Forestry Strategy – New EU Forest Strategy for 2030 (COM(2021) 572 final); Sustainable
Carbon Cycles Communication (COM(2021) 800 final); Communication on Safeguarding Food
Security and Reinforcing the Resilience of Food Systems (COM(2022) 133 final); Communication on
Ensuring Availability and Affordability of Fertilisers (COM(2022) 590 final); Communication from
the Commission on the European Citizens’ Initiative (ECI) “Save bees and farmers! Towards a bee-
friendly agriculture for a healthy environment” (C(2023) 2320 final); Nature Restoration Law
(Regulation (EU) 2022/869); Vision for Agriculture and Food (COM(2025) 75 final); European Water
Resilience Strategy (COM(2025) 280 final); Communication on Boosting Biotechnology and
Biomanufacturing in the EU (COM(2024) 137 final); EU Life Sciences Strategy (COM(2025) 525
final).
(173) European Commission and the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation to cooperate on soil health challenges
in Sub-Saharan Africa - Agriculture and rural development
(174) Challenge Programme 2026 – Harnessing biology for climate-resilient and healthy soils
(175) UNESCO signs Mission Soil Manifesto
(176) For example, World Soil Day contests.
(177) Members – ESAAF: Aarhus University, Julius Kuehn-Institute (JKI), INRAE, Spanish National
Research Council (CSIC), Wageningen University & Research, Warsaw University of Life Sciences.
(178) ESAAF supports Soil Mission as a key driver for healthy soils by 2030
EU Missions in 2026 87
sites and 100 Lighthouses, distributed evenly across all European biogeographical regions,
in order to encompass all European pedoclimatic conditions (179).
The Mission Soil is unique in positioning LLs at its core (180), recognising them as
drivers of user-centric, co-created innovation crucial for systemic societal change.
Mission Soil LLs are user-centred, place-based and transdisciplinary R&I ecosystems
that involve multiple partners to co-design, test, monitor and evaluate solutions in real-life
settings for improving soil health. Mission Soil LLs comprise multiple experimentation
sites that vary by land-use type – agriculture, (peri-)urban, forestry, (post-) industrial, and
natural environments. They can evolve into LHs when demonstrating exemplary
performance in terms of soil health improvements, thus serving as models for effective soil
management.
Figure 34. Intervention logic in relation to operational objective 2.
5.2.2.1. The added value of Living Labs
Living Labs and Lighthouses are working directly with users in real-life settings, making
sure that co-created solutions are improving soil health, ecosystem services and are in line
with people’s values, priorities and economic realities.
They adapt knowledge from research and combine it with tacit knowledge, in order to
produce solutions that are fit to the diverse contexts found on EU territory, beneficial in
terms of ecosystem delivery and economically viable for the managers.
(179) Biogeographical regions broadly correspond to pedoclimatic regions of Europe and were chosen to align
with its usage in other European programmes and instruments: Biogeographical regions in Europe.
(180) Mission Soil Board’s view on Soil Health Living Labs under Horizon Europe
EU Missions in 2026 88
While the co-creation concept plays a key role in producing results that are adapted to
the needs of the local actors (e.g. farmers, industries), it also helps to respond to the
overall European and international policies and overarching rules.
By involving multiple actors – academics, policymakers and citizens – in their
governance and implementation, LLs have the capacity of reshaping the dynamics of
climate/environmental policies.
5.2.2.2. Expected benefits of working with Living Labs to achieve the objectives of
the Mission Soil
Living Labs and Lighthouses are a core element of the Mission through which already
existing and new knowledge created under the R&I programme (operational objective 1),
and knowledge from actors on the ground, including from CAP EIP Operational Groups,
is further transformed into innovations with real impact and a high potential for rapid
uptake by land managers and other relevant actors (e.g. industry, consumers etc.) across
Europe.
Furthermore, Europe exhibits significant diversity in soil characteristics, encompassing 13
distinct biogeographical regions. This heterogeneity is further compounded by the wide
range of cropping and production systems, as well as by diverse socio-economic and
cultural contexts, which reflect varying levels of readiness to adopt sustainable soil
management practices and innovations. Taken together, these factors increase the
complexity of the overall situation.
Consequently, no single, uniform solution can adequately address soil-related challenges
across Europe. Instead, solutions must be tailored to local conditions, from which they
can subsequently be scaled up to enhance the uptake of sustainable soil management
practices and innovations. This underscores the need for place-based approaches that
are responsive to local and regional specificities. In this regard, Living Labs constitute
an appropriate and effective instrument.
Furthermore, in the field of sustainable soil management, several persistent challenges
remain, most notably the insufficient translation of existing knowledge into practice,
resulting in a continued knowledge–practice gap. To address this gap, Living Labs once
again represent a key mechanism. They offer dedicated environments for participatory,
practice-oriented research, facilitate the co-design of solutions, and enable the assessment
of impacts at farm, landscape and ecosystem levels. As such, they serve as important
enablers and brokers of knowledge and innovation.
5.2.2.3. Advancing on the path to 100 Living Labs
The Mission LLs are rolled out in three, interconnected phases: 1) the induction and pilot
phase (2021-2024); 2) the expansion and innovation phase (2025-2026); 3) the scaling up
and mainstreaming phase (2027-2030).
In the induction and pilot phase, the early implementation efforts focused predominantly
on preparatory activities (capacity building, stakeholders’ engagement, mapping
regional needs).To that end, from 2021 to 2023, two preparatory actions were
implemented to support the progressive deployment of the Mission, establishing the basis
for subsequent operational LL activities.
EU Missions in 2026 89
Building on these foundations, the first two waves of 9 living lab projects were introduced
through the 2023 and 2024 Work Programmes (so called first and second wave LLs). As
a result, 45 Living Labs are now established via these nine projects with the first 25 LLs
starting operations in September 2024 and next 20 in 2025.
The implementation is continuing to the expansion and innovation phase, with the Work
Programme 2025, which has published new calls for proposals. Under these calls, four
further projects (and consequently 20 further LLs) are foreseen for funding. The Work
Programme 2026-2027, which has been adopted in December 2025, has calls for another
ten projects and 50 LLs, (Table 4), ensuring continuity, reaching and even overpassing
the objective of 100 LLs.
Table 4 shows the current status and planned evolution of the Mission Soil LLs and LHs
network.
Table 4. Number of experimentation sites is 10-20 per each LL, so target values are calculated
accordingly. The number of experimentation sites may increase during the project. The number of
Lighthouses is expected to increase during the project lifetime.
Calls for
LLs
LLs start
date
No of
projects
No of
LLs
No of
experimentation
sites (181)
No of LHs Mission Soil
LLs phases
2023 Q3 2024 5 25 370 60 Induction and
pilot 2024 Q4 2025 4 20 297 20
2025 2026 4 20 200-400 20 Expansion and
innovation 2026 2027 4 20 200-400 20
2027 2028 6 30 200-400 20 Scaling up and
mainstreaming
Current total for the
Induction and pilot phase 9 45 667 60
Target (2030) 23 100-110 1000-2000 100-110
Achieved 42,85% 45% 33-66% 60%
Within these projects, LL experimentation sites evolve dynamically. They may be
predefined during proposal development, co-created during implementation, or established
using the FSTP instrument (182). As a result, their number typically increases over the
course of each project, as well as the number of land managers involved. Finally,
Lighthouses serve as demonstration environments for tested practices and developed
solutions. Consequently, they are expected to emerge in the later stages of project
implementation, once sufficient evidence and outputs have been generated. Currently,
there are 60 Lighthouses established under the first wave of LLs from the 2023 call (Table
4).
Concerning the biogeographical coverage, the first 45 LLs are gradually covering the
majority of European biogeographical regions (figure 35), while the subsequent calls are
(181) These numbers reflect information supplied by the Living Labs in May 2025 and may change, usually
increasing, with new sites that the Living Labs incorporate via open calls for small grants to land
managers such as farmers.
(182) Cascade Funding Calls / Financial Support for Third Parties (FSTP)
EU Missions in 2026 90
prepared in a way that they target underrepresented regions, ensuring ultimate balanced
coverage of the Mission LLs across Europe.
Figure 35. Distribution of the Mission Soil Living Labs across the European biogeographical
regions. The map has been produced by the SOILL project, the support structure for Living Labs.
Concerning the land use, among the first 45 LLs launched during the Induction and Pilot
Phase (2023–2024), the majority of LLs focus on agricultural land use, followed by urban,
forestry, natural/semi-natural and industrial areas. The types of partners are diverse, with
private for-profit entities being the most represented, followed by "Other" stakeholders,
with significant involvement from academic, research, and public institutions (figure 36).
Figure 36. Land use and type of partners for the LLs 2023-2024 (Induction and pilot phase).
Finally, the first 45 LLs are contributing to achieving the Mission Soil specific objectives
(MSO), covering all MSO, with the one on conserving soil organic carbon being addressed
by 71% of LLs, followed by the MSO on soil biodiversity (69%) and preventing erosion
(64%). Around 65% of LLs are directly working on improving soil literacy (table 5).
EU Missions in 2026 91
Table 5. Mission Soil specific objectives coverage for 2023 and 2024 LLs.
Standout example in a wider landscape of LLs excellence - The LILAS4SOILS Living Labs project
LILAS4SOILS tests Carbon Farming Practices (CFP) in farms managed by individual farmers in 5
Living Labs across 6 countries: Portugal, Spain, France, Italy, Greece, Israel.
The project makes use of cascade grants mechanism to involve farmers. Through an open call, the
project received almost 300 applications and has selected 53 sites to create a network of 100 experimental
sites (farms). The call was published in several languages and on local channels linked to the Living
Labs geographies, with targeted dissemination efforts focusing on deficit regions, crops, CFPs
categories.
5.2.2.4. Synergies with other Mission activities/operational objectives
Living Labs contribute to operational objective 1 – R&I programme (5.5.2.1) by
generating practice-based knowledge and innovations from real-life contexts, as well as by
channelling research questions originating from practitioners. Conversely, the new
knowledge produced under the R&I Programme is further developed into innovations
through co-creation with relevant actors in real-life environments, ensuring tangible
impacts and fostering rapid uptake by land managers and other stakeholders across Europe.
Within operational objective 3 – Soil Health Monitoring (5.5.2.3), LLs receive support
regarding the monitoring framework, including indicators, data requirements and
thresholds. In return, LLs provide practice-validated data that feed into and strengthen
this Mission activity.
Under operational objective 4 – Soil Literacy, Communication and Engagement
(5.5.2.4), mechanisms are in place to ensure that citizens’ ideas and needs are integrated
and addressed by LLs. In turn, LLs contribute through demonstrations of new practices
and developed solutions in both rural and urban settings, thereby supporting the
implementation of this operational objective and promoting improved soil literacy (figure
37).
EU Missions in 2026 92
Figure 37. Synergies between the Living Labs and other Mission activities/operational
objectives.
5.2.2.5. 100 Living Labs – Outputs, outcomes and impacts
In terms of the Mission overarching goal (outputs)
The Mission Soil is on track towards its overall goal of 100 Living Labs to lead the
transition towards healthy soils. The interest is so high that it will most likely overpass
its initial targeted number of LLs. The induction and pilot phase will end with the
establishment of a total of 45 LLs by the end of 2025. The expansion and innovation phase
has been launched with the WP 2025 call. The final phase, scaling up and mainstreaming,
will take place with WP 2026-2027. Balanced biogeographical and land use coverage is
being achieved through targeted current and future calls.
In terms of added value for the Mission (outcomes)
Living Labs have built a growing network of real-life sites, bringing together farms, natural
areas, urban plots, and others, actively engaging a diverse range of stakeholders, from
private companies and NGOs to universities and local communities. On the ground, they
are driving improvements in soil health, enhancing carbon retention, strengthening soil
structure, boosting biodiversity, and raising soil awareness. LL participants are also
pioneering practical approaches to soil monitoring, testing protocols, exchanging lessons,
and preparing the ground for the implementation of the Soil Monitoring Law.
In terms of support to policy (outcomes and impact)
LLs are establishing baselines of the soil conditions to allow for an accurate co-
assessment of the changes in the different sites over time, and to monitor soil health
improvements. The set of soil health indicators/descriptors presented in the Soil
Monitoring Law is used, as a basis and may be complemented with additional indicators
depending on the soil health challenge(s) addressed, pedoclimatic conditions and land use.
LLs also monitor and evaluate the effects of the proposed solutions on soil health and
associated ecosystem services, demonstrating their viability – technical, social, economic,
EU Missions in 2026 93
cultural and environmental – scalability and transferability to diverse contexts. With these
activities, LLs are contributing to setting up a basis for future provision of data for the EU
wide soil monitoring, in support to the implementation of the Soil Monitoring Law and
they support improving interventions, for example under the CAP. The overall impact is
the long-term improvement of soil health in Europe.
5.2.3. Soil-health monitoring system (operational objective 3)
5.2.3.1. Status of the Monitoring System
Mission Soil’s operational objective 3 is to support the development of an integrated EU
soil monitoring system and track progress towards soil health. Soil health monitoring is a
key component of the Mission: it is needed to track progress towards policy objectives, to
assess the impacts of measures for soil management, and assess the impact of the Mission
overall.
Figure 38. Intervention logic in relation to operational objective 3.
At the start of the Mission, key concepts such as soil health were absent, while comparable
baseline data were only available for some soil degradation indicators, mainly based on
the soil assessment in the Land Use and Coverage Area Frame Survey (LUCAS Soil), and
only a rough estimate of the extent of unhealthy soils in the EU was available.
This changed with the launch of the EUSO Soil Degradation Dashboard in 2023, created
by the JRC under the Mission’s building block ‘Monitoring and Indicators’. The EUSO
Dashboard (183) is a tool for monitoring and reporting on the state of soil degradation at
the EU level and provides a spatial assessment of unhealthy soils and the degradation
processes affecting them (Panagos et al., 2024). The first version of the EUSO Dashboard
(March 2023) included 15 indicators covering nine soil degradation processes. The number
of indicators increased to 19 in the second version (June 2024), thanks to the work carried
out under the Mission’s building block ‘Monitoring and Indicators’. These indicators
(183) EUSO Dashboard
EU Missions in 2026 94
represent the main soil degradation processes described in scientific literature and
match the indicators listed in the Mission Soil Implementation Plan (Broothaerts et al.,
2024). For each indicator, the dashboard presents science-based EU-wide geospatial data.
The dashboard has been developed as a dynamic platform, so that it can be updated when
new indicators or improved datasets become available. The most recent version of the
dashboard shows that approximately 62% of EU soils are degraded (184)and warns that
most degraded soils are subject to more than one type of soil degradation.
Secondly, the diversity of datasets of soil degradation processes and indicators increased
thanks to the Mission as explained in previous sections, resulting in a better monitoring
and spatial assessment of the state of soils in the EU. These datasets are added to the
European Soil Data Centre (ESDAC) (Panagos et al., 2022) and, if relevant, to the EUSO
Soil Degradation Dashboard.
Thirdly, the thematical, temporal and spatial coverage of soil monitoring improved,
thanks to Mission Soil projects. More soil degradation processes are now included in soil
monitoring efforts (thematical coverage; e.g. various Mission Soil projects working on
monitoring and indicators); seasonal, annual and multiannual trends are now covered by
monitoring campaigns (temporal coverage; e.g. the Mission Soil projects BENCHMARKS
and AI4SoilHealth and the Living Labs); and all types of land use in rural and urban
areas are covered, while previously soil monitoring has focused only on agricultural soils
(spatial coverage; see e.g. figure 35 for the land use types covered by the Living Labs).
Fourthly, data resulting from soil monitoring activities of Mission projects are shared
according to the FAIR data principles. Moreover, data and metadata are now more
accessible and searchable, thanks to the prototype of the SoilWise HE Data and
Knowledge hub. This SoilWise Data and Knowledge Hub will be integrated into the EUSO
platforms to ensure its longevity.
Finally, clear principles and criteria for soil indicator selection have been established, along
with better supported monitoring frameworks. Distinct frameworks for soil health
assessment are now well described, each with a unique role, application and scale
regarding soil monitoring. These frameworks were developed by the Mission Soil projects
and the EUSO and include the ‘fitness for purpose’, ‘free from degradation’, ‘external
benchmarking’ and ‘value assessment’ frameworks (Campbell et al., 2025). The ‘free from
degradation’ framework is used in the EUSO Soil Degradation Dashboard, as it best fits
the scale and objectives of the dashboard.
Detecting and monitoring temporal changes in soil status is a challenging task. It requires
systematic, standardised, repeatable soil monitoring campaigns, including consistent
sample and lab methodologies and a consistent data coverage. Furthermore, many soil
characteristics change slowly and react slowly to improved management practices. This
means that repeated soil monitoring campaigns covering several years are needed. LUCAS
(184) The Mission Soil Board provided first evidence in the Mission Soil Implementation Plan, confirmed
by the JRC (Panagos et al., 2024). EUSO Dashboard.
EU Missions in 2026 95
Soil (185) is currently the only available soil monitoring system that enables trend analysis
of soil health indicators at EU scale. In addition, the call HORIZON-MISS-2025-05-SOIL-
04 will develop transfer functions to integrate national monitoring schemes with
LUCAS Soil enabling harmonised soil health assessments and trend analyses across the
EU.
LUCAS Soil enables the analysis of trends in soil health indicators; two examples are
presented below (soil erosion by water and soil organic carbon content). A third example
illustrates the use of satellite imagery to analyse trends in soil sealing. These three
examples are linked to the Mission’s specific objectives on preventing erosion, conserving
and increasing soil organic carbon stocks, and no net soil sealing respectively. Although
the presented trend analyses do not yet cover the Mission Soil period, they provide insights
into the progress in soil health over the last few decades, as well as the available tools and
methods for studying progress and trends. As soon as more recent data becomes available,
it will be added to the trend analysis.
5.2.3.2. Soil erosion by water (2000-2023)
Based on an updated version of the Revised Universal Soil Loss Equation (RUSLE2015)
model, soil loss in the EU for the years 2000, 2010, 2016 and 2023 was assessed. This
model incorporates the most recent pan-European datasets for input factors such as rainfall
erosivity, soil erodibility, cover-management, topography and support practices (Panagos
et al., 2015). The estimated mean soil loss from water erosion in the EU decreased in
the period 2000-2023. It declined by 9% in the period 2000-2010, by 0.4% in the period
2010-2016 (186), and by 2.5 % in the period 2016-2023 (187). These positive trends mark
progress towards the Mission’s specific objective 5 ‘Prevent erosion’. This trend is
attributed to the implementation of enhanced soil protection management practices in
agricultural areas, which are associated with the Good Agricultural and Environmental
Condition (GAEC) requirements of the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP) and EU soil
protection guidelines (Panagos et al., 2020).
5.2.3.3. Soil organic carbon content (2009-2018)
Soil Organic Carbon (SOC) content across the EU was estimated based on LUCAS Soil in
2009, 2015 and 2018. Using the LUCAS Soil data, it was possible to estimate the SOC
change in mineral agricultural soils for the EU and UK (De Rosa et al., 2024). Total SOC
(185) LUCAS Soil is the soil assessment within the Land Use and Coverage Area Frame Survey. LUCAS
Soil sampling campaign took place in 2009-2012, 2015, 2018 and 2022. Results of LUCAS Soil are
available for 2009-2012 (Orgiazzi et al., 2018; Tóth et al., 2013), 2015 (Jones et al., 2020) and 2018
(Fernandez-Ugalde et al., 2022). Results of 2022 are expected in 2026.
(186) Panagos, P., Borrelli, P., Poesen, J., Ballabio, C., Lugato, E., Meusburger, K., Montanarella, L.,
Alewell, .C. 2015. The new assessment of soil loss by water erosion in Europe. Environmental Science
& Policy. 54: 438-447. DOI: 10.1016/j.envsci.2015.08.012; Panagos, P., Ballabio, C., Poesen, J.,
Lugato, E., Scarpa, S., Montanarella, L., Borrelli, P. 2020. A Soil Erosion Indicator for Supporting
Agricultural, Environmental and Climate Policies in the European Union. Remote Sensing. 12: 1365.
DOI: 10.3390/rs12091365
(187) Borrelli, P., Panagos , P. 2026. A data-driven indicator for assessing the evolving impact of the EU
Common Agricultural Policy on soil erosion mitigation. Data in Brief, 112390, DOI:
10.1016/j.dib.2025.112390
EU Missions in 2026 96
loss from cropland between 2009 and 2018 was about 0.75% of their initial soil carbon,
with a different spatial distribution and northern carbon rich soils more affected by higher
losses. Grassland was more resilient to changes, showing also SOC increase especially at
medium latitudes. These trends are linked to the Mission’s specific objective 2 ‘Conserve
and increase soil organic carbon stocks’. Once LUCAS Soil results for 2022 are available
(expected in 2026), the SOC changes covering 2009-2022 will be analysed and discussed.
5.2.3.4. Soil sealing (2006-2018)
Temporal changes in soil sealing (188) at the scale of the EU can be monitored by using
high-resolution satellite imagery. The most used source of information is the high-
resolution Copernicus imperviousness datasets (High-Resolution Layer Imperviousness
product of the European Environmental Agency, EEA), available for the period 2006 to
2018 (3-yearly). The high-resolution imperviousness dataset of the year 2021 is expected
to be published in Q4 2025, the dataset of 2024 is scheduled for publication in Q2 2026.
Once these datasets are available, temporal changes in soil sealing for the period 2006-
2024 – also covering the operation time of the Mission Soil – can be analysed and
discussed.
The current available datasets show that in 2018, 110 702 km2 of soil was sealed,
representing 2.7%of the total area of the EU. The increase in sealed area between 2006
and 2018 was 3 606 km2, which is an increase of 3.4% at the level of the EU. The largest
increase in sealed surface at the EU-level was in the period 2006-2009 (increase of 1088
km2 or 1%) and 2009-2012 (increase of 1156 km2 or 1.1%). The increase in sealed surface
was a bit lower in the next period (2012-2015, 567 km2 or 0.5%) but increased again in the
period 2015-2018 (794 km2 or 0.7%) (European Environmental Agency, 2024). These
trends are linked to the Mission’s specific objective 3 ‘No net soil sealing and increase the
reuse of urban soils’.
5.2.3.5. Cluster on Soil Indicators and Monitoring (189)
This cluster provides a platform to support Mission Soil-funded projects in navigating
the evolving policy and technical landscape of soil health assessment. It brings together
initiatives developing or applying soil indicators and monitoring frameworks, enabling
knowledge exchange and methodological alignment.
The cluster gathers at this moment around 40 projects with 40-60 participants regularly
attending meetings and other activities. While it is mainly composed of Mission Soil-
funded projects, related non-Mission Soil initiatives also participate where relevant,
broadening the knowledge base and connecting to other EU efforts. The cluster is co-led
by the projects AI4SoilHealth and BENCHMARKS as Cluster Advisers, supported by
the Mission Soil Platform.
(188) Soil sealing is the permanent covering of soils with an impermeable artificial material, such as
buildings, constructions and roads.
(189) Factsheet Soil Indicators and Monitoring
EU Missions in 2026 97
As an example, the projects AI4SoilHealth and BENCHMARKS jointly organised in
September 2025 an “Indicator lab”, providing practical guidance on selecting relevant
soil health indicators tailored to local contexts and land-use systems.
5.2.3.6. Cluster on Data and Knowledge Management
The data and knowledge management cluster brings together Mission Soil projects
working on one of the most fundamental – and cross-cutting – aspects of the Mission Soil:
how to organise, structure, store, share, and access the wealth of data and knowledge
being produced. Its main purpose is to help projects make their outputs FAIR – Findable,
Accessible, Interoperable, and Reusable – ensuring that the results of individual projects
can be discovered, connected, and reused by others, both within and beyond the Mission
Soil community. By creating a platform for exchange, the cluster enables collaboration,
alignment, and mutual learning among data managers and technical partners. Since its
launch in early 2024, the data and knowledge management cluster has evolved into an
active community connecting more than 60 Mission Soil projects, chaired by the
SOILWISE project.
The cluster’s added value lies in building a community of practice around data and
knowledge management. Through this collaboration, projects not only improve their own
data workflows but also contribute to the development of a coherent European soil data
ecosystem, in close connection with the European Soil Observatory (EUSO).
5.2.4. Engage with the soil user community and society at large (operational
objective 4)
Activities under this operational objective are referred to as building block ‘Soil literacy,
communication and citizen engagement’ in the Mission Implementation Plan. They
address the identified lack of awareness on the importance of soils and the need for more
targeted advice and education in the area.
Figure 39. Intervention logic in relation to operational objective 4.
EU Missions in 2026 98
Launched in 2023, the Mission Soil Manifesto is a tool to express engagement for soil
health, from citizens to private and public actors. It is a call for action to respond to the
urgent need to protect and improve soil health in Europe and beyond, bringing together
policymakers, stakeholders and citizens in a dynamic community focused on soil health.
This voluntary document is endorsed by representatives of municipalities, regions, private
or public companies and organisations, NGOs and philanthropic organisations, schools and
education institutions, as well as by research institutions and citizens.
To date, the number of signatories of the Mission Soil Manifesto is above 3 700, with
around 700 legal entities and 3 000 individuals. Signatories come from more than
90 countries worldwide (figure 40).
The Manifesto is demonstrating to be a powerful engagement instrument able to leverage
international interest and cooperation. Single organisations with multinational or multi-
organisational representativity are also signatories of the Manifesto, such as the African
Union, UNESCO, or the Inter-American Commission for Organic Agriculture (ICOA).
The Manifesto also shows the strong political buy-in of the Mission. On 10 December
2024, during the Agri-Food Days, Commissioners Hansen (Agriculture and Food) and
Roswall (Environment, Water Resilience and a Competitive Circular Economy) signed the
Manifesto, shortly after taking office, reaffirming the EU’s commitment to preserving and
restoring soil health. Other relevant signatories are Members of the European Parliament,
the European Regions Research and Innovation Network (ERRIN), the "4 per 1 000"
initiative or philanthropic organisations (such as the Novo Nordisk Foundation).
Figure 40. Manifesto signatories by country.
More information about the Manifesto progress can be found here: Global engagement
with the Mission Soil Manifesto : a declaration on soil protection and restoration | Mission
Soil Platform.
The Mission Soil Ambassador programme was launched in 2023 to support the Mission
objectives to increase soil literacy, communication and citizen engagement. It aims at
having at least one Ambassador per Member State and one per Horizon Europe Associated
EU Missions in 2026 99
Country. Mission Soil Ambassadors have been nominated for their demonstrated
commitment to soil health and for being excellent communicators.
The ambassadors’ role is focused on communication activities. Their commitment is
voluntary, and their activities are neither remunerated nor reimbursed. Ambassadors
should raise awareness about the importance of soil health, promote the Mission and its
activities; facilitate connections and networking; lead by example and inspire others to act.
Ambassadors' profiles are visible on the Mission Soil website (190). In addition to visibility,
Ambassadors have been invited to participate in events such as the European Mission Soil
Week 2023, 2024 and 2025, and to take part in communication products (articles,
newsletters, videos, podcasts, posts on social media). They can also get access to training
and networking opportunities within the Mission Soil community. Ambassadors have
received a communication toolkit in their respective national language and will continue
to receive assistance and updated material from a dedicated team. To facilitate exchanges,
a private LinkedIn group has been set up.
The number of active Mission Soil Ambassadors was 37 as of mid-June 2025 covering
23 EU Member States and 13 Horizon Europe Associated Countries.
Among the communication materials, the Mission Soil newsletter has been very successful
since its launch in 2023. The current number of subscribers exceeds 5 500. The 10th issue
was published on 5 December, coinciding with World Soil Day.
The number of social media engagements shows a steady growth and currently stands at
more than 20 000. On average, the number of these engagements is about 5 000 per six
months. The Mission Soil website has reached more than 110 000 views, with more than
30 000 unique visitors. Both indicators show an overachievement of the targets of 7 000
page views and 3 900 unique visitors (in the first six months of its launch).
Three editions of the European Mission Soil Week, the Mission’s flagship annual event
have taken place in Spain (2023), Belgium (2024) and Denmark (2025). EU Council
Presidencies showed interest to host and co-organise the events, demonstrating Members
States’ political buy in and ownership of the Mission’s objectives. Each edition has
attracted, on average, around 300 participants on site and more than 1 000 online. The next
edition is already planned for November 2026 in Ireland. Mission projects have also
organised large-scale events mobilising stakeholders. For example, the Mission project
CREDIBLE has organised three “Carbon Summits” attracting in total over 1550 in-person
participants and a broader online audience reached through live streaming around carbon
farming.
The aggregated reach of communication activities stands at almost 18 million
(November 2025). This number is aggregated for social media post reach, newsletter
openings, and website visits. It is to note that the reach data excludes LinkedIn.
Consequently, the actual reach is likely to be higher than reported here. The combined
hashtags #MissionSoil, #MissionSoilWeek and #EuropeanMissionSoil have contributed
the most to the overall communication activities, with a reach totalling 17.8 million and
64.3 million impressions.
(190) Ambassadors | Mission Soil Platform
EU Missions in 2026 100
Training opportunities for citizens, land managers, and other stakeholders have been
reported under section 5.5.2.1.
The Mission has also promoted and supports national coordination structures (Mirror
Groups (191), soil national hubs or similar) in 21 countries (192), to reinforce multilevel
governance, foster national ownership and ensure that Mission knowledge effectively
informs national policies. They bring together public authorities, researchers, farmers,
NGOs and other stakeholders to strengthen science-policy dialogue (193), facilitate co-
creation and support the uptake of sustainable soil management practices. By promoting
collaboration across sectors and administrations, mirror groups help embed the Mission’s
ambitions within long-term national strategies for soil health. An active network of
companies, businesses, philanthropies and investors has been created around the
Mission Manifesto and the 2025 edition of the European Mission Soil Week titled
“Leading the transition towards healthy soils: finance and landscape perspectives”. A new
dedicated annual conference starting in June 2026 on business models and investment
will boost the business community jointly with a new financial advisory service to promote
further investments and projects for soil health around the Mission. The collaboration
with other initiatives such as the Circular Biobased Europe Joint Undertaking (CBE
JU) (Enhancing soil health through innovative bio-based soil improvers, fertilisers and
materials in agricultural application), the EIT Food (Advancing agri-food system
transformation through innovative soil health solutions) and the EIC (Biotech for
Regenerating Agricultural Soils) expands the Mission’s ecosystem to innovative and deep-
tech startups in the soil health space.
5.3. Conclusions
5.3.1. Summary
After four years of implementation, the Mission has, for the first time, provided evidence
to place soil health firmly and visibly on the political agenda of the European Union
and its Member States. In 2025, the Mission reached its expansion and deployment phase
and continues to address the persistent deterioration of soil resources in the European
Union, where it has estimated that 62% of soils remain in unhealthy condition due to
erosion, organic matter decline, compaction, contamination or loss of biodiversity. Soil –
long overlooked despite its fundamental role in food security, biodiversity, climate
mitigation and resilience – has now become a recognised strategic priority. Through the
Mission, soil health is no longer a technical concern confined to specialists but a matter of
broad public and political relevance, increasingly embedded in national strategies, regional
development plans and EU policymaking.
The Mission is successfully anchored in key EU policies. Its knowledge, monitoring
systems, innovations and Living Lab infrastructure directly support the implementation of
the Common Agricultural Policy (CAP), national CAP Strategic Plans, the obligations
(191) Mission Soil Board’s set of recommendations for the establishment of national Mirror Groups
(192) Webinar - Soil Mission Mirror Groups: Where Do We Stand?
(193) Support to the operation and further development of soil-health science-policy interfaces and national
soil-health hubs | Programme | HORIZON | CORDIS | European Commission
EU Missions in 2026 101
of the Soil Monitoring Law and the Implementation of Carbon Removal and Carbon
farming Regulation. The Mission directly supports the EU Soil Strategy for 2030,
providing the research, innovation, modelling capacity and demonstration sites needed to
deliver its objectives. It reinforces the Biodiversity Strategy, the Water Resilience
Strategy, contributes to the implementation of the Vision for Agriculture and Food, the
Long term Vision for Rural Areas, new EU Bioeconomy Strategy, the Life Science
Strategy, the Nature Restoration Law, the Zero Pollution Action Plan, the Climate
Adaptation Strategy, and the Organic Action Plan.
The Mission has succeeded in creating the first coherent EU framework of soil-health-
focused interventions, bringing together research, innovation, monitoring, demonstration
and societal engagement under a unified vision. It has built a genuinely European – and
increasingly global – community of practice, connecting scientists, policymakers,
farmers, land managers, businesses, civil society organisations and citizens. For the first
time, Europe has a structured and permanent ecosystem for gathering, preserving and
disseminating soil data, knowledge, tools, technologies and practices, ensuring long-
term continuity and accessibility through the Mission Soil Platform and the EU Soil
Observatory.
The Mission has succeeded in creating local innovation ecosystems for soil health. Thanks
to the strong mobilisation across countries and sectors, the Mission is firmly on track to
reach – and very likely to exceed – its objective of establishing 100 Living Labs by
2030, marking a substantial achievement in place-based innovation.
The Mission’s outreach and engagement strategy has been exceptionally successful,
raising soil awareness across society – from regional and local authorities to schools,
youth organisations and individual citizens. The Mission Soil is driver of change, in Europe
and globally. Through the Manifesto, national mirror groups, communication campaigns
and numerous events, the Mission has contributed to a cultural shift, helping embed soil
health into public consciousness and local action.
The Mission Soil has successfully engaged the private sector by aligning soil health
objectives with new business models and supply-chain resilience. It offers concrete
opportunities through Living Labs and Lighthouse sites, where companies test innovative
solutions under real-world conditions. Public funding and collaboration with, for example,
philanthropic organisations, help de-risk private investment, encouraging co-investment
in research and deployment. In addition, the Mission promotes common data frameworks,
monitoring tools and standards, creating markets for digital solutions and advisory
services.
Furthermore, the Mission has established a comprehensive collaboration strategy,
working constructively with international organisations, European partnerships, joint
undertakings and research networks. This ensures alignment with global agendas on
climate, biodiversity, food systems and land restoration, positioning the EU as a leader
in soil governance.
The assessment provides an overview of the Mission’s progress to date and identifies the
key priorities required to consolidate and accelerate its contribution to the restoration and
long-term resilience of EU soils.
EU Missions in 2026 102
5.3.2. Deployment of Living Labs and Lighthouses
A major operational milestone of the Mission is the establishment of a large-scale
network of Living Labs (LLs) and Lighthouses (LHs). Almost 700 sites are now
operational or in advanced preparation across Europe in 45 Living Labs. These sites
represent a wide diversity of climate zones, soil types and land-use systems and are
designed to facilitate experimentation, co-creation and validation of innovative soil
solutions under real-world conditions.
Although the Living Labs are still at an early stage and have not yet delivered measurable
results, the diversity of their participants, including farmers and other ‘unusual suspects’
in Horizon projects, already demonstrates a positive impact by anchoring innovation in
real-world needs and fostering broad stakeholder ownership.
The Mission has developed and disseminated a common methodology for the functioning
of Living Labs, including governance principles, monitoring procedures and evaluation
criteria. This harmonisation is essential for ensuring comparability across sites while
allowing for contextual adaptation. The Living Labs represent a unique European
infrastructure for place-based innovation, fostering synergies with other initiatives such as
EIP-AGRI Operational Groups, regional innovation ecosystems and advisory services.
This interconnectedness strengthens the innovation chain and accelerates the scaling and
replication of successful practices.
5.3.3. Strengthening soil monitoring and the knowledge base
A central achievement of the Mission is the establishment of a harmonised and
operational framework for soil health monitoring. The Mission has contributed to the
development of a comprehensive set of indicators and methodologies, now integrated into
the EU Soil Observatory (EUSO). The Mission has also delivered a breakthrough in
generating comparable national-level soil health data for the first time in EU history.
This achievement provides an unprecedented evidence base for policymaking, supports the
implementation of the Soil Monitoring Law, and strengthens Member States’ ability to
assess trends, identify risks and target interventions effectively.
The Mission has significantly expanded the scientific knowledge base necessary for
evidence-based soil management. Horizon Europe projects funded under the Mission have
generated new insights into soil functions, degradation processes, nature-based solutions
and remediation techniques. These findings are consolidated and will be made accessible
through the Mission’s Knowledge Hub, which functions as a central reference point for
policy makers, advisors, researchers and land managers. This consolidation of scientific
evidence enhances coherence across research initiatives and strengthens the link between
scientific outputs and policy implementation.
5.3.4. Enhancing engagement, awareness and community development
The Mission has played a decisive role in strengthening the soil health community, raising
awareness and facilitating mobilisation across the EU. The Mission Soil Manifesto
continues to expand, gathering commitments from a broad range of stakeholders, including
local and regional authorities, R&I actors, civil society, private sector stakeholders and
several international organisations. This has contributed to enhancing recognition of soil
EU Missions in 2026 103
as a strategic natural resource and an integral component of the green and digital
transitions.
In parallel, 21 national Mission Soil Mirror Groups or similar structures have been
established to ensure alignment between EU-level objectives and national and regional
priorities. Communities of Practice and targeted communication and outreach activities are
significantly improving soil literacy and fostered greater stakeholder engagement. This
expanded community provides an enabling environment for co-creation processes,
knowledge exchange and the wider uptake of sustainable soil management practices.
5.3.5. Progress in the uptake of sustainable soil management practices
Progress in the uptake of sustainable soil management practices across the EU is evident
but remains heterogeneous and below the required pace given the scale of soil
degradation. Policy instruments under the CAP, including eco-schemes and rural
development measures, have supported the adoption of practices such as cover cropping,
reduced tillage, organic fertilisation and agroecology. Nevertheless, sustained behavioural
and structural changes require additional incentives, stronger advisory systems and clearer
demonstration of the long-term environmental and economic benefits of adopting such
practices.
The Mission, included in most CAP Strategic Plans, contributes actively to expanding
uptake by generating practice-ready knowledge, supporting demonstration activities and
facilitating co-creation processes with land managers. Living Labs and Lighthouses
provide evidence of the feasibility and benefits of sustainable soil management practices,
helping reduce uncertainty and supporting informed decision-making by farmers and
landowners.
5.3.6. Strategic priorities for the next phase
Looking ahead, the next phase of the Mission should prioritise consolidation and scaling
of the structures, innovations and knowledge established to date.
• Consolidation and full operationalisation of the Living Lab network:
strengthening coordination mechanisms, supporting Living Lab leadership and
ensuring systematic data collection and exchange across sites. Harmonisation will
be critical to reinforce comparability and to derive aggregated insights for policy
and practice. Widespread deployment will provide soil health improvement at scale
across the EU.
• Further development of soil monitoring capacities: continue supporting the
implementing of the Soil Monitoring Law, expanding indicator coverage,
improving data quality and ensuring interoperability with national systems.
Enhanced monitoring capacities will also contribute to more robust assessment of
trends and impacts.
• Stronger integration with EU policies: reinforce alignment with the CAP, carbon
farming and carbon removal regulation, the Nature Restoration Law, the Water
Resilience Initiative, the Bioeconomy Strategy, the Life Science Strategy and
climate adaptation frameworks. This policy integration is essential to ensure
coherence and maximise the Mission’s long-term impact.
EU Missions in 2026 104
• Greater engagement with the private sector: facilitated exchange and
engagement with key actors of the private sector (SMEs, Start-ups, innovation
ecosystems, etc.) to showcase viable business models and leverage additional
funding for soil health
• Ensuring accessibility and usability of knowledge: efforts should focus on
translating scientific outputs into operational guidance for practitioners, advisors
and policy makers. Strengthening advisory systems and ensuring effective
knowledge diffusion will be key to supporting behavioural change and accelerated
uptake of sustainable practices.
• Developing a soil-focused investment and financial ecosystem: there is growing
potential for soil health to be recognised as a natural capital asset. The Mission
should support the emergence of investment pipelines, blended finance
mechanisms and valuation tools that enable public and private actors to invest in
soil health restoration and management, including through nature-based solutions.
5.3.7. High-value Mission initiatives
Several core Mission Soil initiatives have proven highly valuable and should be reinforced
and preserved as the Mission advances.
• The network of Living Labs and Lighthouses is a long-term investment
establishing interactive R&I infrastructure. Beyond serving as experimental and
demonstration sites, Living Labs provide the socio-technical environments where
behavioural change is fostered through continuous engagement, co-creation and
learning. Their long-term value lies in their capacity to remain relevant as both
technological and non-technological innovations evolve, ensuring that new
knowledge, practices and solutions can be continuously tested, adapted and
adopted among peers in real operational contexts. As dynamic spaces for
innovation, they will continue to anchor transitions on the ground and support
lasting changes in soil management practices.
• The Mission’s continued contribution to expanding and steering the soil
knowledge base is essential. Addressing persistent knowledge gaps, such as soil
water resilience, emerging pollutants and other new challenges, requires a coherent
and strategically guided research portfolio. This entails maintaining strong
coordination across projects, fostering synergies and clustering activities,
ensuring consistent data collection and promoting joint actions. It also requires
sustained alignment and integration across instruments and funding streams,
including R&I, communication and engagement, and financial support
mechanisms across the Multiannual Financial Framework.
• The Mission Soil Platform should remain a central infrastructure for delivering
impact. This includes the Knowledge Hub, communication and engagement
activities, Communities of Practice, policy support tools, and mechanisms to
stimulate investment in soil health. Together, these elements form a coherent
ecosystem that facilitates knowledge exchange, stakeholder mobilisation and the
translation of evidence into practice, thereby ensuring that soil health remains a
visible, actionable and investable priority at EU and national levels.
EU Missions in 2026 105
III. ENABLING PROGRESS THROUGH THE MISSION-ORIENTED APPROACH
This section assesses whether and how the mission-oriented approach adopted by EU
Missions drives their progress. It horizontally examines the features and practices that
characterise this approach across all Missions, gauging whether and how they act as
mechanisms enabling progress.
The Missions are an innovative attempt to deliver impact towards societal challenges. They
are called to bring about concrete impact by:
• Orchestrating action towards a timebound measurable objective, launching new
actions and aligning and combining fragmented initiatives to build the scale and
focus needed to make a real impact.
• Forming and engaging with communities in an inclusive way, reaching a
broader range of actors than those traditionally involved in R&I.
• Developing and delivering concrete solutions, including at the local level to meet
societal needs.
The ultimate goal of the Missions is to catalyse broad-based change that extends outside
the scope of their activities in the context of Horizon Europe, establishing the necessary
conditions for systemic transformation. These conditions include, among others, the
development and deployment of solutions, the creation of enabling conditions, aligning
policy landscape and changing behaviour.
To assess how effectively the EU Missions are delivering on this ambition, the analysis is
framed through the lens of the four key dimensions that underpin the mission-oriented
policy approach, ensuring its successful implementation:
• Governance: to establish effective multilevel and cross-cutting governance
structures that ensure strategic direction, accountability, and coordination among
stakeholders.
• Engagement: to mobilise and involve citizens, communities, and stakeholders
from various sectors in a meaningful and sustained way, ensuring co-ownership
and co-creation by those they aim to serve.
• Pooling of efforts and resources: to successfully align and leverage public and
private investments, policies, instruments, and actions
across geographical levels and sectors.
• Knowledge creation, innovation, and scaling up: to generate new knowledge,
foster experimentation, and support R&I ecosystems in developing, testing and
taking up novel solutions.
The next four chapters will analyse the effectiveness of each dimension, with the support
of direct references to specific Mission initiatives, figures obtained from EU databases,
and surveys targeting the participants to Mission events and activities.
Each of these four dimensions encompasses a set of specific actions, aimed at concretely
implementing the overall approach. As a direct result, outputs are produced and are the
subject of this horizontal pillar. By analysing outputs, it is possible to recognise their effect
EU Missions in 2026 106
on the system and therefore the success of the EU Missions in achieving their objectives.
Overall, this horizontal section sheds light on the effective development of the EU
Missions towards achieving the objectives of a mission-oriented policy approach.
Figure 41. Intervention logic for Missions as a policy approach.
EU Missions in 2026 108
1. GOVERNANCE
Missions are coordinated transformation efforts that require direction, alignment and
collective action over time. Their governance is instrumental to provide strategic planning,
enable coordination across sectors and policy domains, and support effective multilevel
implementation. It also facilitates collective ownership and accountability and enables
learning and course correction throughout their lifecycle.
This section will assess EU Missions’ governance capacity to deliver these benefits by
analysing the presence and effectiveness of structures for:
• Strategic planning: mechanisms promoting the coordination and sequencing of
actions in a shared direction to enable systemic change.
• Cross-sectoral governance: existence and effectiveness of structures that enable
coordination between the different policy domains of EU Missions at EU and
national levels.
• Multilevel governance: how and how well the EU, national and regional levels
interact with regards to implementing EU Missions.
• Monitoring, evaluation and learning (MEL) mechanisms: presence of
monitoring structures and their ability to redirect EU Missions’ implementation
based on their learnings.
This section relies on data collected from Member States and Associated Countries,
European Commission services, Mission-funded projects and the OECD. A full list of
sources is included in the Methodological considerations annex, section B.
1.1. Strategic planning
EU Missions address complex, long-term societal challenges that require coordinated
action across multiple sectors, levels of governance and funding streams. Strategic
planning is therefore essential to provide a shared direction, sequence interventions over
time and align the enabling conditions needed to turn ambition into sustained, systemic
change.
EU Missions establish structured pathways towards the achievement of their objectives
through dedicated planning instruments at EU level like the Mission Implementation Plans
or – at local level – tools including Climate City Contracts, regional adaptation plans, sea
basin strategies or Soil Territorial Agreements. These plans provide long-term visibility
over complex and multi-step courses of action, articulating how different workstreams (194)
are expected to interact over time.
A crucial output of EU-level planning tools is Horizon Europe Mission-specific Work
Programmes (195), which offer specific funding opportunities for projects aligned with
Missions’ strategic directions and implementation plans.
(194) E.g. research and innovation, demonstration, stakeholder engagement, financing, governance,
monitoring.
(195) Available in the EU Funding & Tenders Portal.
EU Missions in 2026 109
By sequencing actions and identifying milestones, responsibilities, and enabling
conditions, these instruments help align diverse actors and initiatives around shared
objectives. They also support the set-up of critical enabling factors, including monitoring
frameworks, investment pathways, and coordination mechanisms, thereby creating a
coherent framework within which Missions can steer progress and adapt implementation
as learning accumulates.
1.2. Cross-sectoral governance
The EU Missions address complex challenges that cut across several policy domains (196).
These usually fall under the responsibility of different services or departments. Part of the
EU Missions’ success necessarily depends on well-functioning coordination between these
areas to ensure coherence and complementarity. Cross-sectoral governance structures are
therefore necessary to establish communication channels and collaboration between policy
domains, ensuring they jointly contribute to the Missions’ goals.
Several structures promote cross-sectoral governance at EU level. Mission Secretariats
with members from different Directorates-General (DGs) ensure that the perspective of
different policy domains is embedded in the day-to-day implementation of each Mission.
A Mission Owners Group (MOG) gathers members from the DGs that contribute to the
objectives of each Mission and – vice versa – whose objectives Missions are supporting.
A Mission Manager and deputy Mission Manager are responsible for higher-level
representation of each Mission across the European Commission (197). In addition, a
horizontal service within the DG for Research and Innovation facilitates coordination
across all EU Missions. Three executive agencies (CINEA, REA, HaDEA) entrusted by
the Commission with the implementation of spending programmes covering the EU
Missions, are responsible for the evaluation, preparation and management of actions
supporting the implementation and delivery of all EU missions.
These structures have a relatively high level of maturity (198) characterised by a stable
composition, regular meetings, a high participation rate, systematic information flows and
impactful outputs. They are aligning sectoral priorities with Missions’ objectives,
coordinating contributions across DGs, supporting co-creation in the context of Horizon
Europe, steering strategic choices and trade-offs, facilitating the integrated use of
instruments, as well as creating direct links with high-level political priorities. In addition,
they have been successful in embedding EU Missions into broader EU policy initiatives:
the Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan, the European Ocean Pact, the European Water
Resilience Strategy, the upcoming European Climate Resilience and Risk Management
integrated framework, the Vision for Agriculture and Food and the Common Agricultural
Policy, the Soil Monitoring Law, the Mediterranean Pact, the Policy Agenda for Cities, the
European Affordable Housing Plan, or the Social Climate Fund. This integration is
important to ensure policy alignment, avoid fragmentation and duplication of efforts, and
maximise the leverage of mission activities by connecting R&I investments with
(196) E.g. research and innovation, environment, health, transport, social policy.
(197) The Mission Manager and deputy Mission Manager are usually high-ranking European Commission
officials from each of the two Directorates-General that are responsible for each Mission.
(198) Secretariats survey.
EU Missions in 2026 110
regulatory, strategic and deployment. Cross-sectoral governance mechanisms are also
intended to promote shared ownership and accountability across services for the delivery
of Mission objectives. Besides the information-sharing resulting from regular meetings,
outputs from these structures include the production of shared communication products,
the organisation of joint events (199), or the high-level “anchoring” of EU Missions in other
EU initiatives (200). In general, this enables continuous operational communication and
supports the Missions’ coherence and visibility.
Table 6. Directorates-General involvement per EU-level cross-governance structure.
DGs involvement per structure
Mission Mission Secretariat (Deputy) Mission
Manager
Mission Owners
Group
Climate adaptation RTD, CLIMA CLIMA, (RTD)
CLIMA, RTD, AGRI,
CNECT, DEFIS,
ECFIN, ENV, EAC,
FISMA, GROW,
HOME, INTPA,
MARE, MOVE,
REGIO, SANTE,
REFORM, JRC,
CINEA, EISMEA,
REA
Cancer RTD, SANTE RTD, (SANTE)
RTD, SANTE, AGRI,
BUDG, CNECT, EAC,
ECFIN, EMPL, ENER,
ENV, ESTAT, FISMA,
GROW, MARE,
MOVE, REGIO, SG
REFORM, TAXUD,
JRC
Ocean and Waters RTD, MARE MARE, (RTD)
MARE, RTD, ENV,
ENER, EAC, GROW,
MOVE, DEFIS,
REGIO, NEAR, AGRI,
CNECT, CLIMA, JRC,
REA, CINEA
Cities RTD, ENV ENV, (RTD)
MOVE, RTD, ENER,
ENV, CLIMA,
CNECT, EAC, GROW,
MARE, HOME,
REGIO, JRC, REA,
CINEA
Soil AGRI, RTD AGRI, (RTD) AGRI, CLIMA,
CNECT, DEFIS,
(199) E.g. the Climate Adaptation Mission organised joint webinars with the Mission Soil on 25 June 2025,
with the Cancer Mission on 30 April 2025, and with the Ocean and Waters Mission on 30 September
2024.
(200) The “anchoring” exercise leveraged EU-level cross-sectoral governance structures to explicitly
highlight EU Missions as important contributors and/or enabling factors for new European Commission
initiatives, amplifying their impact.
EU Missions in 2026 111
GROW, EAC, ECFIN,
ECHO, EMPL, ENER,
ENV, HOME, INTPA,
JRC, MARE, MOVE,
REGIO, RTD, SANTE,
JRC, REA
Cross-sectoral structures are also necessary at the national level but remain uneven and
with substantially different levels of maturity. Austria, Germany, France, Norway and
Portugal set up dedicated interinstitutional coordination structures for the implementation
of EU Missions (201); Ireland, Italy and Slovakia are showing growing inter-ministerial
cooperation via the establishment of working groups and task forces on specific Missions.
At the same time, 11 out of the 22 Member States and Associated Countries for which data
is available rely on pre-existing R&I structures for horizontal coordination or do not
foresee any formal mechanism for horizontal coordination besides engaging in EU
Missions’ projects and activities. While it is encouraging that more countries are
embedding dedicated structures for EU Missions in their national governance, EU
Missions’ activities at national level still risk being limited to participation in projects
without clearer allocation of strategic leadership and steering functions.
1.3. Multilevel governance
The EU Missions address complex challenges that cannot be solved at a single level of
governance. Multilevel governance is essential for EU Missions because their objectives
are implemented at different administrative levels. In fact, levers for successful
implementation often lie outside of Brussels. National and local actors are closer to where
EU Missions make their impact – making them crucial implementers and enablers of EU
Missions’ progress. Multilevel governance structures should allow for appropriate
coordination across different levels of governance (202), helping each actor to meaningfully
contribute to implementation where they are best empowered to.
Executive agencies (HaDEA, CINEA, REA) play a central role in the implementation of
EU Missions by translating high-level policy objectives into concrete, coordinated actions
that have an impact at local level. They are responsible for managing calls, evaluations,
and grant agreements, as well as actively steering project portfolios to ensure alignment
with Mission goals. Beyond traditional programme management, Executive Agencies’ role
extends to facilitating collaboration across projects, organising cluster activities,
monitoring collective progress, and supporting the production of joint deliverables such as
policy recommendations, helping ensure that projects contribute to broader societal impact
beyond individual research outcomes. From the perspective of executive agencies, the
implementation of Mission projects differs from that of traditional Horizon Europe
projects, both in approach and expectations. While standard projects typically operate more
independently with a primary focus on scientific and technological results, Mission
projects are designed as part of a portfolio of interlinked actions working towards a shared
(201) Austria implemented a whole-of-government model with Mission Action Groups co-chaired by
different Ministries as well as a Mission Management Unit acting as a coordinator and secretariat.
Germany, France, Norway and Portugal formed cross-ministerial groups or mirror groups to steer the
implementation of EU Missions.
(202) This assessment analyses the EU, national and local level.
EU Missions in 2026 112
objective. This requires stronger coordination, participation in thematic clusters, and
contributions to common outputs, including addressing cross-cutting priorities such as
inequalities. Mission projects are also expected to engage more directly with citizens,
policymakers, and end-users, and to deliver results that can inform policy and real-world
implementation.
The Horizon Europe Strategic Programme Committee (SPC) and its dedicated Missions’
working groups are part of comitology and act as an important vertical link for strategic
discussions on EU Missions between the EU and national level. SPC working groups
ensure the vertical flow of information and facilitate policy dialogue, but are less effective
when it comes to promoting joint strategic planning and monitoring of EU Missions’
implementation.
A number of structures allow engagement with regional and local actors (203). Mission
Implementation Platforms (MIPs) are designed to support the operational delivery of EU
Missions (204). They act as central hubs that bring together stakeholders, knowledge, and
resources to implement mission objectives in a coordinated way. The Mission Climate
Adaptation has mobilised over 300 regions and local authorities across 25 Member States;
the Cities Mission involved 112 cities through the NetZeroCities platform. Mission
Charters (205) are a foundational document that formalises the Mission’s objectives, roles,
responsibilities, and commitments of actors.
In addition, Missions have been in direct contact with the Committee of the Regions (CoR)
to increase participation of local authorities across the EU (206). Two rounds of discussions
held in 2022 and 2023 resulted in action points to be developed at the level of individual
Missions. Besides this specific cooperation, the Commission and the CoR have overall
agreed on the importance of establishing more structural workstreams between the two
institutions. A Joint Action Plan (207) between the CoR and several Commission
Directorates-General formalised this commitment. Based on the document, the CoR should
support the Missions by relaying information on events, funding opportunities and general
developments to its members. At the same time, Missions should facilitate the participation
of CoR members in their activities – benefiting from local authorities’ insights on territorial
developments.
At the national level, involvement of local actors mostly relies on non-Mission-specific
structures. 9 out of 18 Member States and Associated Countries for which data is available
(203) The 2021-2023 Horizon Europe Work Programme initiated efforts to establish multi-level coordination
structures. It included calls for the coordination of complementary actions for Missions, as well as to
establish Mission Implementation Platforms (MIPs) and a transnational network of NCPs for Missions.
(204) MIPs: MIP4Adapt, Climate ADAPT, Cancer Mission implementation, Net Zero Cities, Prep4Blue,
Mission Soil Platform.
(205) Climate adaptation Mission’s Charter; Ocean Mission’s Charter, Mission Soil Manifesto.
(206) In 2022, the Committee of Regions notably hosted and co-organised the first Climate Adaptation
Mission Forum.
(207) Joint Action Plan between the European Committee of the Regions and the European Commission
Directorate General for Education and Culture, Directorate General for Research and Innovation, and
the Joint Research Centre
EU Missions in 2026 113
rely on less developed, pre-existing mechanisms for non-regular or limited engagement,
including National Contact Points established under Horizon Europe or Smart
Specialisation Strategy (S3) governance mechanisms. The remaining 9 countries have
more advanced structures that allow for regular engagement of local and regional actors,
including mission hubs (208).
1.4. Monitoring, evaluation and learning mechanisms
Monitoring, evaluation and learning (MEL) mechanisms track EU Missions’ progress and
transfer evidence from their implementation into strategic discussions for the steering of
future action. This feedback system allows EU Missions to identify issues, select effective
policy options, seize emerging opportunities and address gaps. In short, MEL supports
progress by helping replicate successful implementation models or informing course
adjustment where needed.
All five EU Missions established specific MEL structures reflecting their respective
intervention logics and objectives (209). These structures have varying levels of maturity
(210), face specific limitations and consequently differ in terms of effectiveness. However,
they allow each Mission to meaningfully track progress towards its goals, as demonstrated
by the mission-specific section of this report (section II). Table 7 summarises each
Mission’s MEL mechanisms.
Table 7. Summary of each EU Mission's MEL mechanisms.
The Climate Adaptation Mission uses a layered M&E system combining public barometer updates,
regional reporting and internal project oversight. MIP4Adapt publishes a six-monthly Barometer (211)
assessing the Mission’s progress. The EEA annually monitors the governance, risk assessment, planning
and actions of regional and local signatories (212). Mission-funded projects are monitored through Horizon
Europe’s periodic reporting. Internally, MIP4Adapt maintains a real-time dashboard and undergoes
monthly reviews with the Secretariat to ensure coherent implementation. Recognising that monitoring
adaptation outcomes is a knowledge gap in itself, the Mission has launched the UNDERPIN project (213)
to develop a harmonised, outcome-focused framework.
The Cancer Mission developed a methodology to track progress and measure impact across funded
projects using a set of indicators, and it is currently implementing it. The Cancer Mission Board advises
the Commission on the Cancer Mission and promotes coherence and synergies with related EU initiatives,
including Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan. The Mission gathers stakeholder and citizen input via the
(208) Austria and Portugal rely on an interministerial coordination group involving multiple ministries and
regional authorities; Denmark’s mission coordinators work directly with regional authorities to ensure
coherence across policy levels; France integrates EU Missions within existing national programmes,
ensuring consistency between national delivery and EU objectives.
(209) These differences are not a shortcoming if a functioning horizontal monitoring system exists, as
discussed later in this subsection.
(210) Missions’ MEL structures differ in the definition of clear objectives and scope, the identification of
relevant indicators, data availability and quality, measurement capacity, baseline and targets,
adaptability and resilience, transparency and communication, integration into governance routines.
(211) Barometer - Portal of the EU Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change
(212) Signatory Reporting | Knowledge and Data | EU Mission on Adaptation to Climate Change Portal
Climate-ADAPT
(213) oUtcome iNDicators to mEasuRe Progress on climate resIlieNce | UNDERPIN | Project | Fact Sheet |
HORIZON | CORDIS | European Commission
EU Missions in 2026 114
National Cancer Mission Hubs (ECHoS project), as well as via project cluster policy webinars, focus
groups, roadshows and targeted dialogues.
Mission Ocean and Waters is monitored through a mix of broader EU policy frameworks and Mission-
specific tools. Its macro-level monitoring relies on EU-wide assessments by the Joint Research Centre
(JRC), European Environmental Agency (EEA) and Eurostat. At micro level, the EEA tracks progress
through 16 indicators assessing the expected and realised outcomes of Mission projects. These are
complemented by an external analysis of Horizon Europe-funded projects and Mission Charter Actions.
Additionally, the Mission Monitoring Dashboard provides indicators on Mission resources, activities and
outputs.
The Cities Mission uses a structured monitoring, evaluation, and learning (MEL) cycle to track and
improve progress toward climate neutrality. Cities start with a Climate City Contract (CCC); progress is
measured through a shared Comprehensive Indicator Framework and integrated city-level data, while the
NetZeroCities Barometer and Dashboard provide Mission-wide visibility. Feedback loops enable
continuous learning and course correction.
Mission Soil implements monitoring across several interconnected levels. At the highest level, the
Mission Soil dashboard tracks overall progress using interactive indicators that show both EU-wide and
national activities and results. Soil health monitoring is supported by the EU Soil Observatory’s Soil
Degradation Dashboard. A third layer focuses on the Mission’s soil health Living Labs and Lighthouses,
where the SOILL project provides support and conducts regular evaluations through a comprehensive
assessment framework.
In addition to individual Missions’ MEL structures, the Commission carried out several
horizontal exercises assessing EU Missions.
Most notably, the Horizon Europe Regulation (214) mandated an assessment that was
published alongside the “EU Missions two years on: assessment of progress and way
forward” Communication in 2023. The assessment examined the individual EU Missions,
the EU Missions instrument, and reviewed the Mission areas. It confirmed the relevance
and importance of Missions for the Horizon Europe and European Commission toolbox,
but found a need to improve their governance, securing more and better co-investment –
including from the private sector – and enhancing citizens and stakeholder awareness and
engagement.
The conclusions of the 2023 exercise resulted in a series of corrective actions addressing
the limitations identified in the Communication (215). With this, the 2023 initiative acted
as a functioning MEL mechanism. The 2026 assessment of EU Missions presented in this
document follows up on the 2023 exercise, looking into how the implementation of
Missions has progressed since. Compared to the 2023 initiative, it employs an improved
framework integrating the now-developed individual EU Missions’ monitoring structures
(214) Regulation (EU) 2021/695
(215) Corrective actions taken as follow-up to the 2023 Communication include the decision to hold recurring
meetings of Mission Managers to improve the Missions’ horizontal steering, the strengthening of the
Missions’ monitoring and evaluation system, an improved cooperation with the European Investment
Bank to explore funding sources beyond Horizon Europe, the comprehensive revamp and
modernisation of the joint online portal dedicated to all Missions, increasing overall efforts around
citizen engagement.
EU Missions in 2026 115
with horizontal indicators assessing EU Missions as a policy approach (216) based on the
work of the Commission Expert Group to support the monitoring of EU Missions (217).
The recommendations and actions following the 2023 assessment and the improved
coherence of the 2026 assessment compared to its predecessor demonstrate the existence
of a well-functioning EU-level MEL mechanism that is able to assess the EU Missions’
performance and inform strategic discussions about their implementation when needed.
In addition, the Interim Evaluation of Horizon Europe (218) (2024) assessed the Horizon
Europe dimension of EU Missions. It recognised the EU Missions’ role in supporting
Europe's transition towards a greener, healthier, and more inclusive future, aligning closely
with the UN Sustainable Development Goals and highlighted the positive public backing
due to their potential to address significant societal challenges. However, the evaluation
also identified some drawbacks, including an overly complex governance structure and an
incomplete monitoring system, alongside a lack of systematic reporting on the financing
leveraged by EU Missions. These findings contributed to refining of the monitoring
framework for the 2026 assessment, in particular with the integration of portions of the
framework designed to assess the progress and impact of Horizon Europe (219) as well as
the inclusion of a dedicated analysis of financing leveraged outside of the framework
programme (Section III, chapter 3). Finally, the Missions Monitoring Flash (220) (2025)
provided instead a comprehensive overview of Horizon Europe funding with regards to
EU Missions.
At the national level, EU Missions’ MEL mechanisms remain largely under
development (221) (222). Only a few countries – Austria, France, and Portugal – demonstrate
more structured systems capable of linking national monitoring with the implementation
of Mission objectives. Austria has developed an integrated monitoring and learning system
for the Mission Cities, with a defined set of indicators and an evaluation launched in 2025.
France maintains established monitoring structures under the Climate and Resilience Law,
the National Cancer Plan and water and soil programmes, ensuring strong data collection
at both national and regional levels. Portugal relies on its National Adaptation Strategy and
national cancer control reporting as indirect mechanisms that feed Mission-relevant data,
(216) The 2023 assessment was based on a framework that was independent from the individual Missions’
monitoring structures, which at the time were either not mature enough or non-existent.
(217) European Commission. (2024). Commission Expert Group to support the monitoring of EU missions
(final report of the EG). https://doi.org/10.2777/076494
(218) COM/2025/189 final
(219) Annex V of the Horizon Europe Regulation outlines the monitoring and evaluation framework designed
to assess the progress and impact of Horizon Europe. The framework is based on nine Key Impact
Pathways (KIPs), with KIP5 being entirely dedicated to Missions. The horizontal section of this
assessment uses selected KIPs as a data source.
(220) Horizon Europe Missions monitoring flash
(221) Survey of EU Member States and Associated Countries part of the Horizon Europe Strategic Programme
Committees (SPC survey)
(222) The cross-EU nature of EU Missions implies that the responsibility for coherent MEL mechanisms
should primarily fall within the EU’s remit. However, Member States and Associated Countries can
play an important role by contributing to EU-level monitoring exercises with information and data.
EU Missions in 2026 116
supported by its participation in Horizon Europe coordination projects such as ECHoS and
BlueMissionMed.
1.5. Conclusions on governance
EU Missions have established governance structures that go beyond traditional R&I
programme management. These structures are allowing them to address the complexity of
their objectives by connecting the policy domains and geographical levels required for
change.
At EU level, these structures have enabled a more comprehensive approach, ensured
coherence across different strands of action, and facilitated the integration of Missions into
the broader EU policy landscape. This governance is supported by strategic planning
instruments which ensure complex, multi-step actions are visible in the long term. By
sequencing workstreams, responsibilities and enabling conditions, these instruments help
align different actors and support coherent and adaptive implementation across the Mission
ecosystem.
Governance arrangements set up by national authorities remain heterogeneous. At the
same time, EU Missions have developed particularly strong links with sub-national levels
via direct channels that connect the EU and national, regional and local stakeholders. This
reflects the central role of sub-national levels in translating Mission objectives into
concrete action on the ground.
MEL mechanisms are maturing and being increasingly integrated into the Missions’
steering and planning. However, it remains challenging to identify meaningful indicators
and scale data collection to adequately capture progress towards highly ambitious and
systemic objectives. These challenges are inherent to the nature of Missions and are being
continuously addressed in the oversight of MEL structures.
2. CITIZENS AND STAKEHOLDERS’ ENGAGEMENT
EU Missions target areas of broad public interest: climate adaptation, cancer, ocean and
waters, green cities, and soil. Engaging citizens, local authorities, businesses, civil society
and practitioners helps ensure that mission objectives, solutions and pathways are
grounded in real needs and contexts, increasing their relevance, feasibility and uptake on
the ground. Besides, stakeholders contribute practical knowledge, help identify barriers
and enablers and support co-creation and experimentation. Citizen engagement also
strengthens democratic legitimacy and trust. Involving citizens fosters transparency,
shared ownership and public support, which are critical for sustaining long-term action and
political commitment. The goal is therefore to establish strategic direction, engagement,
coordination, and effective collaboration among diverse stakeholders.
The 2023 Communication on EU Missions identified several challenges related to citizen
and stakeholder engagement, including low involvement of the private sector, as well as a
general lack of awareness about the benefits and potential of EU Missions as a whole. The
Communication emphasised the need to enhance citizen and stakeholder engagement to
ensure the success and impact of EU Missions. This section assesses the extent to which
the EU Missions mobilise and involve citizens, communities, and stakeholders from across
sectors in a meaningful and sustained way, ensuring that missions are co-shaped by those
EU Missions in 2026 117
they aim to serve, offering a basis for comparing the progress made since the 2023
Communication.
This engagement pillar specifically aims to assess whether the EU Missions have fostered
engagement in a way that ensures collaboration, co-creation, and awareness raising among
diverse and numerous stakeholders. It presents an analysis of data related to the four key
dimensions of engagement:
• size of engagement,
• co-creation/collaboration,
• diversity of engagement,
• awareness/inspiration.
The analysis is primarily based on data collected from Member States and Associated
Countries, European Commission Services, Mission-funded projects, and analyses of
mentions of the Missions in social media and online media, as well as references to
previous reports and surveys on the implementation of the EU Missions (see annex).
2.1. Size of engagement
A significant participation is essential to the success of EU Missions as it affects their
transformative potential, extending their impact far beyond individual projects. A critical
mass of engagement makes transformation visible, self-reinforcing, and harder to reverse,
accelerating the spread of innovative solutions. When good practices are tested, adapted,
and replicated across networks, learning and diffusion happen faster, while economies of
scale enhance cost-effectiveness and market viability. Moreover, widespread participation
strengthens political durability, as it builds legitimacy and long-term commitment.
Engagement within this scale is not uniform but spans a continuum, from awareness and
information-sharing to consultation, co-creation and active participation, allowing
different actors to contribute at levels suited to their capacities while collectively
reinforcing the Missions’ transformative momentum.
To this end, a wide array of methods has been employed to engage stakeholders, including
regular meetings, policy webinars, dialogues, bus roadshows, flagship events such as
annual conferences or thematic forums, hackathons, or quizzes. Newsletters and social
media platforms played a crucial role in information dissemination. Concrete forms of
engagement involved participation in action-oriented formats, such as living labs,
lighthouses, and pilot actions, where actors are directly involved in testing solutions and
implementing actions.
As a result, Missions have engaged an extensive range of stakeholders at scale, as reported
by MS/ACs. For example, commitment to Missions’ objectives is reflected in a high
number of formal pledges and affiliations. 112 cities committed to climate neutrality under
Mission Cities (223). More than 3 500 signatories were gathered to the Mission Soil
Manifesto (685 legal entities and 2 837 individuals) (224). And Mission Ocean Charter has
(223) https://netzerocities.eu/mission-cities/
(224) https://mission-soil-platform.ec.europa.eu/community/signatories-and-friends
EU Missions in 2026 118
attracted more than 1 100 pledged actions (including 16 Member States, over 30 regions,
and 70 municipalities) representing EUR 8 billion (225). In addition, 327 regional and local
authorities from 30 countries (representing more than 280 million inhabitants) have
formally joined the Mission Climate Adaptation by signing the Mission Charter and
another 63 private companies, service centres, research networks, and local action groups
have endorsed the Charter and become friends of the Mission (226).
Events, participatory formats and learning programmes going beyond R&I activities have
also mobilised large numbers of stakeholders and citizens. Major Mission-level events
include the Mission Cities 2025 Annual Conference with over 825 participants and the
third Annual Mission Ocean and Waters Forum, which attracted more than 1 500
participants (227). The Mission Cancer roadshow organised in Poland, Lithuania and
Romania attracted over 16 000 visitors (228), reached nearly 16 million people through
media and partnered with 59 local stakeholders (e.g. hospitals, research centres, patient
organisations, etc.). Mission Cities partnered with 78 cities through its Twinning Learning
Programme and trained more than 70 cities in systemic transition approaches. The
European Mission Soil Week regularly gathers 300 participants on-site and more than 1
000 online. Moreover, web, media and newsletter outreach has further amplified reach.
Mission Soil outreach activities reached 15.2 million people through social media,
newsletters and events, supported by 4 912 newsletter subscribers and 115 073 website
pageviews (229). Between 2025-2026, Mission Cancer stakeholder engagement boost
activities, including thematic events during Poland, Denmark and Cyprus Presidencies of
the Council of the European Union have reached approximately 15 million people.
In terms of participation to Mission projects as beneficiaries, the number of participants
indicates a significant growth, having doubled from 3 000 in September 2023 to 6 400 in
October 2025 (230) (231). It is worth mentioning that some stakeholders participate in
multiple Mission initiatives (32% of the stakeholder survey respondents indicated being
part of more than 5 initiatives related to EU Missions).
Stakeholders highlight demand for further engagement activities: 53% of all stakeholder
survey respondents have indicated the need for more citizens events, and 47% have called
for more stakeholder events. 42% of respondents have called for more integrated
communication campaigns (188) and 37% believe that Mission ambassadors should be
more relied on for outreach (163).
(225) https://maritime-forum.ec.europa.eu/theme/research/mission-ocean-and-waters_en
(226) https://op.europa.eu/en/publication-detail/-/publication/f5bb6378-5ba7-11f0-a9d0-01aa75ed71a1
(227) Secretariats survey
(228) https://projects.research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/en/funding/funding-opportunities/funding-
programmes-and-open-calls/horizon-europe/eu-missions-horizon-europe/eu-mission-
cancer/implementation-page/eu-cancer-mission-roadshow
(229) Secretariats survey
(230) e-Corda
(231) It should be noted that this growth can be largely explained by the fact that the vast majority of the
Missions’ projects launched after September 2023.
EU Missions in 2026 119
Geographic coverage of stakeholder engagement in EU Missions is substantial. In terms
of participation intensity, a majority of regions are represented in Mission projects,
although engagement levels differ amongst regions. Data (232) indicates only one NUTS1
region (EU major socio-economic regions) without any participants in the Missions to date
(Corsica, France). At NUTS2 level (EU basic regions), only 9% of regions, distributed
across 10 MS (233), have no participants to date. And at NUTS3 level (EU small regions),
participation in Mission projects extends to 571 regions, representing around 50% of all
NUTS3 regions.
According to the 2025 JRC report on local and regional actors in Mission-oriented
innovation (234), the geographical distribution of EU Missions participation shows both
progress and remaining challenges. Although participation spans a wide territorial base,
funding remains concentrated: the top 20 regions - mostly major metropolitan areas such
as Amsterdam, Brussels, Barcelona, Paris, and Madrid - account for 41.7% of total Mission
funding (compared to 36.9% for Horizon Europe overall). This reflects the strong role of
urban hubs hosting universities, research centres, and large businesses. Overall, EU
Missions achieve broad territorial coverage, while participation remains skewed towards
metropolitan regions, indicating potential to further stimulate engagement in rural and peri-
urban areas. Mission Cancer and Mission Cities have the highest funding concentration in
terms of overall geographical coverage, reflecting Mission Cancer’s focus on specialised
research hubs (e.g. major health centres) and Mission Cities’ deliberate strategy of
targeting 112 cities for CCCs. Mission Ocean and Mission Soil show greater geographic
dispersion, engaging a larger number of regions through mechanisms like charters, forums,
and local partnerships. Mission Climate Adaptation is positioned in between, in third place
for both concentration of funding in NUTS3 regions and in terms of average funding per
NUTS3 region, and in second place for the number of NUTS3 regions with participants,
with a total of 327 regional and local authorities from 25 EU Member States having signed
the Mission Charter at the time of the report (235).
Overall, the data on size of engagement and broad geographical coverage demonstrate that
the EU Missions are not only achieving scale, but actively creating and mobilising
communities around shared objectives. While critical mass is essential to build momentum
and visibility, it is not sufficient on its own. The Missions’ transformative potential also
depends on who makes up these communities, how diverse they are, and how effectively
they collaborate over time.
(232) e-Corda
(233) Austria, Belgium, Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Hungary, Poland, Romania and Spain
(234) European Commission. (2025). Territoriality and multi-level governance of missions: Exploring the
role of local and regional actors in mission-oriented innovation and industrial policies.
https://doi.org/10.2760/2715342
(235) The data are derived from Figure 8 of the 2025 JRC report (p. 13), which presents key figures on the
territorial coverage of EU Missions at NUTS3 level. “Concentration in top 3 regions” refers to the share
of total Mission funding allocated to the three NUTS3 regions receiving the highest funding. “Average
funding per region” is calculated as total Mission funding divided by the number of participating
NUTS3 regions.
EU Missions in 2026 120
2.2. Co-creation/collaboration
The EU Missions’ objectives do not only need the involvement of diverse actors, but also
for them to work together, creating integrated solutions, rather than isolated projects. Co-
creation lies at their heart, as it allows scientific, technical, regulatory and practical
considerations to be aligned from the start. The performance of EU Missions is based on
collaboratively ensuring that the results are relevant, widely supported, and aligned with
the real needs and aspirations of those who will ultimately implement and benefit from
them.
Within the monitoring framework of Horizon Europe, Key Impact Pathways 6 measures
the involvement of EU citizens and end-users in the co-creation of content within projects.
Over 91 Mission projects have been identified where citizens or end-users contribute
significantly to the R&I process. This involvement can range from consultation and
dissemination activities to co-creation and co-ownership or joint decision-making.
Compared to other components of the programme, this indicator scores better for Missions,
illustrating a stronger emphasis on fostering collaboration and integrating societal
perspectives into the research process.
On top of projects-specific activities, a wide range of mechanisms are put in place for co-
creation at different levels of the Missions’ implementation.
Governance structures described earlier in this report are instrumental to strategic
collaboration across policy fields and geographic levels. Mission Implementation
Platforms have peer learning, twinning and matchmaking mechanisms. A Mutual Learning
Exercise was carried out between 2024 and 2025 for national governments to share their
practices on Mission implementation (236). Deliberative mechanisms such as citizen
assemblies and co-design workshops are also a common practice. For instance, Mission
Ocean uses citizen-centric initiatives, including co-creation workshops with coastal
communities, citizen mobilisation campaigns like Plastic Pirates, and citizen science
projects. Its Mission Charter and Lighthouses initiative has collected 480+ stakeholder
actions, while regional innovation ecosystems like WaterCampus Leeuwarden drive
research and collaboration. The Climate Adaptation Mission tries to advance the
knowledge and innovation on citizen engagement for climate adaptation through projects
CLIMAS and AGORA. It also provides technical assistance to regions and local authorities
to engage citizen and stakeholders in their adaptation efforts. Between 2023-2026, the
Cancer Mission has, through a series of thematic workshops and the 2023 Young Cancer
Survivors conference, gathered around 100 young cancer survivors, health professionals,
MEPs, projects, and policymakers to discuss specific needs and gaps and support the
Cancer Mission to define concrete solutions. Moreover, it mandates two key principles in
call for proposals: first, funded projects must join cross-disciplinary clusters to drive
impact through shared research, policy and public engagement; second, projects should
also systematically embed end-users (patients, survivors, citizens) in co-design and
implementation, ensuring solutions are both innovative and rooted in real-world needs.
Mission Cities emphasises co-creation of Climate City Contracts, and the collaboration
(236) https://projects.research-and-innovation.ec.europa.eu/en/statistics/policy-support-facility/eu-missions-
implementation-national-level
EU Missions in 2026 121
with industry partners e.g. though a EUR 50 million joint call for zero-emission mobility
solutions, alongside social innovation tools like participatory budgeting. Mission Soil
engaged 3 500+ signatories for its Manifesto with projects like HUMUS, involving 33
regions in co-creating Territorial Management Agreements (237).
As an outcome of engagement activities, cooperation emerged as a significant theme on
social media in 2023, mentioned by approximately 15% of all mentions of EU Missions.
Challenges to effective co-creation include scaling up societal awareness and acceptance,
promoting mobilisation, and facilitating collaboration (238).
While co-creation and involving various types of stakeholders bring many benefits, it can
also pose challenges and comes with slower processes, due to the need to balance
conflicting interests and tailoring approaches to different needs. For example, private
companies may prioritise economic interests, while public authorities focus on policy
goals.
2.3. Diversity of engagement
The involvement of a wide range of actors, sectors, groups and territories is important to
achieve the EU Missions’ objectives, because they require complementary expertise and
different actors each hold different parts of the solution. When stakeholders are involved
in shaping solutions from the outset, it ensures relevance and ownership; the resulting
actions are better aligned with real needs and more widely supported. This ensures that
Missions reflect the needs, constraints and ambitions of those who will ultimately
implement and live with the changes.
Ensuring participation and engagement from non-traditional stakeholders is particularly
important in the context of EU Missions. Non-traditional stakeholders refers to actors who
do not usually participate in R&I activities but who are directly involved in, affected by,
or essential to implementing solutions on the ground: citizens and civil society
organisations (NGOs, community groups), local and regional authorities and public service
providers, practitioners and end-users (e.g. farmers, fishers, healthcare professionals, urban
planners), SMEs, start-ups, social enterprises outside the “research community”,
foundations, investors, and intermediaries, education, cultural and creative actors.
Evidence from project data (239), surveys (240), and social media all indicate engagement
with the EU Missions by a diverse range of stakeholders. Stakeholders were numerous to
report (241) that the benefits from their Mission involvement include engaging with
stakeholders they usually do not collaborate with (30%), working with new types of
organisations (22%), and engaging citizens (15%).
(237) Secretariats survey
(238) European Commission. (2024). Commission Expert Group to support the monitoring of EU Missions
(Final Report of the EG). https://doi.org/10.2777/076494
(239) e-Corda
(240) Survey of Mission’s Stakeholders (Stakeholders survey), SPC survey
(241) Stakeholders survey
EU Missions in 2026 122
Traditional R&I actors from research and higher education organisations account for
around three-quarters of EU Mission projects coordinators. However, there are also project
coordinators from non-traditional stakeholders, including businesses (11%), public bodies
(less than 5%), and “others” including NGOs (12%). For project participants, the share of
non-traditional partners accounts for approximately 23% research organisations, 20%
higher/secondary education establishments, 21% businesses, and 14% public bodies, while
16% identified as “other” (including NGOs). This is aligned with the analysis of funding
by stakeholder type in the 2025 JRC report (242) which found that non-traditional R&I
stakeholders are better represented in Missions than in Horizon Europe as a whole: non-
traditional actors secure 10.7% of funding in EU Missions compared to 3.3% in Horizon
Europe. This analysis is not considering other actors participating via cascade grants. This
type of financial support to third parties is used by many Mission projects (e.g. the Mission
Soil Living Labs or Pathways2Resilience) to facilitate the participation of small actors
(such as farmers or communities) who would not otherwise be able to do so.
Furthermore, the SME share of business participants is 86% in mid-2023 and has remained
consistent ever since, making SMEs by far the bulk of business participation. The highest
proportion is found in projects funded under the Mission Ocean (20%) and Mission Soil
(20%), while the lowest proportion is found in Mission Cancer (14%) (243).
At national level, the engagement of private sector actors (industry, financial sector, etc.)
was at an early stage.On average, the depth and quality (from 1 lowest to 5 highest) of
stakeholder engagement activities were ranked at a moderate level, while varying across
countries. This variation reflects different national governance traditions regarding their
preferred forms of stakeholder engagement in R&I actions, as well as Mission-specific
contexts. Accordingly, the Commission Expert Group to support the monitoring of EU
Missions acknowledged that there is high heterogeneity in the importance placed and
actual designs of citizen and stakeholder engagement in EU Missions (244). Engagement
activities varied by Mission and context, evolving alongside governance and
implementation structures, primarily driven by Mission Implementation Platforms and
Secretariats.
Professional interest in the Missions’ topics is the main driver for participation in public
consultations, citizen science initiatives, and local events. Data also shows that citizens
tend to be reactive rather than proactive in their engagement, indicating a need for more
structured approaches to reach out to them. According to a Eurobarometer six-country
survey (245), a lack of awareness and lack of trust in public institutions are amongst the
primary barriers to citizen participation. Lack of interest or not having enough time are, in
(242) European Commission. (2025). Territoriality and multi-level governance of missions: Exploring the
role of local and regional actors in mission-oriented innovation and industrial policies.
https://doi.org/10.2760/2715342
(243) e-Corda
(244) European Commission. (2024). Commission Expert Group to support the monitoring of EU Missions
(Final Report of the EG). https://doi.org/10.2777/076494
(245) European Commission. (2025). Engaging citizens in EU Missions: Insights from a six-country
experimental survey. https://doi.org/10.2777/1415582
EU Missions in 2026 123
most cases, seen as least significant barriers. This suggests that enhancing citizen
engagement with a diverse mix of engagement methods tailored to different participation
preferences is needed to raise awareness and engage the public.
An analysis of the social media accounts with the greatest reach mentioning the EU
Missions shows that a wide range of stakeholder types are engaged. Researchers and
executives are the most engaged profiles regarding the Missions, followed by
teachers/lecturers and politicians. Together, these four profiles account for 70% of all
identifiable account types mentioning the Missions in their posts. Social sciences and
humanities (SSH) voices also play a role in social media discussions. Among the less
traditional R&I profiles engaged on social media were health practitioners, journalists,
artists, students, sales/marketing and IT workers. In terms of fields, environment is
identified as an interest of 20%, with science, business and technology reflecting
approximately 10% each.
Figure 42. Top professions and thematic interests among accounts mentioning the Missions
(Brandwatch).
The public sector also receives a higher share of funding in the Missions (10.7%) than in
Horizon Europe (3.9%). However, this varies across Missions: Mission Cities is
characterised by a strong private sector share (40% of funding), while Mission Climate
Adaptation shows a more balanced funding distribution across stakeholder categories (246).
Examples of actions targeting diverse stakeholders, including the non-traditional ones,
include Mission Climate Adaptation’s and Mission Cities 2024 Citizens Hackathon
Championship which directly involved 300+ citizens and researchers. Mission Ocean, on
the other hand, engaged coastal communities, ports, fishing industries, and policymakers,
with initiatives like the Europe-wide Plastic Pirates campaign involving 13 countries and
over 25 000 students to collect scientific evidence on river pollution, available to be used
afterwards by researchers and policymakers across Europe. Also targeting students, 76
schools are receiving grants for ocean and waters restoration actions, while the ProBleu
project has supported more than 30 schools to connect students with water and marine
ecosystems. In Mission Soil Living Labs, almost half (48.7%) of the beneficiaries are not
research organisations or higher or secondary education establishments (without
considering small actors, such as farmers, involved through cascade grants).
2.4. Awareness and Inspiration
The effectiveness of EU Missions relies fundamentally on widespread awareness among
citizens and stakeholders to generate the societal legitimacy and momentum required for
transformative action. When missions succeed in being known and perceived as
(246) European Commission. (2025). Territoriality and multi-level governance of missions: Exploring the
role of local and regional actors in mission-oriented innovation and industrial policies.
https://doi.org/10.2760/2715342
EU Missions in 2026 124
inspirational, they create shared narratives that motivate diverse actors to contribute their
expertise and resources.
The stakeholder survey shows that a majority of respondents declare having a well-
established knowledge about EU Missions. Overall, stakeholders report a generally good
level of awareness of the EU Missions, with only a small minority indicating low or no
familiarity (247). Traditional R&I actors report a very high knowledge of Missions, but it is
worth noting that non-traditional actors such as NGOs (78%), regional public bodies
(68%), national public bodies (63%) and business organisations (54%) also report
relatively high awareness levels. From all stakeholder categories, citizens report the lowest
level of knowledge about EU Missions; however, awareness remains relatively solid, with
45% indicating good to very good knowledge (248).
The timeline of awareness shows that 31% of stakeholder survey respondents knew of EU
Missions before their launch in 2021 (249). Out of all reported ways in which respondents
found out about the EU Missions, professional/work colleagues accounted for
approximately 23% of mentions, the European Commission or Mission website for about
16%, and academic networks, conferences or other events for roughly 14%.
Social media analysis indicates that awareness of R&I organisations, municipalities,
NGOs, and funders is high, evidenced by frequent LinkedIn posts from these groups
announcing mission-related events/calls/labels. General citizens’ awareness is variable –
city-level initiatives attract local attention, but wider public awareness beyond engaged
communities is less visible.
An analysis of online media coverage examined how mentions of EU Missions contributed
to public awareness by measuring i.e. the potential reach of articles, based on estimated
readership. Social media mentions of Missions were found Europe-wide, with the leading
country being Belgium, reflecting that many EU-level stakeholders are based there,
followed by Spain, Ireland (reflecting the prominence of English posts), Germany, Italy
and France. Activity density was particularly high around EU Mission events and call
announcements (e.g. the launch of Europe's Beating Cancer Plan, the announcement of the
selected Mission Cities, Berlin's failed Climate Referendum).
Estimated readership has reached more than 100 million in certain instances. Overall, the
data shows that cancer-related topics receive the most coverage in online media and social
media, while topics related to sustainable cities are the second most prominent. The
findings translate directly to citizen awareness, as evidenced by the 2025 Eurobarometer
(247) This result should be interpreted with caution, as the survey targeted stakeholders already engaged with
or exposed to EU Missions, for whom a higher level of awareness can reasonably be expected.
(248) 28 respondents selected “citizen” as one of their categories. However, out of those 28, 10 also selected
one or more additional stakeholder categories, resulting in 18 respondents identifying exclusively as
citizens.
(249) Missions and Mission areas were discussed before their official launch in a collaborative process
involving Missions Boards, stakeholders, citizens, etc.
EU Missions in 2026 125
six country survey (250): while data indicates that public concern about all the EU Mission
areas is high (less than 10% say they are not at all concerned about any of the Mission
challenges), over 50% of citizens are particularly concerned about cancer.
The peaks corresponding to significant EU Missions events demonstrate the amplified
public visibility created by these events. Mission weeks, labelled city announcements,
calls, forums, and EC announcements are the main moments when networks amplify
Missions, contributing to public awareness raising.
The stakeholder survey suggests that EU Missions are widely seen as inspirational,
particularly by public authorities, NGOs and research actors, while perceptions are more
moderate among citizens and lowest among private sector associations.
2.5. Conclusions on citizens and stakeholders’ engagement
To achieve their complex objectives, EU Missions must mobilise a critical mass of diverse
stakeholders, each with distinct roles and capacities, and enable their collaboration to drive
transformation that can scale through awareness and inspiration.
The assessment confirms that EU Missions have made significant progress in building and
expanding a broad mission community, demonstrating increasing stakeholder
participation. This growing engagement is reflected in the number of commitments to their
objectives (i.e. Climate City Contracts, Charters, Manifestos), increasing participation of
beneficiaries in Mission projects (from 3 000 in September 2023 to 6 400 in October 2025),
and strong turnout at Mission events. These trends indicate that the Missions are
successfully mobilising a critical mass of actors around shared objectives.
Within these communities, EU Missions have engaged a diverse range of stakeholders and
have a distinctly higher representation of non-traditional actors compared to Horizon
Europe as a whole. While traditional R&I stakeholders still play a central role, public
authorities, industry, civil society and citizens are increasingly involved in Mission
activities, with grassroots and local initiatives playing a particularly important role in
anchoring Missions on the ground (e.g. the 2024 Citizens Hackathon Championship,
Plastic Pirates, and similar citizen-led initiatives).
As Missions progress from R&I towards deployment, the profile of engaged stakeholders
is expected to evolve accordingly. Engagement will need to shift from primarily research-
driven actors to include a greater proportion of implementation-oriented stakeholders, such
as public authorities, regional and local administrations, service providers, market actors,
and civil society organisations capable of scaling and sustaining solutions.
For these diverse actors to work together, mechanisms for collaboration and co-creation
have been established at multiple levels, enabling multi-disciplinary, need-based and
impactful approaches. These mechanisms, such as citizen assemblies, co-design
workshops, or peer learning, twinning and matchmaking activities by the MIPs, should
(250) European Commission. (2025). Engaging citizens in EU Missions: Insights from a six-country
experimental survey. https://doi.org/10.2777/1415582
EU Missions in 2026 126
remain active throughout the replication and upscaling phases, as continued collaboration
is essential for expanding and adapting successful solutions across contexts.
The assessment also shows that awareness of Missions grows through social media and
communication around events and major announcements, creating a ripple effect across a
wider community of actors. However, this visibility is not continuous and remains
concentrated around key moments. Citizens remain the least informed group, suggesting
the need for more targeted outreach through broader channels and multipliers beyond the
R&I community.
Sustaining long-term engagement can be challenging, as stakeholders may experience
information fatigue or be affected by shifting political priorities. However, Missions are
widely regarded as inspirational, which presents a great opportunity to convert this
enthusiasm into lasting commitment and sustained participation.
Overall, EU Missions represent a pioneering effort to mobilise stakeholders around
ambitious shared objectives and to promote societal transformation. The evidence
demonstrates notable achievements in expanding stakeholder diversity and scale, fostering
co-creation, and increasing visibility. The next phase should focus on sustaining
community growth, evolving engagement profiles in line with deployment needs, and
intensifying outreach to citizens to fully realise the transformative potential of EU
Missions.
3. POOLING OF FUNDING AND ACTIONS
EU Mission objectives cannot be achieved through a single funding instrument or policy
lever. Pooling funding and different types of action is essential for EU Missions to match
the scale and complexity of the challenges they aim to address and to enable real systemic
change. By aligning and combining funding streams and actions, Missions avoid isolating
projects and create coherent pathways toward shared goals. The integrated structure of
Missions offers a platform to steer multiple actions and resources in an integrated way.
The 2023 assessment of EU Missions provided an initial snapshot of investments,
highlighting several key areas for improvement due to the limited development at the time.
Important recommendations included building a broader portfolio of instruments beyond
HE as well as a closer alignment between EU funding and Member State programming. In
addition, the assessment called for an increased involvement of additional actors in the
Missions’ activities, such as the European Investment Bank (EIB) and the private sector,
to increase visibility and momentum for organic investment growth.
This section of the assessment examines the extent to which EU Missions have been
effective in pooling finance, as well as in pooling actions. The pooling of finance will be
analysed in terms of their ability to attract additional funds via:
• Direct leverage: attracting additional financing from project participants on top of
the allocated net EU contribution from the Horizon Europe budget.
EU Missions in 2026 127
• Synergies with other parts of Horizon Europe: financing of the HE projects that
are not directly attributed to Missions calls, but mention Missions in their abstracts
and/or topics and/or free keywords (251).
The pooling of actions will be analysed in terms of mechanisms through which Missions
may inspire, trigger, or gather diverse and complementary actions under their umbrella
approach. The analysis is implemented along the following aspects:
• Pooling of actions across means of interventions: combining different types of
actions to tackle the missions’ objectives.
• Pooling of actions across policy fields: addressing objectives that are cross-
disciplinary, where progress depends on coordinated action from multiple sectors.
• Pooling of actions across geographical levels: national strategies and EU
frameworks must support local implementation.
3.1. Pooling of finances
3.1.1. Direct leverage
Direct leverage for the EU Missions is calculated as the additional co-financing received
by projects developed under calls in the work programme (WP) of the Missions. This is
the most direct indicator of private and public actors’ willingness to contribute actively to
the objectives of each Mission. This definition of “direct leverage” is based on Key Impact
Pathway 9 and corresponds to the difference between the net EU contribution received by
each project and participant, and the total costs. This indicator focuses on measuring the
leverage of private sector investment on top of the framework programme funding in the
short-term.
Overall, projects funded under the umbrella of EU Missions calls have leveraged EUR 318
million across 303 projects analysed (252). This represents 4.67% of the total costs linked
to the projects, which amount to EUR 6.8 billion. The Framework Programme’s (253) direct
leverage ratio sits at 18,35%, six times the Missions’, but includes types of action with
lower funding rates which Missions do not have in their toolbox. When considering only
the types of action encountered in the EU Missions’ WP (that is, CSAs, IAs, and RIAs),
the programme’s direct leverage lowers to 7.2%. While the Missions’ direct leverage ratio
across years 2021-2025 is lower than the programme’s figure, there seems to be an upward
trend in the Missions’ leverage: for projects slated to start in 2026 and already encoded,
the direct leverage ratio sits at 7.5% of the total cost, for the first time passing HE’s for
comparable action types.
In terms of direct leverage by type of participant, the analysis shows that private companies
are the main source of external funding received, an expected results given the structure of
(251) Synergies beyond Horizon Europe will be tackled looking at pooling of actions across policy fields and
geographical levels.
(252) The 3034 projects considered include all projects financed under EU Mission calls launched since
Horizon Europe Work Programme 2021-2022 to Work Programme 2023-2024. Data retrieved from e-
Corda on 3 December 2025.
(253) Data retrieved on January 13 from the public Horizon dashboard.
EU Missions in 2026 128
FP funding rules. They contribute with EUR 308 million, covering almost the entirety of
direct leverage for Mission-call projects.
Of the EUR 318 million leveraged by Missions, projects attributed to Cities and Ocean and
Waters Missions raised approximately 30% of the total each, followed by projects for
Climate Adaptation that generated around 25%. On the contrary, the Soil and Cancer
Missions and cross-cutting projects exhibit significantly lower shares of direct leverage
finance, around 5-6% of the total budget (Figure 43).
Looking at the different types of actions, while the distribution of projects shows a
somewhat balanced segmentation, IAs exhibit the largest share of pooling via direct
Figure 44. Shares of total pooling of finance by mission (e-Corda, cut-off date 3 December 2025).
Figure 43. Pooling of finance and projects funded by type of action (e-Corda, cut-off 3 December
2025).
EU Missions in 2026 129
leverage channel, while Coordination and Support Actions (CSA) attract the lowest
amount of external funds (Figure 44). This difference, while remarkable, can be explained
by the IAs lower funding rate, set at 70%, which requires for-profit participants to
contribute with larger amounts of own funding to EU projects.
Geo-localising direct leverage allows to identify those regions that show predisposition to
attracting external funding in the context of EU projects. In absolute terms, Catalunya is
the top performer, with EUR 17 million raised by participants located in the territory when
taking part in Mission projects. Among the regions leveraging more than EUR 4 million
we find clusters of multiple regions from Spain, Italy, and Germany, but also outliers such
as “widening” regions, e.g. Attica (Greece) with EU 14.5 million, Cyprus with EUR 10.5
million, Portugal’s Norte region with EUR 8.8 million, and Bucharest (Romania) with
EUR 4.8 million directly leveraged. Analysing the ratio of leveraged financing compared
to total costs and participation rates, we see that for every four euro in EU funding Liguria
(Italy) has leveraged almost one euro in external funding, across 22 participations. Other
strong performances include those from Provence-Alpes-Côte d’Azur (France) and
Asturias (Spain), who have leveraged almost one euro every five in EU funding. Still, such
levels are only attained in cases where participation is on the lower side of the spectrum.
Regions with high participation generally see, instead, a ratio of 4~7% between direct
leverage and EU funding.
Finally, we performed an analysis of direct leverage amounts clustered by the Regional
Innovation Scoreboard’s regional innovation index (henceforth, RII). Overall, most
pooling occurs in regions with a strong or moderate innovation RII ranking (254).
However, we can also observe some regions in Spain, South of France and the north of
Italy with low levels of RII exhibit high levels of direct financial leverage. At the same
time, most regions in Germany, Belgium, Netherlands and the United Kingdom, do not
raise a lot of finance via direct leverage, while being characterised as regions with high
RII.
3.1.2. Synergies
Under pooling, the terms synergy is used in reference to the contribution from other parts
of Horizon Europe to the EU Missions, identifying projects not funded under Mission calls,
but which explicitly refer to EU Missions in their abstracts, topics, or keywords (255). These
projects represent a small part of the larger EU Mission portfolios, built to collect all
initiatives that relate to the EU Missions but funded outside of their specific work
programme. The total EU funding of these identified 137 projects amounts to EUR 4.2
billion, representing around 9% of the Horizon Europe budget outside the Missions work
programme. When combined with the Missions’ dedicated budget, this brings the overall
share of Horizon Europe resources linked to EU Missions to 21% of the total programme
budget.
(254) The Regional Innovation Index classifies regions based on their innovation performance, measured
against a limited number of indicators, dividing regions into four categories: innovation leaders, strong
innovators, moderate innovators, and emerging innovators
(255) Methodologically, this process represents the most direct and traceable way to establish which projects
set out to achieve formal links to the EU Missions since their drafting phase.
EU Missions in 2026 130
In terms of leveraging external funding, these synergetic projects have raised EUR 2.9
billion. The number is equal to almost ten-fold the total direct leverage raised by Mission
projects alone, showing the importance for the Missions to connect with relevant initiatives
to create impact. However, it is important to note that among these synergetic projects nine
(7% of the segment) are co-funded actions, or European Partnerships (256), which are
explicitly designed to bring in additional external funding as a core feature. If we were to
exclude these nine, the total sum of leveraged finance would drop to EUR 30 million (or,
1.07% of the total).
As shown in table 8, Mission-related projects emerge across multiple parts of HE,
confirming that the Missions’ thematic focus resonates widely within the wider HE
portfolio and mobilises additional complementary resources.
Table 8. Total EU funding destined to projects explicitly referring to the EU Missions per Work
Programme part (257) for years 2021-2026.
Horizon Europe component Total budget (EUR million)
Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions 1.79
Research Infrastructures 307.44
Cluster 1 - Health 857.15
Cluster 2 - Culture, Creativity & Inclusive Society 30.52
Cluster 3 - Civil Security for Society 32.74
Cluster 4 - Digital, Industry & Space 667.90
Cluster 5 - Climate, Energy & Mobility 659.03
Cluster 6 - Food, Bioeconomy, Natural Resources, Agriculture and
Environment
2 074.77
Widening Participation & Strengthening the ERA 15.17
Looking at the breakdown of mission-related projects by action type, we note that RIAs
generate most of the related projects (70%), followed by Coordination and Support Actions
(CSA) with 12% and IAs accounting for 10% of the synergetic projects.
At a first glance, a budgetary breakdown of co-funding raised through these synergies by
entity type reveals a slightly different picture from the direct leverage analysis. The data
show that largest shares of additional funds are channelled through Public Bodies and
Research Organisations, followed by Higher Educational Establishments. This marked
(256) The European Biodiversity Partnership; Partnership for the Assessment of Risks from Chemicals;
Water4All – Water Security for the Planet; European Partnership Driving Urban Transitions; A climate
neutral, sustainable and productive blue economy Partnership; Fostering a European Research Area for
Health Research; European partnership on accelerating farming systems transition – agroecology living
labs and research infrastructures. The ‘European Partnership Driving Urban Transitions’ and ‘A climate
neutral, sustainable and productive blue economy Partnership’ had two rounds of funding under the
Work Programmes which included the EU Missions as an initiative to create synergies with.
(257) From the list of potential synergies, additional MSCA actions had to be excluded from the count, due to
their accounting peculiarities given by the use of lump-sum funding.
EU Missions in 2026 131
difference is mainly explained by the presence of European Partnerships in the mix of
actions analysed, as they often refer to the creation of synergies and collaboration activities
with the Missions. Given their nature, Partnerships attract more public institutions than
other calls and require additional funding.
Considering the specificities of Partnerships as an instrument, their presence in the
compiled list of synergies is of high importance. They share important features with the
Missions, such as strategic directionality in R&I funding, clear destinations and pathways,
and the integration of different work and funding streams. Beyond the synergies explored
in this section, other direct links have been established between the two initiatives. As
reported in the Biannual Monitoring Report of the European Partnerships (258) 34 strategic
exchanges between Partnerships and Missions have been conducted, together with joint
communication and dissemination of results actions, networking of project partners and
capacity building activities, among others.
Finally, the geo-localisation of Mission-related HE budgets reveals pronounced spatial
variation in the distribution of additional funds. Compared to direct leverage, there is more
variety at the top of the ranking for external funding attracted, with less concentration
among key countries. Still, some regions demonstrate consistently high levels of Mission-
aligned leverage, such as Germany or the Netherlands. Others show more modest levels of
engagement, as in Italy’s case, which classified eight regions in the top 50 regions for total
direct leverage, but only two in the same exercise for synergies. This points to potential
disparities in Mission-related absorption capacity, but also highlights areas with already
proven support for Mission activities and opportunities for targeted support. Together,
regional patterns provide an important indication of where the Missions may find fertile
ground for combining or scaling solutions, as well as where further strategic mobilisation
may help broaden participation.
3.2. Pooling of actions
3.2.1. Pooling across means of intervention
Missions need a variety of intervention instruments, which must span the full innovation
cycle, combining R&I funding with regulatory, procurement, investment, and capacity-
building instruments. Some instruments must address barriers that are not only
technological (social, behavioural, regulatory, financial, or organisational obstacles while
others must test and embed solutions on the ground, such as pilots, living labs, public
procurement, and standards.
Over three iterations of the Work Programme, EU Missions have attempted to optimise
research activities for societal impact through different types of actions. These distinct sets
of activities are positioned along the innovation chain, and target diverse fields and
audiences, to anticipate the needs of each Mission in relation to its specific challenges.
Considering the nature of the framework programme, it is not surprising that the relative
majority of topics launched at Mission level can be categorised as targeting the scientific
(258) European Commission: Directorate-General for Research and Innovation, Performance of European
partnerships – Biennial monitoring report 2024 on partnerships in Horizon
Europe. https://data.europa.eu/doi/10.2777/991766
EU Missions in 2026 132
and technological sector in the experimental and stabilisation phases (259). Still,
governance has been an often-recurring theme, with the second largest share of topics
focused on such field of action, and a high number of these in the diffusion phase of the
innovation cycle. This indicates that Missions have already been pooling actions aiming at
scaling up approaches to the relationship between goals and policies that favour
collaborative design.
Table 9. EU Missions Work Programme – number of topics per lever and phase.
At the same time, a funding-focused analysis of Mission topics reveals that funding has
been highly concentrated in experimental science and technology actions. Interestingly,
the largest amount of budget was dedicated to diffusion actions, which signals a prominent
interest in the scale up and replication of activities across different places in Europe.
Steps forward have also been made in terms of the different instruments used in the context
of the work programmes. Among others, the 2023 Communication recommended the use
of public procurement as means of implementation. While it was not used in the first two
instances of the Missions WP, since 2025 four calls were launched in the shape of pre-
commercial public procurement (PCP). The Cities Mission has contributed with one such
action, opened in the context of the 2025 work programme, encouraging public procurers
to stimulate from the demand side the competitive development of market-ready
innovative solutions to reduce greenhouse gas emissions contributing climate neutrality in
local communities.
Additional PCP calls were launched by the Climate Adaptation Mission, targeting the
construction sector to accelerate its preparedness and resilience to climate change, and the
Cancer Mission, focusing on the provision of affordable and innovative solutions in the
treatment of cancer patients, with the final addition of a cross-cutting call including PCP
procedures for the creation of lead markets in the context of the Missions’ challenges. Even
beyond the Missions’ specific work programme, the Climate Adaptation Mission is
planning the launch of a PCP call in collaboration with the Health Cluster of HE for the
development of ‘Tools and technologies to support health adaptation to climate change’.
The use of PCP is crucial to create impact, as it stimulates innovation as it enables the
public sector to steer the development of new solutions directly towards its needs.
The 2023 Communication also recommended increased collaboration with the European
Investment Bank (EIB) because of the distinct mindset and capacities it can offer. Building
on initial cooperation through advisory services, each Mission has since developed tailored
(259) The mapping of Mission topics was based on the combination of ‘phases’ (experimentation,
stabilisation, diffusion, and institutionalisation) and ‘levers’ (governance, finance and economy,
individual and collective action, and science and technology).
EU Missions in 2026 133
forms of collaboration with the EIB to reflect its specific objectives. Since 2023, these
collaborations range from financial and business support to entities involved in projects –
now offered by almost all Missions– to more specific far-reaching initiatives. Notable
examples include the EIB Advisory support for the climate-neutral and smart cities
mission, to which the EIB has earmarked a dedicated EUR 2 billion lending envelope to
support participating Mission cities, and the EU Blue Champions pilot scheme developed
in the context of the Oceans and Waters Mission. In addition, the Climate City Capital Hub
was established by the European Commission under Horizon Europe as part of the
NetZeroCities consortium implementing the Cities Mission and in partnership with the
Climate Adaptation Mission.
3.2.2. Pooling across policy fields
Since their launch, the EU Missions have improved their presence in other mainstream
policy initiatives at EU level, with different levels of development. Given their foundation
in R&I, it has not always been evident how to best frame the Missions in other policy fields
without fundamental questions arising over the scope or the ownership of the initiative.
Nonetheless, important progress has been made in embedding the Missions into their
respective broader thematic policy field, which provide a base on which to develop further.
The Oceans and Waters Mission has been linked to two important initiatives in its field of
action: the European Ocean Pact and the European Water Resilience Strategy. In both
cases, the Mission’s achievements are leveraged to become a building block of larger
initiatives that do not have a specific R&I focus, but can benefit from the innovations
developed by the Mission in these first years, including protecting ocean health, restoring
water cycles, supporting coastal communities and securing clean water for all.
The Mission Soil takes a full part in the Soil Strategy where it will be the instrument for
liaising with Member States to create a community of practitioners to improving soil-
related modelling capacities. In similar fashion, the Cancer Mission is an established
partner of the Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan, where it acts as the R&I engine, producing
knowledge, technologies, and solutions for prevention, screening, early detection and
diagnosis, treatment, and quality of life.
The Climate Adaptation Mission is one of the main implementation vectors of the EU
Adaptation Strategy. As climate adaptation continues to gain traction, the upcoming
integrated framework for climate resilience is being grounded by the experience and
knowledge created by the Climate Adaptation Mission.
This dynamic is also visible in the Cities Mission. By supporting cities in developing
Climate City Contracts (CCCs) - integrated strategies combining climate action
planning, governance arrangements and investment pathways – the Mission has created a
framework for coordinating local action towards climate neutrality. The Policy Agenda
for Cities (2025) takes this approach further as part of a broader effort to streamline and
strengthen the landscape of EU initiatives supporting cities.
Moreover, the Missions have developed a strong and stable process to compile portfolios
of actions, across all relevant EU funding sources, that contribute to their objectives. These
portfolios provide a vast overview of initiatives taken in the context of those EU
programmes that have not been built with the Missions in mind – such as the LIFE,
EU Missions in 2026 134
EU4Health, EMFAF (European Maritime, Fisheries and Aquaculture Fund) or Erasmus+
programmes. In total, over 1 700 actions have been found and validated as contributing to
the objectives of the Missions, coming from 24 different programmes. In terms of size, the
most important programmes are Interreg (489 projects identified), the current iteration of
the LIFE Programme (487 projects) and its predecessor (156), and the EU4Health
programme with 142 projects.
The distribution of projects across portfolios also sheds some light on potential structured
synergies. Of the programmes mentioned, only Interreg projects appear in all portfolios,
while the Erasmus+ programme has also contributed at least one project to each Mission
portfolio. LIFE has benefited all Missions apart from the Cancer Mission, and potential
contributions from the Digital Europe programme have so far only missed the Mission
Soil. More in detail, EU4Health projects contribute not only to the Cancer Mission (115
out of 142 projects), but have provided interesting activities for the Cities Mission too.
Still, together, these programmes provide the support needed to expand the values and
objectives of the Missions beyond Horizon Europe.
Finally, in the context of cohesion policy, the European Regional Development Fund
(ERDF) programmes contribute to strengthening the regional innovation ecosystems and
enhancing regions’ R&I capacities to enable participation in Missions activities, as well as
facilitate the deployment of the innovative solutions emerging from the Missions on the
ground. This generates upstream and downstream synergies, respectively.
3.2.3. Pooling across geographical levels
Across Member States and Associated Countries, a range of national, regional and (non-
HE) EU funding instruments are being mobilised in support of the EU Missions. Several
countries report substantial dedicated contributions from their national programmes: for
example, Austria, which allocates over EUR 50 million annually across national R&I
schemes and its Climate-Neutral Cities Mission, alongside targeted calls, municipal
capacity-building and ERDF support. Other countries, such as Belgium (Flanders) and
Estonia, emphasise that mission-relevant activities are embedded across broad, bottom-up
or whole-of-government R&I systems, making it difficult to quantify mission-specific
allocations.
Some MSs provide indicative figures for specific Missions (Lithuania’s EUR 1.2 million
on support for soil monitoring and specific support for Climate City Contracts and,
Germany’s integration of the Cancer Mission in its National Decade Against Cancer
programme, endowed with EUR 125 million, and Ireland’s use of EU4Health and Shared
Island funding for cancer research). Others, like France, highlight extensive use of multiple
EU programmes by national and local actors to support Mission funding received by
national applicants, in addition to combinations with national funding. Several Member
States report additional support through thematic national programmes (e.g. Portugal 2030
for climate action, Sweden’s mission-oriented innovation programmes, Slovakia’s
environmental and Interreg funding). Norway notes significant national investments in
marine, climate and cancer research, though often not explicitly labelled under the
Missions.
EU Missions in 2026 135
Overall, while there is evidence of mobilisation of diverse funding sources at national and
sub-national levels for Mission-related activities, many national authorities underline the
difficulty of isolating exact amounts due to integrated programming, fragmented funding
systems and the absence of mission-tagged expenditure across national and EU
instruments. A missed opportunity, then, was the coordination between the EU Missions
and the national Recovery and Resilience Plans (RRPs) articulated in the context of the
Recovery and Resilience Fund. A text-based analysis reveals that up to 285 initiatives in
total, across all RRPs, can be thematically connected to the EU Missions (260). In practice,
greater coordination could have been achieved through explicit mission tagging of relevant
projects and a dedicated coordination mechanism between Mission governance structures
and the RRP actions’ owners. This would have enabled more systematic view pooling of
resources, strengthened strategic coherence, and improved the ability to monitor and
demonstrate the added value of RRP contributions to Mission objectives.
3.3. Conclusions on pooling of funding and actions
Looking at the ability of EU Missions to pool funding and actions, the analysis reveals the
critical importance of mechanisms for pooling, aligning and coordinating in driving
progress towards the Missions' objectives, with significant implications for future
policymaking and strategic decision-making. Considering data, the Missions have
managed to raise EUR 318 million over the past years, representing around 5% of the total
expenditure on launched or planned projects. While the total ratio of direct leverage raised
is today below the usual Horizon Europe figure, there are clear signs that the trend is
moving upwards and could pass the framework programme’s direct leverage in the coming
years.
A focal point, within Horizon Europe funding, is the creation of synergies with other
projects outside of Mission calls. Our analysis shows that, in sheer numbers, there have
been many instances where Missions were specifically referred to in the text of other calls
launched. Positively, this was the case not only for typical collaborative calls, but also for
European Partnerships, a key area for Missions to build collaboration in. For the second
half of the Missions’ term, still, it will be crucial to build synergies that can also bring in
external funding: to date, Partnerships represent almost the totality of external funding
added through synergetic projects.
In addition to funding figures, it is also crucial to consider the development that the
Missions have shown, switching from setting up their supporting structures in their initial
phase, to more complex attempts at delivering impact through different types of
instruments. This is demonstrated by the use of different types of activities, not only within
the boundaries of the framework programmes, but also in collaboration with different
actors, such as the Member States and the European Investment Bank.
Beyond funding, the pooling of actions shows promising signs for impact in the second
half of the Missions’ lifecycle. The area where most dynamism is already perceivable is
the use of different instruments and actions, with the increased use of pre-commercial
procurement, and a strong ongoing collaboration with the European Investment Bank.
(260) It should be noted that text-based analysis has inherent limitations, and full alignment with the Missions’
objectives would require further validation.
EU Missions in 2026 136
Alongside these developments, the efforts undertaken at policy level also show potential
for broader ramifications: by positioning the Missions in other key initiatives of the
Commission, they can show to be a reliable partner for innovative solutions, and they can
find springboards to achieve impact throughout society.
In terms of the geographical diffusion of pooling, progress has been made in the
representation of regions from all Member States, across all levels of innovation capacity.
While increasing the amounts of leverage collected is an important goal for the following
years, it is important to underline that Member States have also provided insights on the
combination of different programmes and funds outside the framework programme itself.
4. KNOWLEDGE CREATION, USAGE AND SCALING-UP
EU Missions are expected to develop learning ecosystems where knowledge is co-created
rather than simply transmitted. Diverse actors – public authorities, research organisations,
industry, end-users, etc. – should co-create knowledge and solutions. Structures within the
Missions’ ecosystems should allow the results of co-creation to be tested, adapted, shared,
replicated and scaled up. In addition, dedicated mechanisms should allow actors to learn
from each other’s challenges and successes, refine effective approaches and develop the
skills to implement, use and deploy results in the best way. These ecosystems reduce
perceived risks for individual actors and strengthen ownership, making it easier to try new
approaches and invest in change.
Considering the above, this section explores the EU Missions’ actual ability to create, use
and scale up knowledge. The assessment is carried out across four dimensions:
• Creation of knowledge and solutions: how and what Missions are producing in
terms of new knowledge and solutions.
• Knowledge and solution sharing, skills development and dissemination: how
Missions organise the dissemination of knowledge and solutions and support the
development of skills and capacities required for implementation and scaling.
• Deployment and use of solutions: how solutions put forward by Missions move
from design to practice – focusing on uptake, replication and scaling.
This section mainly relies on data collected from Member States and Associated Countries,
European Commission services and Mission-funded projects (261).
4.1. Creation of knowledge and solutions
This section analyses how Missions generate new knowledge and develop solutions to
fulfil their objectives. Missions foster transdisciplinary R&I by bringing together scientific
disciplines, technical expertise, and perspectives. Knowledge is co-produced through real-
world experimentation, pilot projects, and place-based approaches, ensuring that solutions
are problem-driven, context-specific, and oriented towards societal impact rather than
solely academic outputs.
(261) A full list of sources is included in the annex.
EU Missions in 2026 137
Across 306 Mission projects (262), knowledge production is visible both through academic
outputs (e.g. publications) and tangible outputs (e.g. technologies, monitoring systems,
policy and regulatory arrangements, financing models, etc.).
Missions have produced 156
peer-reviewed publications over
2021–2025 (263). These are
distributed unevenly across
Missions (figure 45) and are
associated with different action
types. A notable share of
publications in Missions Cities
and Ocean and Waters originate
from projects focused on
piloting and demonstrating
innovations in real-world
settings (IAs), indicating that at
least part of the demonstration
activity is documented and subject to external scientific review. By contrast, Mission
Cancer and Mission Soil show a stronger publication contribution from upstream R&I
activity (RIAs) consistent with their reliance on research-intensive knowledge generation
alongside solution development.
Besides peer-reviewed publications, the Missions’ primary contribution in terms of
knowledge creation lies in the broad and diversified set of solutions they produce, spanning
the full innovation chain. According to the Survey of the five Mission Secretariats
(Secretariats Survey), these include operational outputs (e.g. monitoring systems,
diagnostic tools, restoration infrastructures), new policy, regulatory and governance
arrangements (e.g. contractual frameworks and governance models), and financing and
business models that mobilise investment and uptake. In parallel, Missions produce
substantial knowledge-sharing and capacity-building outputs (various types of
publications, guidelines, training, advisory services), as well as analytical tools and
models, which underpin planning and decision-making (see section 4.2).
(262) The data cut-off date is 28 November 2025.
(263) Defined as number of validated, foreground publications published in peer-reviewed outlets (KIP1)
defined in Annex V to the Horizon Europe Regulation).
Figure 45. Share of publications and peer-reviewed
publications/projects ratio per Mission (e-Corda).
12%
26%
5%
32%
24%
0,36
0,68
0,31
0,67 0,67
Mission
Adaptation
Mission
Cancer
Mission Cities Mission Ocean
Waters
Mission Soil
Shares Publications per project
EU Missions in 2026 138
Table 10. Example of solutions developed by the Mission Ocean and Waters.
Mission Ocean and Waters already developed 118 solutions, complemented by 139 solutions produced
by Charter Actions. These include pollution-prevention and remediation technologies (e.g. microplastics
and nutrient-recovery systems), zero-carbon shipping and port infrastructure, blue-carbon restoration and
circular aquaculture and marine bio-based products, basin-scale Lighthouse governance arrangements and
circular blue-economy models, ocean knowledge infrastructures such as ecosystem and pollution
assessments, biodiversity and hydrosphere datasets, the Digital Ocean & Water Knowledge System and
Digital Twin Ocean.
Solutions developed by Missions are demand-driven, compared to those resulting from
other Horizon Europe projects. This type of knowledge production is ensured by the active
participation of user communities in the prioritisation, design and creation of knowledge
outputs. Co-production is evident in the high involvement of non-research organisations in
Missions’ projects. Research organisations and universities represent 47% of the
participant organisations, while users such as companies, public organisations – including
regional authorities, cities, associations, NGOs, clusters, and more – and other types of
communities represent 53%. This is substantially different from the rest of Horizon
Europe, where research organisation and universities account for 64% of participants and
user communities represent only 36%. The integration of knowledge creation within the
communities, territories, and systems needing change is one the Missions’ most unique
contributions to the European R&I landscape.
4.2. Sharing of knowledge and solutions, development of skills, dissemination
This section analyses how Missions organise the exchange and dissemination of
knowledge and solutions within and beyond their ecosystems, including the development
of skills and capacities required for implementation and scaling.
All Missions have established effective mechanisms for knowledge and solution-sharing,
supported by dedicated structures that promote cross-learning, coordination, and the
dissemination of results. Missions have formalised communities of practice, peer-learning
formats, helpdesks and working groups, encouraging ongoing feedback among
implementation actors. These mechanisms are supported by Mission Implementation
Platforms and online portals that serve as diffusion infrastructures, providing repositories,
solution libraries, and learning materials. The compliance of all Missions with Horizon
Europe’s open-access and FAIR data requirements (264) further facilitates knowledge
exchange and its dissemination.
Missions’ projects include activities from research and development down to
implementation – as demonstrated by the different action types within each Mission (265).
(264) Principles to ensure that research data are Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, and Reusable. These
requirements guide how data should be managed and shared, promoting transparency, reproducibility,
and the efficient reuse of data across projects and research communities.
(265) Three action types may underpin EU Missions projects: RIAs, IAs or coordination and support actions
(CSAs). RIAs establish new knowledge and/or explore new or improved solutions – they are upstream
and further away from markets. IAs are closer to market deployment and produce plans or designs for
new or improved solutions including prototyping, testing, demonstrating, piloting, large-scale product
validation and market replication. CSAs do not produce new knowledge or solutions; instead, they
support cooperation between legal entities from the EU and Associated Countries and may include e.g.
EU Missions in 2026 139
Taken together, these actions suggest a coherent logic that links upstream and downstream
R&I, which is integral to the design of the Missions. In this regard, each Mission combines
scientific research, demonstration, social innovation, and standardisation efforts that
enable cross-learning and dissemination. An analysis of these groups of projects shows
that Missions tend to focus more on downstream implementation, with IAs representing
41% of Missions’ projects compared to 9% of Horizon Europe projects. This is consistent
with the Missions’ objective to bring knowledge closer to deployment. However, a high
share of IAs alone does not demonstrate strong links between upstream research and
downstream deployment. The extent to which different action types are connected and
collectively managed as integrated portfolios varies, and evidence of linkages between
RIAs and IAs is insufficient.
The Missions’ ability to build capacities and skills is closely linked to the sharing and
dissemination of knowledge and solutions. These capacities and skills are crucial for
implementation and scaling. The Secretariats survey shows that all Missions built
structured mechanisms to strengthen their stakeholder communities’ skills and absorptive
capacity. Three main categories of mechanisms exist:
• Formalised training and capacity building, including recurring, formal formats
such as seasonal schools, thematic webinars, national training sessions, and
workforce skills initiatives.
• Peer-learning architectures in the forms of Communities of Practice, discussion
and working groups, study visits, or twinning activities.
• Technical assistance asa skills transfer mechanism, including advisory services,
help desks, and feasibility studies.
These mechanisms have involved 6 865 researchers (266) across all Missions and are
supported by learning infrastructures embedded within or alongside the Mission
Implementation Platforms.
In addition, there is evidence that some of the Missions’ integration with external
knowledge systems and cross-Mission synergies are used to facilitate upskilling. For
example, Mission Cities reuses MyCovenant and CDP-ICLEI Track data within the
NetZeroCities Platform’s tools and combines them with an Online Planning Lab course to
create skill-building loops for city teams. Training offers are also aligned with EU
frameworks and policy priorities beyond the five EU Missions. Upskilling in Mission
Cities, Mission Adaptation and Mission Cancer is tied to EU frameworks such as the
European Urban Initiative, URBACT, Erasmus+, and EEA/Climate-ADAPT, as well as
Europe’s Beating Cancer Plan. Mission Cancer and Mission Cities are linked to national
platforms and plans.
awareness-raising, communication and networking activities, policy dialogues, mutual learning,
studies.
(266) Defined as number of researchers involved in training, mentoring, coaching, mobility and access to R&I
Infrastructures (KIP2 defined in Annex V to the Horizon Europe Regulation).
EU Missions in 2026 140
Table 11. Examples of skills development mechanisms developed by the five Missions.
Formalised training and capacity building
Mission Cities offers multi-day transition training via seasonal schools, structured training on
Mission strategies via an Online Planning Lab, practical training for finance officers and project
leads via a Capital Hub, as well as onboarding sessions via the Mission’s portal. Mission Climate
Adaptation offers a training webinar programme through the MIP4Adapt Platform and a
thematic calendar with monthly training events. Mission Ocean and Waters has already
channelled support to 76 schools and more than 7 000 students to familiarise local actors with
restoration, pollution reduction and basin stewardship; around 30 schools have already
completed funded activities. Training is also provided to the associated regions that replicate the
solutions. Mission Cancer developed a research and innovation-centred capacity-building
programme to support existing and future comprehensive cancer infrastructures (CCIs) which
delivered 3 regional conferences and 10 online courses as well as establishing an online
Resources Centre of more than 220 validated and curated resources for developing research and
innovation in CCIs. Mission Soil offers workshops on soil-monitoring techniques, carbon-
farming practices, and data-collection methodologies.
Peer-learning architectures
Mission Cities has online discussion groups, the Twinning Learning Programme, group study
visits, and a Community of Practice. Mission Climate Adaptation relies on a Community of
Practice combined with Thematic Working Groups and peer-learning among regions facing
similar challenges. Mission Ocean and Waters use the basin Lighthouses’ National Hubs,
Arenas, and Living Labs for multi-actor exchange, and the Blue Parks community to share tools
and practices. In the Mission Cancer, project clusters and working groups bring together
researchers, clinicians, and patients. Mission Soil’s field-based, peer-to-peer training is the core
delivery model, reflecting a decentralised approach to capacity-building anchored in local
experimentation rather than centralised curricula.
Technical assistance
Across Missions, technical assistance reaches at least 150 local or sectoral entities. The Mission
Cities’ NetZeroCities Platform provides advisors and helpdesk functions. Mission Cancer offers
onboarding and support for shared infrastructures.
4.3. Deployment and use of solutions
This section analyses how EU Missions move solutions from design and testing to real-
world application. It considers the full spectrum of activities that enable solutions to be
demonstrated, piloted, and tested in real-life contexts; replicated, twinned, and scaled
across regions or sectors; supported through targeted investment and funding; embedded
in policy and regulatory frameworks; and promoted through demand-side instruments to
create markets and stimulate uptake.
Demonstration, piloting and real-life testing
Across Missions, piloting, real-life testing, and demonstration are incorporated into project
design (267). This supports the successful development of solutions and their adoption.
Real-world testing is organised through formal pilot programmes, territory-based
demonstration environments (such as basins, cities, or regional testbeds), coordinated
demonstration clusters, and living labs. Pilots and demonstrations are testing the enabling
conditions for deployment and generating outcomes, as they involve users who may adopt
the solutions at the end of the process – e.g. municipal and regional authorities, sectoral
(267) Secretariats survey
EU Missions in 2026 141
operators and service providers, research teams and clinical centres, SMEs, and civil
society.
The Mission Cities runs a Pilot Cities Programme that tests solutions in municipal contexts.
The Mission Adaptation funds a seven-project NBS4EU demonstration cluster and
multiple projects explicitly using living-lab methods. The Mission Ocean and Waters
structures testing and demonstration sites with the basin Lighthouses. The Mission Soil
demonstrates a hybrid deployment model through its Living Labs and Lighthouses, where
field-based testing occurs in agricultural, forestry, and urban contexts
Replication, twinning and scaling
Replication mechanisms exist across all Missions (268). Coordination and Support Action
(CSA) projects complement them by adding brokerage, twinning calls, labelling/quality
assurance, and advisory services. Taken together, these elements create the conditions for
scaling up and making use of solutions developed by Missions. This architecture is present
across Missions, though the degree of operationalisation and evidence of results vary –
notably due to the uneven monitoring of replication outcomes and user engagement.
Investment and funding
Funding mechanisms provide the financial pathways that connect experimentation with
large-scale uptake. Instruments such as cascade funding, pilot and twinning grants enable
local and regional actors to replicate and adapt solutions tested elsewhere, turning isolated
innovations into transferable practices. Complementary funding sources – e.g. the
European Investment Bank (EIB) facilities, InvestEU, or BlueInvest (269) – further extend
this diffusion by supporting investment readiness and scaling beyond the research phase.
However, financial mechanisms supporting replication and scale up of Missions’ solutions
vary substantially in maturity and in the delivery of results.
The Cities Mission has established a structured investment support architecture to help
participating cities translate their Climate Neutrality Action Plans into implementable and
finance-ready investment programmes. Within this architecture, the Climate City Capital
Hub provides EU-level structuring and coordination support. Building on this experience,
the Climate Adaptation Mission is providing dedicated resources to the Hub to support
financing of adaptation measures, effectively building bridges between Missions. The
Mission Ocean and Waters collaborates with InvestEU, though no investments have been
identified yet. In addition, the EU Blue Champions facility provides advisory services and
matchmaking for 20 projects. Under Mission Soil, Living Labs are beginning to develop
business models and financing concepts that can enable future leverage of farmer and other
private investment in soil-health practices. The Cancer Mission has launched calls to
(268) The Secretariats survey identifies three mechanisms that are used alone or in combination: (i) cascade
funding to third parties (FSTP) is used in Associated Regions and cohorts to support the take-up by
additional territories; (ii) “leader–follower” (lighthouse–replicator) groupings to test with “leaders” and
prepare adoption by “followers”; and (iii) structured twinning and mentoring schemes which support
cohorts and Associated Regions.
(269) EIB, InvestEU, and BlueInvest provide investment-based financing under market rules to support
commercially viable projects; Horizon Europe mainly offers grants awarded under EU research and
innovation rules with specific eligibility and reporting requirements.
EU Missions in 2026 142
leverage investments from philanthropies and funders. It provides the framework and
infrastructure that make philanthropic investments more coordinated, visible and impactful
at European scale. Three public-private partnership projects on cancer have been co-funded
with industry partners.
Policy and regulatory uptake
Mechanisms for policy and regulatory uptake are emerging across the Missions,
particularly through collaboration with EU institutions. Here, Missions’ evidence,
standards, and governance models feed into European strategies and legislative
frameworks (see section I, chapters 1.2 and 1.3). At the national level, integration of
Missions results into domestic regulatory or policy frameworks is emerging but
uneven (270).
Demand-side instruments and market creation
Demand-side mechanisms remain limited across Missions, with only a few examples of
innovation procurement and early-market incentives (271). The Climate Adaptation
Mission and the Cities Mission were among the first Missions to pilot explicit demand-
side instruments by launching pre-commercial procurements (PCPs). The Adaptation
Mission is explicitly supporting standardisation efforts of climate services (272). Several
Missions (Cities, Climate Adaptation and Soil) plan to pioneer an EIC challenge approach.
4.4. Conclusions on knowledge creation, usage and scaling-up
EU Missions are creating integrated knowledge ecosystems. They are generating
knowledge and solutions spanning the innovation chain. These outputs are largely co-
created with end-users and demand-driven – marking a clear departure from traditional,
project-based Horizon Europe innovation. Via these ecosystems, EU Missions are
successfully testing innovative funding approaches and engaging new actors in EU-funded
R&I. At the same time, EU Missions-related actions entail challenges for implementing
entities, requiring intense interactions at different levels, generally linked to constraints
inherent to the use of R&I funding and programme rules to bring about concrete
achievements and impacts on society in the short term.
To share knowledge and solutions and strengthen capacities, each Mission has built
operational mechanisms that provide access to tools, standards, data and practical
examples and training, while connecting peers facing similar challenges. Through shared
catalogues, data spaces, repositories, communities of practice, and other formats,
knowledge is pooled, exchanged and contextualised.At the same time, these mechanisms
contribute to skills development by engaging thousands of practitioners across disciplines
(270) The Secretariats and SPC surveys show that several Member States – including France, Finland, and
Portugal – report policy pilots, standardisation work or sandbox initiatives that test Mission tools at the
national level. Ministries in Czechia, Italy, and Greece have started referencing Climate City Contracts
in their urban-climate strategies. However, these developments remain at an early and experimental
stage.
(271) Secretariats survey
(272) See topic HORIZON-MISS-2026-01-CLIMA-03: Standardising and supporting climate services for
climate adaptation
EU Missions in 2026 143
and sectors – researchers, teachers, students, city officers, regional planners, adaptation
coordinators, basin managers, clinicians – supporting capacity-building within the
Missions’ knowledge ecosystems.
Missions have established mechanisms for the deployment and use of solutions they
have developed. These have allowed them to move from ‘pilots as showcases’ to ‘pilots
as stepping stones’ for replication – which is built into the implementation of the missions
rather than being an informal spillover. Similarly, early advisory on financing and
procurement is helping local actors fund the deployment of identified solutions. This is a
major accelerator compared to traditional project logic. However, large-scale, long-term
uptake still relies on factors that go beyond individual demonstration projects, including
stable funding sources after the initial support from Missions ends. In general, only a
limited number of cases provide clear evidence of financing commitments or routine
financing pathways that can carry solutions after the project phase. This creates a risk that
solutions remain “tested” or “prepared for scaling” without conversion into funded
implementation.
Overall, the Missions are creating ecosystems that accelerate the deployment of solutions
and foster change. In this way, the ecosystem is both an enabler and an outcome of the
Mission, creating an environment in which solutions can be taken up, adapted, and scaled
effectively.
EU Missions in 2026 144
IV. CONCLUSIONS
All EU Missions made substantial progress towards their headline 2030 goals (table 12).
The Climate Adaptation Mission has already exceeded its target by supporting 292
regions in their climate adaptation efforts, well above its goal of 150. Based on the
expected impact of initiatives supported between 2021 and 2024, the Cancer Mission is
already estimated to be able to improve the lives of 2.3 million people by 2030, out of its
overall objective of 3 million. The Mission Soil is expected to exceed its target of 100
Living Labs covering all main soil-climate zones, degradation processes and land uses
across the EU: it has already established 45 Living Labs involving more than 500 real sites
(such as farms) across Europe, and the selection process for another 60-70 is ongoing. The
Ocean and Waters Mission advanced the EU’s 2030 biodiversity, zero-pollution, and
climate-neutral blue economy goals, delivering 121 solutions, tested in 349 real-world
demonstration sites, engaging 86 regions in replication, and mobilising over 1,000 Charter
Actions from stakeholders. The Cities Mission is performing strongly, with 107 cities
producing Climate City Contracts, comprising political commitments, climate neutral
action plans and investment plans that together identify for emissions reduction of 199.68
MtCO2e, roughly equivalent to the combined annual emissions of Austria, Romania and
Slovakia. This constitutes an unprecedent commitment and mobilisation around a climate
neutrality framework, with the Mission approach extending beyond the original cohort
through national platforms and city-to-city replication activities.
However, quantitative progress towards their target is only one metric of the EU Missions’
success. Missions were intentionally launched with very ambitious objectives, reflecting
the scale and urgency of the required actions. In addition to their headline 2030 goals, all
EU Missions are highly effective in producing tangible impact tackling societal challenges.
This is demonstrated by the following high-value achievements (273):
• The Climate Adaptation Mission is working directly with more than 600
regions and local authorities to strengthen climate resilience through tailored
technical assistance, peer exchanges, political commitment and demonstration
projects. Beyond broad mobilisation, the Mission helped regional and local
authorities embed adaptation into governance structures, develop climate-risk
assessments and adaptation strategies, improve coordination across levels of
government, and test innovative resilience solutions adapted to local realities. The
Mission currently supports 185 regions and local authorities that demonstrate
hundreds of innovative adaptation solutions, while more than 110 additional
territories are preparing the ground for future replication and scaling. Through co-
design with citizens, researchers and local stakeholders, these activities are helping
translate adaptation objectives into concrete action on the ground.
• For the Cancer Mission, all Member States and three Horizon Europe Associated
Countries joined the initiative coordinating the establishment of the Network of
National Cancer Mission Hubs, signalling an unprecedented political
(273) A more comprehensive overview of high-value achievements is included in table 12.
EU Missions in 2026 145
commitment to transform cancer prevention and care. 19 Hubs are already
operational, turning ambition into action across Europe. National Cancer Mission
Hubs replicate the Cancer Mission’s approach at national, regional and local level,
breaking down barriers, bringing together people at risk of cancer, cancer patients
living with and beyond cancer, clinicians and policymakers to accelerate
innovation, contributing to improve equitable access to prevention and care across
Europe.
• The Ocean and Waters Mission has developed a growing portfolio of121
solutions for the restoration of the ocean and waters, tested across 349
demonstration sites and replicated these in 86 regions across Europe and beyond.
The Mission has attracted more than 1 000 pledges under its Mission Charter from
public and private actors from around the world. It has also completed the design
of the core infrastructureof the European Digital Twin Ocean, which is now
accessible to all. The Digital Twin Ocean is expected to be fully operational by
2030 as a public service, providing continuous and updated information about the
behaviour of marine species, marine circulation patterns, bio-geochemical
processes, economic activities and more.
• 107 cities committed to a reduction of 76% of their current GHG emissions
under the Cities Mission, equivalent to approximately 6.64% of EU-27 emissions
in 2024. Through Climate City Contracts, the Mission has introduced a new
framework for urban climate governance and investment planning, now recognised
in the EU Policy Agenda for Cities as one of the references for integrated urban
strategies and investment pipelines. The Mission approach is increasingly anchored
at national level through dedicated platforms and programmes that extend its
benefits to additional cities. At the same time, pilots, twinning and the Mission
Platform have created a European ecosystem where cities test and replicate climate-
neutral solutions, positioning Mission cities as innovation hubs that enable other
European cities to follow similar pathways towards climate neutrality by 2050.
• The Mission Soil significantly increased political attention to soil health by
presenting first-time evidence that 62% of soils are in an unhealthy condition. In
addition, the Mission enabled the development of methodologies to measure soil
health and built a monitoring system to track progress with 19 indicators at
continental scale, supporting the implementation of the Soil Monitoring and
Resilience Directive and the Common Agricultural Policy. Its Living Labs are
essential innovation infrastructures that already involve more than 500 farms,
forests and urban plots to develop, test and support the adoption of context-specific
sustainable soil management practices.
Reaching these important milestones was made possible thanks to the Missions’ unique
approach combining established structures and practices to improve policy coordination
across different governance levels, mobilising new stakeholders, promoting shared
ownership of solutions and increasing the visibility of societal challenges and our capacity
to act on them.
EU Missions in 2026 146
As Missions increasingly move from experimentation and coordination in a preparatory
stage towards a phase of deployment, scaling and replication of solutions, their needs are
evolving accordingly for the second half of their ten-year lifecycle. In this context, the
national governance of missions requires further development to become as effective as
that at EU level, there is space for higher involvement of citizens in Missions’ activities,
and a more diverse toolbox of instruments than those offered by the Framework
Programme alone will be necessary. In particular, deployment, scaling and long-term
uptake of solutions beyond the project phase will require improved access to funding and
financing at different levels.
Crucially, Missions are contributing to the development of ecosystems that support the
generation, demonstration and uptake of solutions for societal challenges, as well as
enabling conditions for transformative change. The governance and delivery structures
underpinning these ecosystems are not only instruments to advance the Missions’
objectives. They constitute achievements in their own right:
• Cross-sectoral and multilevel governance frameworks have been established to
connect policy domains and territorial levels in a systemic way. These frameworks
improve coherence across policies, make it easier to align EU-level objectives and
local implementation, and offer a practical model for integrating complex, cross-
cutting objectives into broader policy actions.
For example: Mission Implementation Platforms (MIPs) are supporting the operational delivery
of EU Missions, acting as central hubs that bring together stakeholders, knowledge, and
resources to implement mission objectives in a coordinated way. In addition, Missions have been
in direct contact with the Committee of the Regions (CoR) to increase the participation of local
authorities across the EU.
• Large and diverse stakeholder communities have been mobilised around shared
objectives, bringing together public authorities, R&I actors, industry, civil society
and citizens. By engaging actors that are not traditionally involved in R&I
activities, these communities widen the range of available capacities and
perspectives, accelerating their absorption. The resulting networks can be activated
independently of the Missions themselves.
For example: Besides traditional R&I actors, Missions are increasingly involving public
authorities, research institutions, industry, civil society and citizens in their activities. Grassroots
and local initiatives are playing a particularly important role in anchoring Missions on the
ground, e.g. the 2024 Citizens Hackathon Championship, Plastic Pirates, and similar citizen-led
initiatives.
• Mechanisms for co-creation and knowledge co-production have enabled
stakeholders and citizens to jointly develop, test and adapt solutions, while sharing
know-how, data and tools. These collaborative approaches improve relevance,
legitimacy and uptake, and offer reusable models for participatory, needs-driven
policymaking.
For example: Missions have formalised communities of practice, peer-learning formats,
helpdesks and working groups, encouraging ongoing feedback among implementation actors.
These mechanisms are supported by Mission Implementation Platforms and online portals that
serve as diffusion infrastructures, providing repositories, solution libraries, technical support and
learning material.
EU Missions in 2026 147
• A diversified set of intervention instruments has been deployed, combining
funding, advisory support and facilitation. Together, these instruments support the
testing, deployment and uptake of solutions at a scale that exceeds individual
projects, while early guidance on financing and procurement strengthens the
capacity of local and regional actors to move from innovation to implementation.
For example: Instruments such as cascade funding, pilot and twinning grants enable local and
regional actors to replicate and adapt solutions tested elsewhere, turning isolated innovations into
transferable practices. Complementary funding sources further extend this diffusion by
supporting investment readiness and scaling beyond the research phase, e.g. via European
Investment Bank (EIB) facilities, InvestEU, or BlueInvest.
Taken together, these structures constitute the ecosystem within which transformative
change can be initiated and sustained. They represent a valuable asset that can be further
leveraged and valorised within the policy domains to which Missions contribute,
supporting continued impact on societal challenges over the longer term.
EU Missions in 2026 148
Table 12. Overview of EU Missions' progress towards their headline 2030 goals and key achievements.
Progress to the goals
High-value achievements Headline 2030 goals Description
Climate Adaptation Support at least 150 European
regions, local authorities and
communities to become climate
resilient.
327 regions, local authorities and
communities signed the Adaptation
Charter and 292 received tailored
technical assistance.
• 185 regions and local authorities are testing and implementing nearly
1000 real-life adaptation solutions through Mission demonstrators,
while more than 110 additional territories are preparing the replication
and scaling of successful approaches across Europe.
• Through tailored technical assistance, peer learning and Mission
activities, regions and local authorities strengthened adaptation
governance, improved climate-risk planning, and developed locally
tailored resilience pathways.
• The launch of the 27 National Adaptation Hubs is laying the foundation
for a stronger multilevel governance approach to climate resilience,
connecting EU, national and regional levels and supporting the scale-up
of adaptation solutions across Europe.
Cancer Improve the lives of more than 3
million people through prevention,
early detection, treatment and care
for not only those affected by cancer,
but also their families.
An estimated 2.3 million lives were
improved by activities supported by
the Cancer Mission between 2021
and 2024. The 3 million target will
be achieved as additional projects are
funded and more accurate results
become available.
• Between 2021 and 2026, the Cancer Mission set up 19 National Cancer
Mission Hubs. They are engaging national authorities, stakeholders and
citizens in cross-policy dialogues on cancer and accelerating the
adoption of Mission project outcomes in health systems.
• Between 2021 and 2024, the Mission provided 62 projects with EUR
480 million in funding, resulting in 23 multicountry clinical trials, 40
new tools for prevention, detection and treatment, and over 850
collaborations across research, healthcare and policy. Taking 2025 into
account, the overall investment comes to EUR 605 million, supporting
75 projects.
• The Mission invests into the creation of two digital platforms, aligned
with the future European Health Data Space: (1) UNCAN.eu data
platform, supporting researchers and data holders to advance data-
driven cancer research and innovation, and (2) European Cancer Patient
Digital Centre, supporting patients, survivors and caregivers with
services and trusted information.
EU Missions in 2026 149
Ocean and Waters Protect and restore marine and
freshwater ecosystems and
biodiversity, prevent and eliminate
pollution of our ocean, seas and
waters, make the sustainable blue
economy carbon-neutral and
circular.
The Mission has made progress on
all its 2030 EU targets for
biodiversity, pollution and climate
neutrality in the blue economy. It has
delivered 121 innovative solutions
tested in 349 real-world
demonstration sites, engaged 86
regions in replication efforts and
secured over 1 000 Charter Actions
from stakeholders.
• The Mission has anchored a basin-level approach, fostering cooperation
at sea and river level through its lighthouses – an approach that the
forthcoming European Ocean Act will build on.
• Under the Mission, the design of the core infrastructure of the European
Digital Twin Ocean – expected to be fully operational by 2030 – was
completed and is now accessible to all.
• A range of replication instruments and financial advisory services are
beginning to turn this foundation into a larger wave of restoration
investments and projects outside the initial Mission portfolio.
Cities Deliver at least 100 climate-neutral
cities by 2030 and ensure that these
cities also act as experimentation and
innovation hubs for others to follow,
to enable all European cities to
become climate-neutral by 2050.
107 cities have formally committed
to climate neutrality and collectively
expect to reduce emissions by
around 199.68 MtCO₂e by 2030
(approximately 6.6% of EU-27
emissions in 2024). In addition, there
has been progress in the cities’
ability to act as experimentation hubs
via the Pilot Cities, Enabling City
Transformation Programmes (105
cities mobilised) and Twinning
Learning Programme (181 cities
mobilised) initiatives,
complemented by national platforms
that are scaling the Mission approach
beyond the original cohort, already
mobilising dozens of additional
cities across Europe. This represents
a significant contribution to EU
climate objectives, while underlining
the scale of effort required to achieve
climate neutrality by 2030.
• The Mission’s Climate City Contracts have introduced a new dynamic
governance tool for urban climate governance and investment planning,
now recognised in the EU Policy Agenda for Cities as one of the
references for integrated urban strategies and investment pipelines.
• Pilots, twinning and the Mission Platform have created a European
ecosystem where cities test and replicate climate-neutral solutions,
positioning Mission cities as innovation hubs that enable other European
cities to follow similar paths towards climate neutrality by 2050.
• The Mission has mobilised and aligned funding and financing streams
around city climate investments, including a EUR 2 billion lending
envelope from the European Investment Bank for Mission Label cities,
emerging national funding via national platforms and emerging private
investment through the Capital Hub.
Soil 100 Living Labs and Lighthouses to
lead the transition towards healthy
soils,
45 Living Labs established, and
ongoing selection for another 60-70.
As all Living Labs will be operating
by 2028, the Mission is expected to
exceed its 2030 goal.
• The Mission presented evidence for the first time that 62% of soils are
in an unhealthy condition, drawing political attention to soil health.
• Thanks to the Mission, Europe now has a structured and permanent
ecosystem for producing, gathering, preserving and disseminating soil
data, knowledge, tools, technologies and practices.
• The Mission’s Living Labs are essential innovation infrastructure, with
more than 500 farms, forests and urban plots in 24 different countries
already involved. The Living Labs develop, test and support the
adoption of context-specific sustainable soil-management practices.
EU Missions in 2026 150
LIST OF ACRONYMS
AC Associated Countries
AGRI Agriculture and Rural Development
BUDG Budget
CAP Common Agricultural Policy
CAYA Children, adolescents, and young adults
CCC Climate City Contract
CEF Connecting Europe Facility
CINEA European Climate, Infrastructure and Environment Executive Agency
CLIMA Climate Action
CNAP Climate Neutral Action Plan
CNECT Communications Networks, Content and Technology
CoR Committee of the Regions
CSA Coordination and Support Action
DEFIS Defence Industry and Space
DG Directorate-General
EAC Education, Youth, Sport and Culture
EBCP Europe's Beating Cancer Plan
ECFIN Economic and Financial Affairs
ECHO European Civil Protection and Humanitarian Aid Operations
ECPDC European Cancer Patient Digital Centre
EEA European Environmental Agency
EHDS European Health Data Space
EIB European Investment Bank
EIC European Innovation Council
EMPL Employment, Social Affairs and Inclusion
ENER Energy
ENV Environment
ERDF European Regional Development Fund
ESDAC European Soil Data Centre
ESTAT Statistical Authority of the European Union
EU European Union
EUCAIM European Cancer Imaging Initiative
EUSO European Soil Observatory
FAIR Findable, Accessible, Interoperable, and Reusable
FISMA Financial Stability, Financial Services and Capital Markets Union
FP Framework Programme
FSTP Financial support to third parties
GHG Greenhouse gases
GROW Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and SMEs
HADEA European Health and Digital Executive Agency
HE Horizon Europe
HOME Migration and Home Affairs
IA Innovation Action
INTPA International Partnerships
IP Investment Plan
EU Missions in 2026 151
JRC Joint Research Centre
JUST Justice and Consumers
LH Lighthouse
LL Living Lab
MARE Maritime Affairs and Fisheries
MEL Monitoring, evaluation, and learning
MIP Mission Implementation Platform
MOP Mission-oriented policy
MOVE Mobility and Transport
MS Member state
NBS Nature-Based Solutions
NEAR Enlargement and Eastern Neighbourhood
NGO Non-governmental organisation
NUTS Nomenclature of Territorial Units for Statistics
NUTS 1 Major socio-economic regions
NUTS 2 Basic regions for applying regional policies
NUTS 3 Small regions for specific diagnose
OECD Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
PCP Pre-Commercial Procurement
PSF Policy Support Facility
RAST Regional Adaptation Support Tool
REA European Research Executive Agency
REGIO Regional and Urban Policy
RIA Research and Innovation Action
RII Regional Innovation Index
RLACs Regions, local authorities, and communities
RRP Recovery and Resilience Plan
RTD Research and Innovation
S3 Smart Specialisation Strategy
SANTE Health and Food Safety
SG REFORM Reform and Investment Task Force
SME Small and medium enterprise
SML Soil Monitoring Law
SPC Strategic Programme Committee
SSH Social Science and Humanities
TAXUD Taxation and Customs Union
WP Work Programme
EU Missions in 2026 152
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1. Intervention logic of the Adaptation Mission as a policy approach. ................................ 8 Figure 2. Type of participants registered and granted access to the Mission Community’s online
platform Futurium until December 2025 ....................................................................................... 12 Figure 3. Participation numbers to the Mission Community’s events between May 2023 and
December 2025 ............................................................................................................................. 12 Figure 4. Charter Signatories’ perceptions of the extent to which knowledge transfer through the
Community of Practice has accelerated RLAC’s transformation to a climate-resilient future ..... 13 Figure 5. Total number of European RLACs provided with technical assistance in climate
adaptation planning from the Mission (MIP4Adapt, CLIMAAX, P2R) ....................................... 14 Figure 6. Perceptions of European RLACs about the extent to which the technical assistance
received will help to accelerate their transformation towards a climate-resilient future ............... 14 Figure 7. Progress of climate adaptation planning by European RLACs where MIP4Adapt’s
technical assistance was completed by 31 December 2025 .......................................................... 15 Figure 8. Map of RLACs involved in cross-border demonstration projects of climate resilience
associated with Mission Projects (categorised by year of Horizon Europe call). ......................... 17 Figure 9. Number of different European RLACs involved in demonstration projects of climate
resilience categorised by Members States/Associated Countries .................................................. 18 Figure 10. Coastline restoration, combining nature, coastal protection, flood risk reduction and
improving biodiversity and in Fryslân (NL) ................................................................................. 18 Figure 11. Loading a drone with mineral fertilizer in Transylvania (RO) .................................... 19 Figure 12. Intervention logic as outlined in the EU Cancer Mission Implementation Plan .......... 25 Figure 13. Policy webinars and stakeholder dialogues facilitate the translation of research into
actionable policy recommendations. ............................................................................................. 29 Figure 14. Number of project collaborations per Mission objective. ............................................ 32 Figure 15. Overview of the EU-funded cancer project portfolio across Horizon Europe (2021-
2024), EU4Health (2021-2024) and Digital Europe (2021-2024). ............................................... 37 Figure 16. Overview of the EU Cancer Mission roadshow. .......................................................... 38 Figure 17. Launch of the Polish Cancer Mission Hub. ................................................................. 39 Figure 18. The Mission's specific objectives and targets. ............................................................. 42 Figure 19. The Mission's intervention logic. ................................................................................. 43 Figure 20. EU contribution to Mission-funded projects under Horizon Europe (2021-2024) ...... 45 Figure 21. Localisation of the Demonstration Sites. ..................................................................... 48 Figure 22. Localisation of the Associated Regions. ...................................................................... 49 Figure 23. Mission Charter Actions. ............................................................................................. 53 Figure 24. Intervention logic for the Climate Neutral and Smart Cities Mission. ........................ 62 Figure 25. Cities Mission Label ceremony, Vilnius, May 2025. .................................................. 64 Figure 26. Cities Mission Climate City Contract. ......................................................................... 64 Figure 27. Mission impact based on recalculated emissions reductions. ...................................... 66 Figure 28. The Mission Soil’s four operational objectives (building blocks) and eight specific
objectives. ...................................................................................................................................... 77 Figure 29. Overall Mission Soil intervention logic. ...................................................................... 78 Figure 30. Intervention logic in relation to operational objective 1. ............................................. 80 Figure 31. Contribution to the eight Mission Soil SOs by Mission-funded projects. ................... 81 Figure 32. Comparison by types of beneficiaries in H2020 soil-related projects, Mission Soil
projects and Mission Soil Living Labs. ......................................................................................... 83 Figure 33. Unique participants versus total participants in Horizon Europe Pillar II, Cluster 6,
Mission Soil projects and Mission Living Labs. ........................................................................... 83 Figure 34. Intervention logic in relation to operational objective 2. ............................................. 87
EU Missions in 2026 153
Figure 35. Distribution of the Mission Soil Living Labs across the European biogeographical
regions. .......................................................................................................................................... 90 Figure 36. Land use and type of partners for the LLs 2023-2024 (Induction and pilot phase). .... 90 Figure 37. Synergies between the LLs and other Mission activities/operational objectives. ........ 92 Figure 38. Intervention logic in relation to operational objective 3. ............................................. 93 Figure 39. Intervention logic in relation to operational objective 4. ............................................. 97 Figure 40. Manifesto signatories by country. ................................................................................ 98 Figure 41. Intervention logic for Missions as a policy approach. ............................................... 107 Figure 42. Top professions and thematic interests among accounts mentioning the Missions ... 123 Figure 43. Shares of total pooling of finance by mission ............................................................ 128 Figure 44. Pooling of finance and projects funded by type of action .......................................... 128 Figure 45. Share of publications and peer-reviewed publications/projects ratio per Mission ..... 137
EU Missions in 2026 154
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1. Information on indicators used to demonstrate progress of the Mission on Adaptation to
Climate Change. .............................................................................................................................. 9 Table 2. Soil degradation indicators developed for the Mission specific objectives.................... 79 Table 3. Publication by Mission soil projects compared to Horizon Europe Cluster 6. ............... 82 Table 4. Number of experimentation sites is 10-20 per each LL, so target values are calculated
accordingly. The number of experimentation sites may increase during the project. The number of
Lighthouses is expected to increase during the project lifetime. ................................................... 89 Table 5. Mission Soil specific objectives coverage for 2023 and 2024 LLs. ................................ 91 Table 6. Directorates-General involvement per EU-level cross-governance structure. .............. 110 Table 7. Summary of each EU Mission's MEL mechanisms. ..................................................... 113 Table 8. Total EU funding destined to projects explicitly referring to the EU Missions per Work
Programme part for years 2021-2026 .......................................................................................... 130 Table 9. EU Missions Work Programme – number of topics per lever and phase...................... 132 Table 10. Example of solutions developed by the Mission Ocean and Waters. .......................... 138 Table 11. Examples of skills development mechanisms developed by the five Missions. ......... 140 Table 12. Overview of EU Missions' progress towards their headline 2030 goals and key
achievements. .............................................................................................................................. 148
EU Missions in 2026 155
ANNEX – METHODOLOGICAL CONSIDERATIONS
A. The progress of the five EU Missions
The following subsections include methodological considerations linked to the Missions’
chapters in section II of this document. Similar to the chapters, efforts have been made to
harmonise the structure of each Mission’s methodological note. However, divergences
remain due to the differences between each Mission’s monitoring frameworks.
1. Adaptation to Climate Change
Rationale for selection of indicators and methodology
Due to its time-bound nature, the Mission requires strict monitoring of progress over time.
To monitor the Mission’s progress against its objectives, a comprehensive indicator set
comprising of 13 process and output indicators was developed to this purpose through the
Mission Barometer, of which five are outlined in the Adaptation Mission Chapter. Each
indicator relates to one of the Mission’s objectives or are cross-cutting in addressing more
than one of the objectives (see figure below). The comprehensive Barometer provides the
basis of the monitoring presented here.
How the barometer’s 13 indicators relate to the Mission’s objectives
EU Missions in 2026 156
The barometer does not include outcome indicators regarding the components of climate
risks (i.e. the sensitivity, adaptive capacity, and exposure of receptors to climate-related
hazards) due to associated challenges, which include:
• The length of time that it can take to implement adaptation actions due to their
scope and scale.
• The length of time that it can take adaptation actions to mature and deliver
measurable outcomes, as exemplified by trees and their ecosystem services.
• The difficulties of attributing outcomes to an adaptation action, for example, due
to:
o The wide range of potentially confounding variables that may operate at all
scales.
o Difficulties in identifying a truly analogous comparator/control.
• The length of time that monitoring needs to be sustained, which poses practical
issues regarding long-term funding and use of a consistent methodology for
production of comparable data; meaning that successful long-term monitoring
schemes are rare.
This ongoing challenge is highlighted in the work of the UNFCCC’s Global Goal on
Adaptation (GGA), which stress the complexity of tracking progress due to long
implementation times, attribution difficulties, and data continuity issues. Despite these
barriers, outcome-oriented monitoring is essential to assess whether adaptation efforts are
effectively reducing vulnerabilities and building resilience. In response, the new Horizon
Europe project UNDERPIN (2025–2029) aims to address critical gaps in monitoring,
evaluation, and learning (MEL) by developing a harmonised, outcome-focused
framework. It will integrate novel data sources such as Earth observation and citizen
science, and co-create indicators with stakeholders in pilot regions. By aligning with EU
and global reporting standards, UNDERPIN will support more consistent and meaningful
tracking of adaptation progress across governance levels.
Data collection
Data for the 13 indicators is collected through the following methods:
• Surveys: conducted every six months, primarily directed at Charter Signatories. These
gather both quantitative and qualitative data, including progress on adaptation
planning, satisfaction with technical assistance, and perceptions of knowledge
exchange.
• Reporting from Mission Projects: this includes information submitted to CINEA as
part of mandatory reporting, responses to a Mission Project database survey capturing
information including regions and local authorities projects are working with, thematic
areas covered, relevant climate hazards and sectors, and methods used.
• Monitoring of technical assistance: Technical Assistance providers monitor the
progress in climate adaptation planning of RLACs receiving support. MIP4Adapt use
a scoring system built around the six steps of the Regional Adaptation Support Tool.
Pathways2Resilience and CLIMAAX monitor progress through the use of self-
assessment questionnaires of the regions they support.
EU Missions in 2026 157
• General information from the Mission: this includes data such as the number of
Mission-related events held, website visits and downloads, Peer Learning Programme
participation, and Community of Practice participation.
Limitations of the approach taken include a focus on output and process indicators and not
outcome indicators. However, this reflects the practical realities of monitoring early-stage
adaptation efforts, where impact-level change takes time to materialise and the large
diversity of geographies and project types involved. Another limitation includes the
dependency on responses RLACs as well as Mission-funded Projects. Nevertheless, a
sufficient sample size was reached for all the indicators. Lastly, ensuring consistency and
alignment between MIP4Adapt and Mission Projects in their monitoring approaches
remains an ongoing challenge in order to articulate progress at a ‘Mission-level’.
Complementary information on synergies between LIFE and the Mission
A targeted search for references to the Adaptation Mission in the grant agreements of LIFE
projects was carried out, followed by manual validation of their relevance by reviewing
how the Mission was mentioned in the proposals.
• 15 LIFE projects were identified as directly contributing to, or having strong
synergies with, the Adaptation Mission.
• This represents a total budget of EUR 161.8 million, with an EU contribution of
EUR 95.5 million.
A closer look at the proposals shows that these projects are developing synergies with the
Mission in various ways:
• Using LIFE projects explicitly to implement Mission objectives or commitments
• Contributing to the Mission’s overarching climate resilience goals.
• Applying or upscaling results and solutions developed through the Mission.
• Building on progress made through technical assistance to advance regional
adaptation efforts.
• Highlighting their involvement in the Mission Charter as a demonstration of
regional commitment to adaptation.
• Planning to leverage their participation in the Mission to disseminate project
results more widely.
No. Acronym Proposal Title EU Requested
Grant Total Budget
1 LIFE23-IPC-SI-
LIFE4ADAPT
Slovenia’s Strategic Integrated LIFE
Project for Adaptation
EUR
14,177,979.00
EUR
26,580,389.00
2 LIFE23-CCA-PL-LIFE
DREAM CITIES
LIFE DREAM CITIES – Designing and
Realization of Exemplary Adaptation
among Medium-sized CITIES –
“Malopolska ready for adaptation”
EUR
3,142,325.00
EUR
5,237,209.00
3 LIFE22-CCA-PT-LIFE
ResLand
Adapt and Promote a Resilient and
Firewise Living Landscape
EUR
2,338,936.00
EUR
3,898,228.00
4 LIFE22-CCA-SK-
FLOPRES
Flash Flood Prediction and Prevention
System
EUR
1,920,676.00
EUR
3,201,129.00
EU Missions in 2026 158
5 LIFE22-CCA-PT-
COOLIFEALMADA
COOLIFEALMADA: Facing heat waves
through 4D cooling actions in Almada
hotspots
EUR
1,778,908.00
EUR
2,964,846.00
6 LIFE21-CET-LOCAL-
IN-PLAN
Integrated Energy, Climate and Spatial
Planning
EUR
1,657,908.00
EUR
1,745,170.00
7 LIFE22-CCA-NL-LIFE
WATERSOURCE
Demonstrating a Climate-Resilient
Drinking Water Source, Adopting
Nature-Based Solutions
EUR
2,999,756.00
EUR
4,999,594.00
8 LIFE24-IPC-FR-LIFE
ADAPT EST
Déploiement de la feuille de route
régionale d’accélération de
l’adaptation au changement
climatique en Grand Est
EUR
15,624,703.00
EUR
26,041,173.00
9 LIFE23-CCA-FR-LIFE
VINOSHIELD
Protect Vines Against Climatic
Variations
EUR
2,466,301.00
EUR
4,142,915.00
10 LIFE23-CCA-ES-LIFE
ACCLIMATE
Cultivating Resilience: Climate Change
Adaptation Strategies for
Greenhouses to Enhance Yield and
Resource Efficiency
EUR
2,681,123.00
EUR
4,468,538.00
11 LIFE23-IPC-DK-LIFE
ACT
LIFE ACT – Action for Climate
Transition
EUR
17,057,007.00
EUR
28,428,376.00
12 LIFE23-CCM-AT-LIFE
MOONSET
Implementing a Nocturnal, Eco-
Friendly, and Integrated Shared
Transportation Concept
EUR
1,729,702.00
EUR
2,913,812.00
13 LIFE23-CCA-FR-LIFE
BiospherAdapt
Adapting participatory management
to the challenges of climate change in
Biosphere Reserves
EUR
3,759,243.00
EUR
6,775,888.00
14 LIFE24-IPC-SK-
NatAdaptSK
Nature-based solutions for climate
change adaptation in Slovakia
EUR
10,199,357.00
EUR
16,998,929.00
15 LIFE22-IPE-PL-LIFE
Podkarpackie
Effective implementation of the Air
Quality Plan for the Podkarpackie
Voivodeship, including energy poverty
considerations
EUR
14,039,999.00
EUR
23,400,000.00
2. Cancer
Rationale for selection of indicators and methodology
It is most important that all the four specific objectives of the EU Cancer Mission are
monitored for progress because they are interdependent and collectively drive the
Mission’s overall goal of improving the lives of 3 million people by 2030. Progress in one
area, such as prevention, depends on advances in understanding cancer biology, while
innovations in diagnosis, treatment, and survivorship support rely on coordinated efforts
across all objectives. Continuous monitoring of all objectives ensures that scientific,
clinical, and policy achievements are translated into measurable benefits for citizens and
helps identify gaps where additional action or investment is needed. It also allows the
European Commission and Member States to align national cancer plans and resources
effectively, ensuring equity in outcomes across regions. Ultimately, systematic monitoring
of all objectives maximises impact, and ensures that the Mission remains on track to deliver
tangible, evidence-based improvements in cancer control across Europe.
The following indicators were chosen for monitoring because they directly answer to the
overarching goal of the mission and as such allow all stakeholders to have a first view of
EU Missions in 2026 159
overall expected results. Our estimations are based as much as possible on robust
calculations with a mindset of caution to not overestimate. The calculations and factors
that were considered to increase its accuracy and meaningful value are detailed below.
• Number of projects and actions funded
• Number of project collaborations established
• Number of tools developed
• Number of population-based screening programmes
• Number of multi-country clinical trials
• Number of novel diagnostic and prognostic tests and methods
• Number of scientific publications produced
These indicators were selected based on availability of information and feasibility of
informative assessment and analysis in this early phase of the EU Cancer Mission.
Successive rounds of monitoring and assessment will incorporate more indicators that
measure research results and outcomes. We reviewed all 62 Mission projects funded from
2021 to 2024 (including websites) to count projects where development of new innovative
outputs and actions are in progress to be delivered.
• Composite indicator, that directly aims to measure improved lives with or
affected by cancer by 2030.
At this stage, the composite indicator is calculated using a projection of the expected
number of people at risk of cancer by 2030 as a base and considering the subpopulation
that is potentially reached as indicated in each project. To mitigate the fact that this is still
an estimation, we have incorporated several measures which avoid gross overestimation.
Firstly, the indicator includes a probability factor designed to provide a cap to how
successful the interventions might be according to the scientific literature. As “success”
we are considering the fact that the tested intervention is clinically validated (i.e. it
improves the life or the health of patients in any sense) and that it reaches the full target
population.
The new composite indicator is then the combination of the specific target population
defined by the cancer type/subtype for each project (as in number of patients – new cases)
and a probability factor of the project reaching the defined target population. For each
project we determined the:
• Target population: the specific number of patients per tumour type/sub-type, and
specific stages or age-populations as defined by the project in Europe living with
cancer by 2030;
• Probability factor: determined based on the categories defined in the table below
and the information available on what is the average success rate of different R&D
efforts. Some projects will not directly impact patients and therefore have a
probability of impacted patients of 0 (i.e. those projects aiming to boost research
through tools and infrastructure; or those investigating the mechanisms of disease
and risk factors with no direct path to application).
EU Missions in 2026 160
In future, we will add to the “lives improved” (i.e. caregivers, families, screening
population, etc.) for a more comprehensive understanding of the impact of the EU Cancer
Mission.
Secondly, the target population is also considered in a way that minimises over-
estimating the number of patients who may benefit from the Mission projects, by fully
acknowledging that the target populations often overlap between projects and Mission
objectives.
For each project, the estimated number of patients’ lives improved is obtained as the
product of its probability factor and the projected corresponding population living with
cancer by 2030. Once estimates have been obtained for all projects individually, there are
three further considerations we follow before obtaining a final global estimate:
1. There are projects and objectives that tackle overlapping sets of patients. To avoid
double-counting populations and inflate the estimation of the potential patients
impacted, for the calculation we select the values corresponding to the project with
the widest possible reach. For example, if two projects tackle lung cancer and
NSCL tumours, we keep the population of the first project since it includes the
second, which targets specifically a sub-type of lung tumour.
2. Projects pertaining to blood cancers are distributed among the relevant cancer sites
before the calculations, and projects with a broad scope (i.e. not specific to a site
or type, but more broadly cancer patients) are labelled as “non-site specific”.
3. For projects pertaining to more than one objective, the population counts are
distributed evenly among them (and not double-counted).
To keep in mind, the target population, as in the number of cancer cases, is projected
using incidence and mortality rates – taken from the JRC’s European Cancer Information
System (ECIS), which provides age-standardised rates using the European standard
population – in combination with EU population estimates – sourced from two Eurostat
datasets: EUROPOP2019 for population numbers in 2021, and EUROPOP2023 for 2022-
2030.
We use the number of new cancer cases in 2021 as a baseline for the calculation of the
population of affected and potentially reachable patients by 2030. This baseline could also
correspond to the prevalence instead, as the goal is to improve the lives of all patients
living with cancer. However, cancer sites are categorised and distributed differently for
different types of statistics in ECIS data, so that prevalence counts, and incidence and
mortality rates are not directly mappable between each other, which means that we are not
able to use prevalence data at this stage. In addition to this, the prevalence data for certain
age groups is not available (e.g. children, young adults) because the youngest age bracket
available is defined as 0-54. We consider refining this indicator later in the monitoring
study. We do note that taking the total number of patients living with cancer in Europe into
account would result in much larger estimates of the population reached. Nevertheless, we
believe this is more conceptually aligned with the goal of the Mission.
Although this approach is robust enough to deploy at this stage, it makes certain
assumptions. It may not reflect the actual target population without sufficient details
provided in the project or when there are changes during project development that change
EU Missions in 2026 161
the impacted patient population. For example: some studies may ultimately be applied to
a sub-set of patients with specific clinical variables.
There are limitations to measuring the implementation of ongoing projects so assumptions
have been made, and a probability factor was introduced.
It is unlikely that all proposed solutions in projects reach successful implementation in
practice. Furthermore, any solution that is successfully validated may not reach their
complete (or even a large subset of) European target population within the 2030 timeframe
due to factors such as regulatory timelines, access/reach, adoption/adherence, HR capacity
of national healthcare systems, etc. To mitigate this, a probability factor has been added
to the calculation of the composite indicator. Inclusion of the probability factor helps give
a more realistic estimation of patients impacted than just the yearly number of diagnosed
cases.
Based on the scientific literature, the probability factor of each project reaching its
target-population was set accordingly to the categories detailed in the table below. All
selected projects (from 2021 to 2024) were mapped to one of these categories and the
exercise will continue in the future through the review of any newly approved proposals.
The probability factor (PF) for each category has been determined following findings in
scientific literature. In instances where we found conflicting figures, the lowest value was
chosen to keep a conservative approach.
Calculation of Probability Factor
Category Description Projects (n) PF Rationale
Indirect impact:
Platforms and
infrastructures to
boost research
Projects which aim to
support several
research efforts, either
through
infrastructures, data
sharing, etc.
6 0 Any potential impact of these
projects would not directly reach
people’s lives and hence difficult
to measure
No expected
impact on people:
Understanding of
disease and risk
factors
Projects which aim to
develop our
understanding of the
neoplastic process,
risks and biomarkers.
12 0 Projects that focus on
understanding disease
mechanisms, risk factors, etc and
do not directly aim in short term
to impact lives until 2030
Behavioural and
public health
interventions
Projects which aim to
develop or test
behavioural or other
interventions linked to
health policy and
healthcare
implementation
9 0.05 There is only limited evidence on
the success rate of eHealth and
mHealth interventions, as well as
behavioural and more broad
Public Health and Health
promotion interventions. A gap
exists between proven efficacy
and implementation of such
interventions (274). This means
that on top of the clinical
eHealth tools for
patient quality of
life and literacy
Projects that aim to
develop and deploy
eHealth tools (e.g.
5 0.05
(274) See Glasgow RE, Lichtenstein E, Marcus AC. Why don't we see more translation of health promotion
research to practice? Rethinking the efficacy-to-effectiveness transition. Am J Public Health. 2003
Aug;93(8):1261-7. doi: 10.2105/ajph.93.8.1261. PMID: 12893608; PMCID: PMC1447950. Why
Don’t We See More Translation of Health Promotion Research to Practice? Rethinking the Efficacy-
to-Effectiveness Transition - PMC
EU Missions in 2026 162
Category Description Projects (n) PF Rationale
webpages, digital
tools) to improve
disease management,
patients’ quality of life
and literacy
validation of the intervention, its
capacity to reach the target
population and sustain a certain
level of engagement for actual
significant success should be low
with a probability factor of 5%.
Therapeutical
approaches: Drugs,
medical devices,
clinical
interventions
Projects which aim to
develop or test a new
therapeutical approach
or clinic care tool
12 0.034
According to the literature, the
overall estimated phase-I-to-
approval probability of success
for oncological drugs in R&D
programs between 2000 and
2015 was 3.4% (275).
Diagnostic,
prognostic and
patient
stratification tools
and protocols
Projects which aim to
develop or test
technologies/protocols
for diagnostics and
biomarkers for
prognosis or patient
stratification
5 0.034 Due to the absence of a more
specific estimation in the
literature, the category has a
probability factor similar to the
value assigned for other clinical
interventions.
Screening tools
and protocols
Projects which aim to
develop or test new
screening tools and/or
change prevention
screening protocols
10 0.08 We considered using the lowest
possible uptake level, across
European countries and available
cancer sites, as a conservative
estimate of how much uptake can
be expected, given existing
conditions (276).
The estimated peoples’ lives improved sums up to 2.3 million in Europe up to
2030 (277); with the Prevention and Early detection and Quality of Life projects potentially
leading to a greater number of people impacted. As is expected, the Understanding
objective is likely to contribute less to the goal, since it deals with underpinning research
and innovation. The table below provides more details on the Mission’s estimated impact
overall and by each objective thus far.
See Tian L, Wen Y, Li J, Guan J, Li T, Fan J. Effects of Remote Web-Based Interventions on the
Physiological and Psychological States of Patients With Cancer: Systematic Review With Meta-
Analysis
JMIR Mhealth Uhealth 2025;13:e71196. doi: 10.2196/71196 JMIR mHealth and uHealth - Effects of
Remote Web-Based Interventions on the Physiological and Psychological States of Patients With
Cancer: Systematic Review With Meta-Analysis
(275) See Chi Heem Wong, Kien Wei Siah, Andrew W Lo, Estimation of clinical trial success rates and related
parameters, Biostatistics, Volume 20, Issue 2, April 2019, Pages 273–
286, https://doi.org/10.1093/biostatistics/kxx069
(276) European Cancer Organisation, "Cancer Screening Data," webpage, undated. As of 5 September 2025:
https://www.europeancancer.org/screening/impact/cancer-screening-data.html
(277) For projects funded under Mission Work Programmes 2021, 2022, 2023 and 2024 (n=59).
EU Missions in 2026 163
Potential peoples’ lives improved by EU Cancer Mission
Indicator Mission
objective
Goal measured
by the indicator Baseline Target
Estimated
impact up to
2030 (up to 2024
work
programme)
Composite
indicator
Total (all
objectives
considered)
Potential number
of peoples’ lives
improved
0 3 m lives 2.3 m
By objective
Understanding
Potential number
of peoples’ lives
improved
0 NA too early to be
measured
Prevention and
Early detection
Potential number
of peoples’ lives
improved
0 NA 1.2 m
Diagnosis and
treatment
Potential number
of peoples’ lives
improved
0 NA 0.3 m
Quality of Life
Potential number
of peoples’ lives
improved
0 NA 0.8 m
3. Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030
Rationale for selection of indicators and methodology
The objectives of the Mission Restore our Ocean and Waters, presented in section II,
chapter 3, are quantitative in nature and follow closely broader EU waters- and ocean-
related targets.
The Mission’s implementation plan includes 11 impact targets on ecosystems protection
& restoration, zero-pollution and circular and climate neutral blue economy, and specifies
that “the Mission will have been accomplished if these targets […] have been met by 2030
in the EU ocean, seas and waters.”
EU policies’ objectives and targets, against which the Mission is assessed, are broader than
the scope of the Mission and their achievement cannot rely on the Mission funding and
projects alone. There is a broad range of support and efforts towards addressing the
Mission’s objectives and targets beyond projects directly funded by the Mission budget.
As highlighted in the interim evaluation of Horizon Europe, the Goal statement of the
Mission Ocean and Waters (“Restore our Ocean and Waters by 2030”) is neither quantified
nor easily measurable as it is not supported by clearly defined baselines or coherent set of
measurable indicators. In particular, the absence of harmonised Key Performance
Indicators (KPIs) makes it challenging to systematically track progress, assess the
cumulative contribution of individual projects and activities to Mission-level impacts.
To address these methodological challenges, the monitoring of the Mission Ocean and
Waters is based on a set of coherent and harmonised indicators, still partially under
development, covering the whole intervention logic of the Mission, and building i.e. on the
EU Missions in 2026 164
outcome of Commission Expert Group to support the monitoring of EU Missions and the
OECD project “Missions Implementation: Making Missions Actionable”.
It is organised around 3 blocks:
• The first set of indicators relates to Resources, Activities and Outputs. Indicators
were developed by the Mission Implementation Platform, are available on Mission
Monitoring Dashboard on the Mission Service Portal and are regularly updated.
• A second set of indicators related to Outcomes is under development at the time
this report is being drafted. Work is ongoing with the Mission Basin Lighthouse
Coordination and Support Activities and the Mission projects, integrating PESTEL
analysis and Theory of change, to further define Outcome KPIs capturing both
internal progress and external enabling conditions.
• Finally, a set of 16 Impacts indicators is being developed by the European
Environment Agency to quantify the contribution of the Mission activities to
achieve its policy objectives and targets by 2030. These indicators respond to the
selected targets and are consistent when relevant with EU policies and their existing
monitoring frameworks at EU level. The EEA indicators include both qualitative
and quantitative assessments of the impact of the projects. At this stage, indicators
are mostly populated with information on the expected outcomes of projects, as
described in their technical annexes submitted during proposal phase. It is expected
that, in future iterations, this will be completed by information on the actual
outcome of the projects and the deployment of the solutions. These indicators are
available on an interactive knowledge platform on WISE-Marine.
At the time this report was drafted, the development of outcomes and impacts indicators
was still in progress. Against that background, and also to provide a consistent framework
with the other four EU Missions, the Mission Secretariat decided to extract from the large
set of output indicators available on the Mission Dashboard, a subset of four headline
indicators that cut across all three specific objectives. These headline indicators track the
pathway from core outputs (solutions and demonstration sites), through early outcomes
(replication in Associated Regions), to mobilisation (Mission Charter Actions). These
indicators have a 2021 baseline of zero and are monitored through the Mission Monitoring
Resources / Activities / Outputs
•Mission Monitoring Dashboard on the Mission Service Portal
Outcomes
•On-going work with Lighthouse CSAs and Mission projects
Impacts
•Indicators developed by the European Environment Agency, available on WISE- Marine
EU Missions in 2026 165
Dashboard. However, no target for these indicators was included in the 2021
implementation plan, that was focusing on specific objectives.
The headline indicators are the following:
1. Number of Mission Ocean & Waters solutions produced: measures progress in
the production of solutions in all three Specific Objectives
2. Number of local demonstration sites: measures the territorial footprint of testing
and demonstration activities contributing to all three Specific Objectives
3. Number of Associated Regions replicating Mission solutions: direct outcome
indicator capturing the transition from project-level outputs and support (solutions,
technical assistance, cascading grants) to real-world uptake contributing to all three
Specific Objectives
4. Number of Mission Charter Actions: measures stakeholder mobilisation
supporting all three Specific Objectives
Taken together, these indicators provide a fair picture of the momentum on solutions,
territorial reach, replication and mobilisation that the Mission has built by late 2025.
In complement, the first Mission Monitoring Assessment from the European Environment
Agency (278), provide a qualitative assessment of how the early Mission activities (first 67
HE-funded projects) contribute to the designation and more effective management of
marine protected areas, to the restoration and/or depollution of marine and freshwater
ecosystems, and to the fostering of a climate neutral and circular Blue Economy.
4. 100 Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities by 2030
Rationale for selection of indicators and methodology
The EU Mission “100 Climate-Neutral and Smart Cities by 2030” monitors progress across
all its objectives and sub-objectives, reflecting the Mission’s systemic and mission-
oriented intervention logic. In this assessment equal priority is given to the Mission’s
overarching objectives and their associated specific objectives, as these most directly
reflect progress toward climate neutrality by 2030 and provide the clearest evidence of
added value at EU level.
The Mission’s two general objectives, delivering at least 100 climate-neutral cities by 2030
and ensuring that these cities act as experimentation and innovation hubs for others to
follow by 2050, are operationalised through eight specific objectives. These span the full
transition cycle, from planning and governance, to innovation, investment, capacity
building, synergies with EU policies, emissions reductions, and monitoring. Monitoring
these eight specific objectives ensures that the assessment captures not only end results but
also the enabling conditions required for systemic urban transformation. Over the past
years, the framework of specific objectives was refined from the seven originally included
in the Mission implementation plan to the current eight-objective framework. This
refinement was introduced to strengthen clarity and accountability. While the original
objectives covered the broad enablers of climate neutrality, they did not explicitly isolate
greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reduction potential as a measurable outcome. A
(278) https://water.europa.eu/marine/europe-seas/eu-mission-restore-our-oceans-and-water
EU Missions in 2026 166
dedicated objective was therefore introduced to operationalise and quantify expected
emissions reductions through Climate City Contracts (CCCs). This adjustment ensures that
the Mission’s central purpose, delivering climate neutrality in 100 cities, is tracked
transparently and consistently, while investment demand, governance innovation,
synergies with EU initiatives and access to skills and expertise continue to function as
critical enabling objectives.
This subsection explains the rationale, methodological basis and limitations of the
indicators used in the assessment. The indicators are presented in the same order as they
are used in the chapter, reflecting the narrative progression from commitment and ambition
to implementation enablers, investment demand and monitoring.
Number of Climate City Contracts reviewed by the Commission and Mission Labels
awarded (SO1)
This indicator measures the number of Climate City Contracts that have officially received
the Mission Label from the Mission Manager, complemented by the number of CCCs
currently under review. It was selected because the CCC is the central delivery instrument
and the primary mechanism through which cities translate political ambition into structured
action and investment plans. It operationalises SO1: Develop city-focused Climate City
Contracts (CCC) including investment plans for innovative and climate neutral solutions.
The award of the Mission Label confirms that a city has developed a credible, coherent
and complete contract covering political commitment, a Climate Neutral Action Plan
(CNAP) and a Climate Investment Plan (CIP). The indicator is based on administrative
records of CCC submissions and reviews. A limitation of this indicator is that it captures
political commitment and planning maturity, rather than realised impact. However, given
the Mission’s phased approach, and the recent completion of most CCCs, the number of
labelled CCCs remains the most robust proxy for progress at this stage of the Mission
lifecycle.
Amount of GHG emissions (MtCO2e) to be reduced by Mission cities through their
Action Plans as set out in their CCC (SO5) (279)
The Mission’s impact on GHG emissions by 2030 is assessed through the information
cities provided in their CCC in the form of an emissions gap table or equivalent, where
baseline emissions can be checked against intended emissions reductions and residual
emissions. This indicator operationalises SO5: Support the delivery of GHG emissions
reductions in Mission cities as outlined in their CCCs. The absolute emissions reduction is
computed with respect to the most recent baseline inventory presented in the CCC, which
most commonly corresponds to 2019 (hereinafter, “recent baseline”). Because some
emissions reductions were set against Business-As-Usual (BAU) scenarios or older
baselines (e.g. 1990), a procedure of recalculation was performed so that progress already
achieved is not counted twice and future reductions can be measured more accurately.
Specifically, three main adjustments are applied: 1) if the emissions reduction was
originally applied to a BAU baseline lower than the most recent inventory, the decline in
emissions projected to occur is considered part of the total emissions reduction; 2) if the
(279) Todeschi, V., Ulpiani, G., Vetters, N., Galioto, C., Banja, M. et al., Climate-neutral and Smart Cities
Mission: 2025 assessment - Monitoring the overall progress and impact of the Cities Mission, European
Commission, Ispra, 2026, JRC146414
EU Missions in 2026 167
emissions reduction was originally applied to a BAU baseline higher than the most recent
inventory, it is used in the calculation as-is; 3) if the emissions reduction was originally
applied to a baseline different from the most recent one, the already achieved reduction is
deducted. While the first two adjustments may increase the total emissions reduction
compared to the original value provided in the CCC, the third adjustment produces the
opposite effect. It is noted that, given the high variability in target formulations, perfect
comparability is unfeasible. The proposed adjustments ensure cities’ efforts are reflected
more fairly and transparently. The analysis considers gross greenhouse gas emissions that
are obtained by removing all negative values associated with land use, land-use change
and forestry (AFOLU) across all relevant inventories. In a few cases, AFOLU was reported
as a single negative aggregated figure without distinguishing between emissions and
removals; in such instances, AFOLU was entirely excluded. The proposed indicator
calculated as discussed above measures the total expected reduction in GHG emissions by
2030, based on the ‘Baseline emissions reduction target’ (absolute and %) and the
“Baseline emissions”as presented in Table A-2.1 of the CNAP template (i.e. the emissions
gap table), as well as the most recent inventory provided by the cities in their CCC and
annexed documents. The results are cross-checked against the sum of ‘Emission reductions
through other existing action plans’ and ‘Emission reductions through the CCC’ (again
from Table A-2.1) to ensure internal consistency. It is to be noted that climate neutrality
under the Cities Mission is defined as achieving a net-zero balance of greenhouse gas
emissions by 2030 across five accounting sectors: stationary energy, transport, waste,
Industrial Processes and Product Use, and Agriculture, Forestry and Other Land Use. The
definition covers Scope 1 and 2 emissions and selected Scope 3 emissions related to waste
treatment, and includes seven greenhouse gases. Residual emissions are expected to remain
below approximately 20% of a recent baseline as an orientation, encouraging maximum
emissions reduction at source. Cities are required to justify analytically the level of residual
emissions and to revisit this assessment at each update of their Climate Neutrality Action
Plan, reflecting the dynamic nature of technological, regulatory and contextual constraints.
Limitations of this indicator include inconsistent reporting of sectoral and scope coverage,
the use of outdated baselines, and the blending of existing and new mitigation actions.
Number of pilot projects launched by the Mission Platform (SO2)
This indicator measures the number of pilot projects launched through the Mission
Platform. It captures progress under SO2: Support Research & Innovation pilots and
demonstrators through the Mission Platform to scale-up and replicate solutions. Data are
collected and processed by the NetZeroCities consortium using information from CCCs,
Expressions of Interest and related documents. Data are stored in internal systems,
harmonised manually and structured in a central knowledge management platform. These
datasets inform the design of future pilot and twinning calls. A current limitation is the
limited availability of systematically tracked co-benefit indicators, which could strengthen
the implementation of city action portfolios by capturing and leveraging the quantifiable
and monetisable co-impacts of the transition.
Number of EU initiatives, policies and programmes referencing the Cities Mission (SO3)
This indicator measures the extent to which the Cities Mission is embedded in EU policy
and funding frameworks and supports SO3: Develop synergies with existing Commission
initiatives. It excludes documents produced directly by the Mission and considers only
EU Missions in 2026 168
external strategies, legislative acts, programmes and instruments where the Mission is
explicitly referenced or clearly supported. With regard to the TEN-T Regulation, the
explicit reference to the Mission appears in the Council’s General Approach of December
2022. While the adopted Regulation (EU) 2024/1679 embeds urban-node obligations that
support the Mission’s objectives, the explicit wording “Cities Mission” is only found in
the Council text cited above. Pre-dating acts are considered only where the Cities Mission
is explicitly mentioned, such as in the Zero Pollution Plan and the 2020 Transport Strategy
milestone of “100 climate-neutral cities. For EU programmes and instruments, the analysis
distinguishes between explicit references and broader synergies or support without
consistently naming the Mission. The assessment builds on the findings of the 2023
evaluation, complemented by updates from 2024–2025, and integrates further inputs on
Horizon Europe synergies, the Climate City Capital Hub, and the EIB’s ring-fenced
lending envelope. A limitation is that some policy impacts are indirect and not always
reflected through explicit textual references.
Estimated investment costs and financing needs (SO8)
This indicator compares the estimated costs of Climate Investment Plans (CIPs) developed
under the Climate City Contracts and the implied financing needs, including the required
balance between municipal and non-municipal funding using cost estimates derived from
the NetZeroCities Economic Model. It was selected to assess SO8: Mobilise investment
funding to achieve climate neutrality through the Investment Plans. The indicator is based
on an analysis, conducted by Bankers without Boundaries, of the investment plans from a
subset of 28 Mission Cities that applied the NetZeroCities Economic Model, and
extrapolated to all EU-located Mission Cities using population and emissions-reduction
parameters. As an ex ante estimate, it does not measure mobilised capital but estimates the
scale of capital expenditure required to achieve climate neutrality.
National and regional platforms and tailored support to Mission cities (SO7)
This indicator captures the number of national and regional platforms and of city networks
that support Mission cities. It also captures support delivered through city advisors and city
support groups. The indicator was selected to assess progress in helping cities develop
innovative governance approaches that overcome siloed working practices and ensure buy-
in and commitment at all levels (SO7). Data are drawn from Mission Platform records and
reporting by national platforms under the EU-funded CapaCITIES project (280), which
supports national authorities in improving their measures and conditions for cities to
become climate-neutral. While the indicator provides a clear picture of institutional uptake,
it does not fully capture variations in intensity, quality or effectiveness of support across
countries.
Number of cities engaging with the Mission Platform’s knowledge resources, learning
activities and advisory support (SO4)
This indicator captures the city engagement with the Platform’s knowledge resources,
learning activities (seminars, trainings), city advisors and support groups. It operationalises
SO4: Provide cities with access to EU-wide skills and expertise and help them connect in
international networks to accelerate climate action. Data are collected and processed by
(280) https://capacities.eu/
EU Missions in 2026 169
the NetZeroCities consortium using internal systems that consolidate information from
CCCs, learning programmes and advisory activities. While the indicator reflects
engagement levels, it does not measure behavioural change at city level. These datasets
inform knowledge products and learning programmes.
Monitoring and reporting at city and aggregate level (SO6)
Monitoring progress at city level is based on individual CCCs, which labelled cities
commit to updating at least every two years using the Mission’s Comprehensive Indicator
Framework (281). This framework supports tracking of GHG emissions reductions as well
as wider co-benefits, such as governance, economic and social dimensions. At aggregate
level, progress is assessed through consolidated reporting by Mission cities via existing
platforms such as CDP-ICLEI Track and MyCovenant, combined with public datasets.
These inputs are integrated into the NetZeroCities Barometer and Dashboard, which
provide a harmonised EU-wide view of ambition, trajectories and progress. This indicator
was selected to reflect the Mission’s objective of establishing robust monitoring and
learning mechanisms (SO6). A key limitation is that the reporting is in its initial phase and
realised impacts are not yet visible.
Considerations on data collection and availability
Data feeding into the indicators are drawn from a combination of administrative records,
city-submitted CCCs and reporting, Mission Platform datasets, EU policy documents and
analytical studies supporting the Mission. The main cut-off date for data included in this
chapter is 28 May 2026. Data availability reflects the Mission’s current stage of
implementation. Most indicators capture commitments, projected impacts and enabling
conditions rather than realised outcomes, particularly for emissions reductions and
investment-related indicators. Despite these limitations, the selected indicators provide a
robust and transparent basis for assessing the Mission’s progress in its first phase. As
implementation advances and monitoring systems mature, future assessments will be able
to rely increasingly on observed outcomes, richer datasets and more granular evidence of
impact.
5. A Soil Deal for Europe
Rationale for selection of indicators and methodology
The selection of monitored objectives responds to the four operational objectives set out
in the Mission Soil Implementation Plan and therefore covers all the different aspects of
the Mission Soil:
1. Build capacities and the knowledge base for soil stewardship;
2. Co-create and upscale place-based innovations to improve soil health in all places
(Living Labs and Lighthouses);
3. Develop an integrated EU soil monitoring system and track progress towards soil
health;
4. Engage with the soil user community and society at large.
(281) https://netzerocities.app/resource-4120
EU Missions in 2026 170
The selection of indicators for section 5.2 of the Mission Soil’s chapter is based on the
Mission Implementation Plan and the methodology developed under deliverable 3.1 of the
Service Contract REA/2022/OP/0001 (Mission Soil Platform) and follows standard
practice:
• Inputs – resources used (financial/human resources, number of projects);
• Outputs – direct products generated by the action, e.g. events and training;
• Outcomes – medium-term effects of projects supported under a given topic;
• Impacts – mid-term and long-term effects of the Mission, including aggregated
effects of the project outcomes on society/policies/the environment.
In addition, the indicators follow the general Horizon Europe monitoring and reporting
system, and the overall indicator system requirements presented in the Better Regulation
Toolbox (RACER criteria).
In line with the Mission Implementation Plan, the 4 operational objectives are linked to
output and outcome indicators, whereas the 8 specific objectives are linked to impact
indicators. For each operational objective, a set of indicators was defined, as shown in the
figure below.
Choice of indicators
The detailed information on the input indicators is presented in section 5.2.2 of the chapter.
Output indicators are quantified as number of: Living Labs, Lighthouses and experimental
sites, stakeholders involved in the Living Labs, innovative soil management technologies
or practices developed/adopted in the living lab area/adopted in other areas,
demonstration/upscaling/training activities undertaken, number of participants in these
demonstration activities, reports, scientific publications, professional articles and media
articles on lessons learnt in the Living Labs R&I activities, knowledge exchange activities
conducted between Living Labs, indicators qualifying the intensity of community
EU Missions in 2026 171
exchange (e.g. through social media), cooperation activities with Living Labs and
Lighthouses outside Europe.
The examples of outcome indicators include: rate of awareness of land managers with
regards to soil health challenges (survey based), percentage of land managers having
changed or adopted one or more of their practices in a direction improving soil health (in
the living lab areas and outside), level of soil health indicators and ecosystem services in
the living lab areas, level of social capital (norms, values, networks, governance) in living
lab areas (using quantitative and qualitative methodologies documented in literature).
Finally, there are eight soil heath indicators, which correspond to impact indicators
(presence of soil pollutants, excess nutrients and salts, soil organic carbon stock, soil
structure including soil bulk density and absence of soil sealing and erosion, soil
biodiversity, soil nutrients and acidity, vegetation cover, landscape heterogeneity, forest
cover).
Mission’s monitoring framework
The Mission Soil uses existing data and developed also a new data framework to monitor
and report on its functioning and progress (see figure below). Currently, the following
sources of information are used:
• Horizon Europe Dashboard
• Mission Soil Platform monitoring system (including the Mission Soil Dashboard)
• Continuous reporting platform
• Information provided by relevant projects (e.g. SOILL for the status of the Living
Labs and information from applications for those projects that provided consent)
• EUSO Soil Degradation Dashboard
Mission Soil monitoring framework
EU Missions in 2026 172
Considerations on data collection and availability
Considering the current state of implementation of the Mission and the Mission Soil-
funded projects, the assessment covers mainly expected/achieved values of output
indicators, but also some outcome indicators, which are monitored by the Mission Soil
Platform. Impact indicators are not covered due to the initial stage of most Mission Soil
projects and the time needed to observe impacts after the projects’ end. Moreover,
assigning changes of impact indicators to the implementation of the Mission Soil is in
many cases very difficult.
Much of the information presented under the chapter’s section 5.2.1 is accessible on the
Mission Soil dashboard, an integrated part of the Mission monitoring system. Using
interactive graphs and maps, it visualises, through a series of indicators, the progress of
activities related to the Mission objectives. It provides data in a general overview and at
EU Member State level. In particular, the dashboard currently includes input indicators
(e.g. number of projects and EU contribution) and output indicators (e.g. number of
individual signatories of the Mission Soil Manifesto). As Mission Soil-funded projects
progress, more indicators capturing project outputs and outcomes will be added to the
dashboard.
Monitoring of the Mission Soil health Living Labs and Lighthouses (section 5.2.2) is
specifically supported by information collected by the SOILL project. This project was
awarded under the Framework Partnership Agreement (FPA) for a living lab network
support structure and provides comprehensive support, information, capacity building and
monitoring within and beyond the 100 LL/LHs Mission network. The SOILL Monitoring
and Evaluation Guidelines is an exhaustive guide to the Mission Soil Monitoring &
Evaluation process for Living Labs. It is based on 5 dimensions (strategy, operations,
openness, users&reality and impact and monitoring) and two questionnaires:
• Self-assessment questionnaire
• Qualitative assessment questionnaire
Regular monitoring and evaluation of LL/LHs is conducted based on this assessment
framework. As first Living Labs started in September 2024, the available information is
still limited and is presented in section 5.2.2.
The selection for the indicators in section 5.2.3 was based on the proposal made in the
Mission Implementation Plan. There is a difference though between indicators having a
direct effect on soil health and indicators having an indirect effect. Soil pollutants, soil
organic carbon, soil structure, soil biodiversity, soil nutrients and pH determine to a large
extent the properties of the soil and therefore can provide a good indication of soil health.
The EUSO Dashboard provides currently 19 soil indicators for all EU MS, representing
the main soil degradation processes and classified in nine major categories. This includes
a short description, the related scientific references and methodologies, and the thresholds
used (if applicable) (282). The data collection of these indicators is based on the LUCAS
(282) Broothaerts, N., Panagos, P. and Jones, A., A proposal for soil health indicators at EU-level – Report
on indicator framework available through the EU Soil Observatory, POEU, 2024
EU Missions in 2026 173
Soil Survey (283) or the results of specific modelling exercises. The most recent data
available from LUCAS refers to the year 2022. Further improvement of some of these
indicators is foreseen in future research projects (e.g. soil salinisation).
Many national data collected at MS level are following different protocols and
methodologies. A dedicated research project will start in 2026 to establish transfer
functions in order to harmonise the national or regional data and make them comparable.
B. Enabling progress through the mission-oriented approach
The overall monitoring framework underpinning section III of this document was
developed based on the Final Report by the Commission Expert Group to support the
monitoring of EU Missions. The report put forward a framework and set of indicators
intended to measure Missions as an overall policy approach – focusing on their
development and implementation beyond the scope of Horizon Europe. The framework is
summarised in the table below.
(283) LUCAS (Land Use and Land Cover Area Frame Survey), https://esdac.jrc.ec.europa.eu/projects/lucas
EU Missions in 2026 174
Monitoring framework and indicators proposed by the Commission Expert Group to support the
monitoring of EU Missions (extracted from the Expert Group’s Final Report)
Section III of this assessment drew heavily from this conceptualisation. It notably retained
the four-pillar structure and a version of the sub-aspects, which were later integrated into
the actions and outcomes described by the intervention logic visualised in figure 41. The
indicators defined by the Expert Group informed the development of areas of measurement
which were the basis for data collection across the different pillars.
The concept resulting from the refining of the Expert Group’s framework is included in
the table below. This concept was further adapted during the data analysis phase,
eventually leading to the final intervention logic which guided the assessment and the
preparation of conclusions.
EU Missions in 2026 175
Concept used for data collection following refinement of the Expert Group's framework.
Indicator or area of measurement
Pillar 1 Governance
1.1 Governance mechanisms at EU level to implement EU Missions
1.2 Governance mechanisms at MS and AC level to support the
implementation of EU Missions
1.3 Use of a mission-oriented approach in policymaking at the
national level, beyond the five EU Missions
Pillar 2 Citizens and stakeholders’
engagement
2.1 Presence and relevance of EU Mission goals in (social) media
2.2 Citizens’ awareness of EU Missions and Missions’ thematic
areas of activity
2.3 Citizens’ engagement in EU Missions and Missions’ thematic
areas of activity
Pillar 3 Pooling of funding and actions
3.1 Mission-oriented funding in shared management programmes
disbursed by EU MS/AC; National and regional R&I
programmes
3.2 Mission-oriented private sector investment & donations from
charities and philanthropic organisations
Pillar 4 Knowledge creation, usage and
scaling up
4.1 New knowledge created in EU Missions 4.2 New solutions further developed and piloted in EU Missions
4.3 Innovative solutions further tested and deployed across
countries and regions to support EU Mission goals
4.4 Number and types of institutional changes (standards,
regulations, policies, processes, etc.) explicitly adopted to
support scale-up of EU Mission solutions
Moving from the above concept, collection of new data took place between April and
November 2025. It relied on three surveys addressed to Member States and Associated
Countries to Horizon Europe, Mission Secretariats and Missions’ stakeholders, the
extraction of Horizon Europe project-level data from Commission database e-Corda,
selected Horizon Europe Key Impact Pathways (KIPs), and media and social media
analysis. Additional information from publicly available sources complemented the data
collection. A detailed list of sources is provided below.
Main data sources (284)
• Survey of EU Member States and Associated Countries part of the Horizon Europe
Strategic Programme Committee (SPC survey)
• Survey of the five Mission Secretariats (Secretariats survey)
• Survey of Missions’ stakeholders (Stakeholders survey)
• Extraction from the External COmmon Research DAta Warehouse (e-Corda)
• Horizon Europe’s Key Impact Pathways (KIPs)
• Online media and social media analysis
• Mission Implementation Platforms (MIPs) and related administrative sources,
including data on Mission charters, hubs, fora and other governance coordination
instruments
(284) When relevant, the abbreviation used for in-text references is in brackets.
EU Missions in 2026 176
• Policy Support Facility (PSF) Mutual Learning Exercise (MLE) on EU Missions
Implementation
• Horizon Europe TRAMI project outputs
• ERA Monitoring Country Reports 2024
• OECD STIP Compass
• EEA and Norway Grants project database
• Cohesion Policy data (ESIF) from the Cohesion Data platform and Kohesio,
covering planned funding from the ERDF, CF, ESF+ and JTF for the 2021–2027
programming period
• Recovery and Resilience Plans (RRPs)
Selected additional literature:
European Commission. (2021). Communication from the Commission to the European
Parliament, the Council, the European Economic and Social Committee and the
Committee of the Regions on European Missions (COM/2021/609 final). https://eur-
lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:52021DC0609
European Commission. (2023). Citizens’ awareness of EU missions and opportunities for
citizen engagement: Results from a multi-country survey. https://doi.org/10.2777/493830
European Commission. (2023). EU missions two years on: An assessment of progress in
shaping the future we want and reporting on the review of mission areas and areas for
institutionalised partnerships based on Articles 185 and 187 TFEU (SWD(2023) 260
final). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-content/EN/TXT/?uri=celex:52023SC0260
European Commission. (2023). EU missions two years on: assessment of progress and
way forward (COM(2023) 457 final). https://eur-lex.europa.eu/legal-
content/EN/TXT/?uri=CELEX%3A52023DC0457
European Commission. (2023). Evidence framework for the monitoring and evaluation of
Horizon Europe (SWD(2023) 132). https://research-and-
innovation.ec.europa.eu/system/files/2023-05/swd-2023-132-monitoring-evaluation-
he.pdf
European Commission. (2023). Study supporting the assessment of EU missions and the
review of mission areas: Final report. https://doi.org/10.2777/777861
European Commission. (2024). Citizen engagement: Mutual learning exercise on EU
missions implementation at national level: fourth thematic report.
https://doi.org/10.2777/395232
European Commission. (2024). Commission Expert Group to support the monitoring of
EU missions (final report of the EG). https://doi.org/10.2777/076494
European Commission. (2024). Mission-oriented funding and instrument synergies
(Report No. KI-AX-24-019-EN-N). https://doi.org/10.2777/647815
European Commission. (2024). Moving forward on the implementation of national
missions: Mutual learning exercise on EU missions implementation at national level (final
report). https://doi.org/10.2777/92126
EU Missions in 2026 177
European Commission. (2025). Engaging citizens in EU missions: Insights from a six-
country experimental survey. https://doi.org/10.2777/1415582
European Commission. (2025). Territoriality and multi-level governance of missions:
Exploring the role of local and regional actors in mission-oriented innovation and
industrial policies. https://doi.org/10.2760/2715342
Mazzucato, M. (2018). Mission-Oriented Research & Innovation in the European Union:
A problem-solving approach to fuel innovation-led growth. European Commission,
Directorate-General for Research & Innovation. https://doi.org/10.2777/360325
OECD. (2021). OECD Science, Technology and Innovation Outlook 2021: Times of Crisis
and Opportunity. https://doi.org/10.1787/75f79015-en
ET ET
EUROOPA KOMISJON
Brüssel, 14.9.2026 COM(2026) 467 final
KOMISJONI ARUANNE EUROOPA PARLAMENDILE, NÕUKOGULE, EUROOPA
MAJANDUS- JA SOTSIAALKOMITEELE NING REGIOONIDE KOMITEELE
ELi missioonide edusammude, saavutuste ja mõju vahehindamise kohta
{SWD(2026) 275 final}
1. SISSEJUHATUS
Programmi „Euroopa horisont“ (2021–2027) uue algatusena käivitati 2021. aastal viis ELi
missiooni(1). Missioonid tegelevad pakiliste ühiskondlike probleemidega –
kliimamuutused, mulla ja vee seisund ning vähktõbi –, lähevad traditsioonilistest
vahenditest kaugemale ning annavad teadusuuringutele ja innovatsioonile uue rolli. ELi
missioonid keskenduvad süsteemsele ümberkujundamisele, mis tuleneb ELi poliitilistest
kaalutlustest ja nõuab suurtele probleemidele lahenduste leidmisel kaasatust, ühist
kavandamist, laiendamist, kasutuselevõttu ja ühiskonna osalemist.
Aastatel 2021–2027 on missioonide eelarve 4,837 miljardit eurot, kusjuures nende 2024.–
2027. aasta eelarve moodustab 11 % programmi „Euroopa horisont“ II sambale eraldatud
kogusummast. Alates ELi missioonide käivitamisest 2021. aastal kuni 2025. aastani
eraldas EL programmi „Euroopa horisont“ rahastamise kaudu ELi missioonide
projektikonkursside jaoks 3,337 miljardit eurot. See tähendab, et missioonide keskmes on
endiselt eraldiseisvad teadus- ja innovatsiooniprojektid,(2) kuid need seotakse terviklikuks
süsteemseks lähenemisviisiks spetsiaalselt iga missiooni eesmärkide saavutamiseks
korraldatavate projektikonkursside kaudu. See võimaldab missioonidel avaldada oma
eesmärkidele vastavat ühiskondlikku mõju ning kutsuda esile pikaajalisi muutusi.
Euroopa Komisjon tegi määruse eelnõus, millega luuakse programm „Euroopa horisont“
aastateks 2028–2034,(3) ettepaneku rahastada ELi missioone kuni 2030. eelarveaastani
kehtivate tööprogrammide alusel, mis oleks kooskõlas missioonide õigusliku alusega ja
võtaks arvesse nende lisaväärtust järgmises mitmeaastases finantsraamistikus.
Viie ELi missiooni eesmärk on saavutada 2030. aastaks järgmised eesmärgid:
• Kliimamuutustega kohanemine: toetada vähemalt 150 Euroopa piirkonda,
kohalikku omavalitsust ja kogukonda kliimakerkseks muutumisel.
• Vähktõbi: parandada ennetamise, varajase avastamise, ravi ja hoolduse abil rohkem
kui kolme miljoni inimese elu mitte ainult vähihaigete, vaid ka nende perekondade
jaoks.
• Ookean ja veekogud: taastada meie ookeanide ja veekogude tervis, kaitstes ja
taastades veeökosüsteeme, vähendades reostust ning muutes sinise majanduse
CO2-neutraalseks ja ringluspõhiseks.
• Linnad: toetada vähemalt 100 linna kliimaneutraalsuse saavutamisel, võimaldades
samal ajal lahenduste jäljendamist kogu Euroopas.
• Muld: luua 100 eluslaborit mulla seisundi parandamiseks.
Missioonid peaksid saavutama oma eesmärgid ja võimaldama sisulisi muutusi, parandades
poliitikavaldkondade ja valitsemistasandite vahelist koordineerimist, julgustades üldsuse
(1) COM(2021) 609 final
(2) 28. novembri 2025. aasta seisuga on ELi missioonide portfellis 306 projekti, mida rahastatakse
programmist „Euroopa horisont“.
(3) COM(2025) 543 final
2
ja sidusrühmade osalemist, meelitades ligi investeeringuid väljastpoolt programmi
„Euroopa horisont“ ning saades tulemuseks teadusuuringuid ja innovatsiooni, mida saab
jagada ja laiemalt kasutusele võtta ning millel on praktilisi rakendusi.
2. ELI MISSIOONIDE HINDAMINE 2026. AASTAL
Käesolevas aruandes ja sellele lisatud komisjoni talituste töödokumendis esitatakse 2025.
ja 2026. aastal läbi viidud ELi missioonide hindamise peamised järeldused,(4) milles
hinnatakse viie ELi missiooni edusamme nende eesmärkide saavutamisel ja uuritakse,
kuidas missioonipõhine poliitikakäsitlus toetab nende suutlikkust muutusi esile kutsuda.
See on jätkuks Euroopa Komisjoni võetud kohustusele, mis on esitatud 2023. aasta teatises
„ELi missioonid kaks aastat hiljem: edusammude hindamine ja edasised sammud“,(5) et
„koostada täiendav hindamisaruanne ELi missioonide rakendamise kohta“.
3. ELI MISSIOONIDE EDUSAMMUD, SAAVUTUSED JA MÕJU
3.1. ELi missioonide edusammud oma eesmärkide saavutamisel ja olulised
saavutused
Kõik ELi missioonid on oma eesmärkide saavutamisel teinud märkimisväärseid
edusamme. Kliimamuutustega kohanemise missioon on oma eesmärgi juba ületanud,
toetades 292 piirkondlikku ja kohalikku omavalitsust nende kliimamuutustega kohanemise
jõupingutustes, mis ületab tublisti eesmärgiks seatud 150. Omavalitsused on saanud nende
vajaduste järgi kohandatud tehnilist tuge ja rahalist abi, mis on võimaldanud neil paremini
mõista kliimariske, kavandada kohanemismeetmeid, kaasata investeeringuid ja tugevdada
kliimakerksust. Aastatel 2021–2024 toetatud tegevuste põhjal prognoositakse, et
vähiuuringute missioon suudab 2030. aastaks parandada 2,3 miljoni inimese elu, algne
eesmärk oli 3 miljonit inimest. Mullamissioon ületab eeldatavasti oma eesmärki, milleks
on 100 eluslaborit, mis hõlmavad kõiki peamisi mulla- ja kliimavöötmeid,
keskkonnaseisundi halvenemisprotsesse ja maakasutust kogu ELis: juba on loodud
45 eluslaborit, mis hõlmavad rohkem kui 500 reaalset tegevuskohta (nt
põllumajandusettevõtted) kogu Euroopas, ning käimas on valikuprotsess veel 60–70 koha
jaoks. Ookeanide ja veekogude missioon on edendanud ELi 2030. aasta elurikkuse,
nullsaaste ja kliimaneutraalse sinise majanduse eesmärke, sellest on saadud 121 lahendust,
mida on katsetatud 349 tegelikul näidisalal; selle raames on 86 piirkonda kaasatud
lahenduste jäljendamisse ning hartaga liitunud sidusrühmad on võtnud enam kui 1 000
kohustust. Linnade missioon toimib hästi: 107 linna on koostanud kliimaneutraalsete
linnade lepingud, mis hõlmavad poliitilisi kohustusi, kliimaneutraalseid tegevuskavasid ja
investeerimiskavasid, milles nähakse ette heitkoguste vähendamine kokku 199,68 miljoni
(4) Enamik hindamise aluseks olevatest andmetest koguti 2025. aastal. Konkreetsete andmeallikate täpsed
tähtajad on esitatud käesolevale aruandele lisatud komisjoni talituste töödokumendis.
(5) COM(2023) 457 final
3
CO2-ekvivalenttonni võrra,(6) mis on ligikaudu samaväärne Austria, Rumeenia ja
Slovakkia aastase koguheitega. See näitab enneolematut pühendumist
kliimaneutraalsusele ja selle nimel tegutsemist, kusjuures riiklike platvormide ja
linnadevahelise kogemuste jagamise kaudu on missiooni lähenemisviis levinud ka algselt
kaasatud linnadest kaugemale.
ELi missioonid käivitati tahtlikult väga ambitsioonikate eesmärkidega, mis kajastavad
nende raames käsitletavate probleemide ulatust ja pakilisust. Kõik need eesmärgid on
julged ja kaugeleulatuvad, kuid nende ulatus ja mõõdetavus on väga erinevad. Seetõttu
annab eesmärkide saavutamisel tehtud edusammude kvantitatiivne hindamine ELi
missioonide edukusest vaid piiratud ülevaate. Lisaks 2030. aastaks seatud peamistele
eesmärkidele on kõik ELi missioonid olnud väga tulemuslikud, avaldades käegakatsutavat
mõju ühiskondlike probleemide lahendamisele. Seda kinnitavad järgmised olulised
saavutused.
• Kliimamuutustega kohanemise missioon on koondanud ühe suurima ELi
tasandil kunagi loodud kliimakerksuse koalitsiooni, kus teevad otsest
koostööd enam kui 600 piirkonda ja kohalikku omavalitsust. Neist 333 on
võtnud missiooniga seoses poliitilise kohustuse, 292 saavad tehnilist abi ning 297
osalevad näidisprojektides.Lisaks ulatuslikule kaasamisele aitab missioon
piirkondlikel ja kohalikel omavalitsustel lõimida kliimamuutustega kohanemist
juhtimisstruktuuridesse, koostada kliimariskide hinnanguid ja
kohanemisstrateegiaid, parandada eri valitsemistasandite vahelist koordineerimist
ning katsetada kohalikele oludele kohandatud uuenduslikke kerksust suurendavaid
lahendusi. Praegu toetatakse missiooni raames 185 piirkonda ja kohalikku
omavalitsust, kus tutvustatakse tegelikes tingimustes ligi 1 000 uuenduslikku
kohanemislahendust(7) ning veel 112 piirkonnas valmistatakse ette nende
lahenduste edaspidist jäljendamist ja laialdasemat rakendamist. Koostöös üldsuse,
teadlaste ja kohalike sidusrühmadega kavandatud tegevused aitavad muuta
kohanemiseesmärgid kohapeal konkreetseteks meetmeteks.
• Vähiuuringute missiooni puhul on kõik liikmesriigid ja kolm programmiga
„Euroopa horisont“ assotsieerunud riiki ühinenud algatusega, mille raames
koordineeritakse riiklike vähimissiooni keskuste võrgustiku loomist. See annab
märku enneolematust poliitilisest pühendumusest vähktõve ennetuse ja vähiravi
ümberkujundamisele. 2026. aasta lõpuks peaks loodama 19 keskust(8) ning
peaaegu pooled neist tegutsevad juba praegu. Need keskused jäljendavad
vähiuuringute missiooni lähenemisviisi riiklikul, piirkondlikul ja kohalikul
(6) Todeschi, V., Ulpiani, G., Vetters, N., Galioto, C., Banja, M. et al., „Climate-neutral and Smart Cities
Mission: 2025 assessment - Monitoring the overall progress and impact of the Cities Mission“, European
Commission, Ispra, 2026, JRC146414
(7) Kokku on 41 näidisprojekti, milles tutvustatakse keskmiselt 22 kliimamuutustega kohanemise
lahendust.
(8) Keskused juba tegutsevad Poolas, Saksamaal, Prantsusmaal, Kreekas, Maltal, Madalmaades, Bulgaarias
ja Rootsis. Peagi alustavad need tegevust Luksemburgis, Norras, Portugalis, Iirimaal, Belgias, Ungaris,
Itaalias, Hispaanias, Iisraelis, Horvaatias ja Soomes.
4
tasandil, kõrvaldades tõkkeid ning ühendades innovatsiooni kiirendamiseks
teadlaste, arstide, poliitikakujundajate, patsiendiorganisatsioonide, rahastajate ja
tööstuse esindajate jõupingutused, et parandada võrdset juurdepääsu ennetusele ja
ravile kogu Euroopas.
• Ookeanide ja veekogude missiooni raames on loodud 121 lahendusest koosnev
pidevalt täienev meetmete kogum, mida on katsetatud 349 näidisalal ning
jäljendatud 86 piirkonnas Euroopas ja mujal. Kogu maailmast on missiooni hartaga
ühinenud üle 1 000 avaliku ja erasektori osaleja, kes on võtnud selle raames
kohustusi(9). Samuti on lõpule viidud Euroopa maailmamere digiteisiku
põhitaristu kavandamine ning see on nüüd kõigile kättesaadav. Maailmamere
digiteisik peaks 2030. aastaks avaliku teenusena täielikult toimima, pakkudes
pidevalt ajakohastatavat teavet muu hulgas mereliikide käitumise, merevee
ringluse, biogeokeemiliste protsesside ja majandustegevuse kohta.
• Linnade missiooni raames on 107 linna võtnud kohustuse vähendada oma
praegust kasvuhoonegaaside heidet 76 %,(10) mis vastab ligikaudu 6,6 %-le ELi
27 liikmesriigi 2024. aasta heitest. Kliimaneutraalsete linnade lepingute kaudu on
missioon võtnud kasutusele uue linnakliima juhtimise ja investeeringute
kavandamise raamistiku, mida nüüd tunnustatakse ELi linnapoliitika tegevuskavas
kui üht lähtekohta integreeritud linnastrateegiatele ja investeerimisprojektide
kogumitele. Missiooni raames on loodud ka uusi teadmisi, metoodikaid ja
vahendeid, mis aitavad linnadel lahendada keerukaid kliimaneutraalsuse
saavutamisega seotud probleeme. Samal ajal parandab linnade kliimarahastuse
keskus Climate City Capital Hub nõustamis- ja investeerimistoetuse kaudu
juurdepääsu rahastusele 3,24 miljardi euro suuruse projektide kogumi jaoks. See
hõlmab toetust üheksale linnainvesteeringute fondile, mujal jäljendamist
võimaldavat kestlikku võlakirjade raamistikku ning enam kui 47 investori
kaasamist. Euroopa Investeerimispank toetab missioonis osalevates linnades
täiendavalt vähemalt 10 miljardi euro ulatuses investeeringuid, pakkudes
projektide ettevalmistamise nõustamisteenuseid ning sihtotstarbelisi laene linnade
CO₂-heite vähendamise ja kliimakerksuse projektide jaoks. Missioonipõhine
lähenemisviis kinnistub üha enam ka riigi tasandil sihtotstarbeliste platvormide ja
programmide kaudu, mis laiendavad missiooni eeliseid teistelegi linnadele.
• Mullamissioon on märkimisväärselt suurendanud poliitilist tähelepanu mulla
seisundile, kuna esmakordselt saadi tõendeid selle kohta, et 62 % muldadest on
halvas seisundis(11). Lisaks on missioon võimaldanud välja töötada mulla
seisundi mõõtmise metoodikaid ja loonud seiresüsteemi, et jälgida edusamme
(9) Ookeanide ja veekogude missioon – merendusfoorum
(10) Todeschi, V., Ulpiani, G., Vetters, N., Galioto, C., Banja, M. et al., „Climate-neutral and Smart Cities
Mission: 2025 assessment - Monitoring the overall progress and impact of the Cities Mission“, European
Commission, Ispra, 2026, JRC146414
(11) Mullamissioon – rakenduskava
5
kogu Euroopat hõlmaval tasandil 19 näitaja põhjal, toetades mullaseire
direktiivi(12) ning ühise põllumajanduspoliitika (ÜPP) rakendamist.
Lisas esitatud tabelis võetakse kokku ELi missioonide edenemine eesmärkide saavutamisel
ning antakse põhjalikum ülevaade nende olulistest saavutustest.
3.2. Edusammud pärast 2023. aasta teatist ja hindamist
2023. aasta teatises „ELi missioonid kaks aastat hiljem: edusammude hindamine ja
edasised sammud“ leiti, et vähem kui kaks aastat pärast rakendamise algust olid ELi
missioonid tõestanud oma potentsiaali nii eraldi kui ka ühiselt. Siiski oli vaja parandada
missioonide juhtimist, suurendada kodanike ja sidusrühmade teadlikkust ja kaasatust ning
tagada lisaks programmile „Euroopa horisont“ rohkem ja paremaid kaasinvesteeringuid,
sealhulgas erasektorist.
Pärast 2023. aasta hindamist rakendas Euroopa Komisjon mitmeid parandusmeetmeid, et
tegeleda teatises esile toodud parandamist vajavate valdkondadega. Näiteks otsustati
horisontaalse juhtimise parandamiseks korraldada missioonijuhtide korrapäraseid
kohtumisi, tugevdati ELi missioonide seire- ja hindamissüsteemi, loodi neli ELi
missioonidega seotud auhinda(13) ning arendati ELi missioonide tugistruktuure riiklikul
tasandil(14). Nüüdseks toimib juhtimissüsteem eelkõige ELi tasandil ning sidusrühmade
kogukonnad ja muu hulgas sellised osalejad, keda tavapäraselt teadusuuringutesse ja
innovatsiooni ei kaasatudki, on aktiivselt kaasatud.
Kuigi kaasinvesteeringute mahu suurendamine nõuab endiselt tähelepanu, on see
ootuspärane, sest ELi missioonid tegelesid veel üsna hiljuti vajalike tugistruktuuride
loomisega. Sedamööda, kuidas ELi missioonid liiguvad üha enam ettevalmistavas etapis
toimuvalt katsetamiselt ja koordineerimiselt edasi lahenduste kasutuselevõtu, laiendamise
ja jäljendamise etappi, suureneb eeldatavasti ka nende suutlikkus kaasata täiendavaid
rahalisi vahendeid väljastpoolt programmi „Euroopa horisont“.
4. ELI MISSIOONIDE MUDELI VÄÄRTUS
ELi missioonid kujutavad endast paindlikku ja tõhusat mudelit, mis aitab teha edusamme
ühiskondlike probleemide lahendamisel.
Missioonidega luuakse ökosüsteeme, mis toimivad lahenduste katsetamist, kohandamist ja
kasutuselevõttu kiirendava ning lõppkokkuvõttes süsteemseid muutusi soodustava
stardiplatvormina. Need ökosüsteemid vähendavad üksikute osalejate tajutavaid riske ja
(12) Direktiiv (EL) 2025/2360
(13) Vt programmi „Euroopa horisont“ missioonide 2026.–2027. aasta tööprogrammi valdkonnaülesed
tegevused.
(14) Vt nt HORIZON-MISS-2024-CLIMA-01-02, HORIZON-MISS-2024-CIT-02-01 programmi „Euroopa
horisont“ missioonide tööprogrammis 2023–2025, HORIZON-MISS-2025-02-CANCER-06,
HORIZON-MISS-2025-03-OCEAN-07, HORIZON-MISS-2025-05-SOIL-08, „Raampartnerluse
erileping kliimaneutraalsete ja arukate linnade missiooni platvormi tegevuse tugevdamiseks“ programmi
„Euroopa horisont“ missioonide tööprogrammis 2025 ning HORIZON-MISS-2026-01-CLIMA-01
programmi „Euroopa horisont“ missioonide tööprogrammis 2026–2027.
6
tugevdavad isevastutust, hõlbustades uute lähenemisviiside katsetamist ja muutustesse
investeerimist.
4.1. Dünaamilised keskkonnad, kus teadmisi luuakse ühiselt, mitte ei anta
lihtsalt edasi
Missioonide raames luuakse nii uusi teadmisi kui ka konkreetseid lahendusi, mis toetavad
nende eesmärkide saavutamist. See hõlmab nii akadeemilisi väljundeid, sealhulgas aastatel
2021–2025 avaldatud 156 eelretsenseeritud publikatsiooni,(15) kui ka mitmesuguseid
käegakatsutavaid tulemusi, nagu seiresüsteemid, diagnostikavahendid, taastamistaristu,
juhtimisraamistikud ja rahastamismudelid, mis hõlbustavad investeerimist ja lahenduste
kasutuselevõttu.
Need väljundid on saavutatud tänu eriomasele teadus- ja innovatsioonikäsitlusele.
Missioonid soodustavad valdkonnaülest koostööd, ühendades teaduslikud teadmised,
rakenduslikud eksperditeadmised ja kasutajate vajadustest lähtuvad vaatenurgad, kaasates
samal ajal suuri ja mitmekesiseid sidusrühmade kogukondi. Neisse kogukondadesse
kuuluvad avaliku sektori asutused, teadus- ja innovatsioonitegevuses osalejad, tööstus,
valdkonna praktikud, kodanikuühiskond ja üldsus, laiendades seeläbi olemasoleva
suutlikkuse ulatust ja kiirendades lahenduste kasutuselevõttu.
Selle käsitluse keskmes on teadmiste koosloome mehhanismid. Nende kaudu arendavad,
katsetavad ja täiustavad sidusrühmad ning üldsus ühiselt lahendusi, jagades samal ajal
andmeid, vahendeid ja oskusteavet. Sellega tagatakse, et lahendused on teaduslikult
põhjendatud, asjakohased, õiguspärased ja kooskõlas tegelike vajadustega.
4.2. Kohapõhine lähenemisviis, mis ulatub üksikutest projektidest kaugemale
ELi missioonid ei piirdu üksikute projektidega. Nende raames koordineeritakse meetmeid
projektiportfelli tasandil, ühendades ühise eesmärgi nimel eri meetmed, osalejad ja
vahendid ning suunates selle saavutamisele teadus-, innovatsiooni-, poliitika- ja
investeerimisalased jõupingutused.
Selline lähenemisviis on kindlalt juurdunud kohalikul ja piirkondlikul tasandil ning lähtub
arusaamast, et muutused saavad alguse kogukondadest. Missioonid võimaldavad
kohapealsete tegevuste, näiteks eluslaborite, majaka- ja katseprojektide kaudu lahendusi
tegelikes oludes välja töötada, katsetada ja kohandada. Selline kohalik seotus tagab
tegevuste vastavuse tegelikele vajadustele ja aitab samal ajal kohalikel osalejatel oma
tegevuste eest vastutuse võtta ning toetab lahenduste jäljendamist teistes kohtades.
Selle töö toetamiseks on loodud mitmetasandilised juhtimisstruktuurid, et suurendada
poliitikavaldkondade sidusust ning hõlbustada kooskõla ELi tasandi eesmärkide ja
kohaliku rakendamise vahel. Nii ühendavad missioonid dünaamiliselt poliitika,
innovatsiooni ja praktika, muutes lahendused asjakohasemaks ning soodustades nende
kasutuselevõttu.
(15) 28. novembri 2025. aasta andmed 306 missiooniprojekti kohta.
7
4.3. Lahenduste viimine katseetapist kaugemale
ELi missioonide raames on kasutusele võetud mitmesuguseid sekkumisvahendeid, milles
ühendatakse rahastamine, nõustamistugi ja tegevuste hõlbustamine. Need hõlmavad
mitmeastmelist rahastamist, katse- ja mestimistoetusi ning täiendavaid rahastamisallikaid
Euroopa Investeerimispanga vahendite, programmi „InvestEU“ või BlueInvesti kaudu.
Koos toetavad need vahendid lahenduste katsetamist, kasutuselevõttu ja rakendamist
mitmes projektis, samal ajal kui varajases etapis antavad rahastamis- ja hankesuunised
suurendavad kohalike ja piirkondlike osalejate suutlikkust liikuda innovatsioonilt
rakendamisele.
ELi missioonid on tegutsenud programmi „Euroopa horisont“ reeglite ja piirangute alusel,
mis põhinevad traditsioonilistel projektipõhistel teadusuuringutel ja innovatsioonil ega
sobi täies ulatuses missioonide tegevuste ja eesmärkidega. Nende lahenduste ulatuslikuks
rakendamiseks on vaja laiemat vahendite valikut kui raamprogrammi raames praegu
pakutav. Eelkõige on vaja parandada juurdepääsu eri tasandite toetustele ja muudele
rahastamisvõimalustele, et tagada lahenduste rakendamine, laialdasem kasutuselevõtt ja
pikaajaline kasutamine pärast projektietapi lõppu.
5. ELI MISSIOONID LAIEMAS POLIITILISES KONTEKSTIS
ELi missioonid aitavad kaasa laiematele ELi poliitikaalgatustele ja on muutumas nende
elluviimise lahutamatuks osaks.
Tulevase Euroopa kliimakerksuse integreeritud raamistiku(16) eesmärk on kehtestada
terviklik poliitikaraamistik kliimariskide ja haavatavuse vähendamiseks kogu ELis.
Kliimamuutustega kohanemise missioon aitab juba praegu otseselt kaasa algatust
ettevalmistavatele aruteludele, jagades edulugusid missiooni vahetul toel loodud
mitmesuguste otsustamiseks vajalike vahendite, lahenduste ja struktuuride kohta.
Vähiuuringute missioon ja Euroopa vähitõrje tegevuskava(17) on strateegiliselt kooskõlas
ning neis järgitakse ühist laiaulatuslikku ja mitmetahulist käsitlust vähktõvevastase
võitluse tulemuste parandamiseks kogu Euroopas. Need kaks algatust tugevdavad
teineteist, kuna neid ühendavad ühised juhtimisstruktuurid, valdkonnaülesed prioriteedid
ja juhtmeetmed, mis aitavad saavutada 2030. aastaks võimalikult suurt mõju. Missioon
edendab Euroopa vähitõrje tegevuskava aluseks olevaid teadusuuringuid ja innovatsiooni
ning tagab tulemuste kasutuselevõtu riigi ja piirkonna tasandil riiklike vähimissiooni
keskuste ja kodanike kaasamise kaudu.
(16) Euroopa kliimakerksus ja kliimariskide juhtimine – integreeritud raamistik
(17) COM(2021) 44 final
8
Nii Euroopa maailmamerepakt(18) kui ka Euroopa veekerksuse strateegia(19) tagavad
ookeanide ja veekogude missiooni eesmärkide järjepidevuse, laiendades samal ajal nende
kohaldamisala rahvusvahelise tegevuse, julgeoleku ja vastupanuvõimega seotud
täiendavatele eesmärkidele. Selles kontekstis aitab ookeanide ja veekogude missioon
otseselt kaasa mõlemale algatusele, sealhulgas tulevase ookeanide ja veekogudega seotud
teadus- ja innovatsioonistrateegia ning algatuse OceanEye kaudu.
Linnade missioon on end tõestanud ja laiendatav platvorm, millel on erakordselt head
eeldused olla ELi linnapoliitika tegevuskava(20) alustala. Missioonil on 107 toimivat
kliimaneutraalsete linnade lepingut, mille eesmärk on vähendada heidet peaaegu 200
miljonit CO₂-ekvivalenttonni, ning terviklik ülevaade kliimaneutraalsele linnakorraldusele
üleminekuga seotud investeerimisvajadusest, mistõttu pakub missioon ELi linnapoliitika
tegevuskavale toimivat taristut, mille abil saavutada ELi kliimapoliitikas nii kohest mõju
kui ka pikaajalisi muutusi.
Mullastrateegia(21) tugineb sõnaselgelt mullamissioonile, et laiendada teadmistebaasi
mulla seisundit parandavate lahenduste katsetamiseks, tutvustamiseks ja rakendamiseks
või modelleerimissuutlikkuse suurendamiseks. Lisaks käsitatakse mullaseire direktiivis
missiooni olulise rakendusvahendina, kuna see aitab kaasa tulevase ELi mulla seisundit
käsitleva andmeportaali loomisele, toetab eluslaborite kaudu seiret, haridust ja kodanike
kaasamist ning aitab suurendada liikmesriikide suutlikkust, kõrvaldades andmelünki ja
jagades eksperditeadmisi. Missiooni on paljudes 2023.–2027. aasta ühise
põllumajanduspoliitika (ÜPP) strateegiakavades määratletud asjakohase vahendina ning
see aitab kavandada ja rakendada 2028.–2034. aasta ÜPP raames koostatavate riiklike ja
piirkondlike partnerluskavade põllumajandust käsitlevat peatükki.
6. JÄRELDUSED
ELi missioonid on pärast 2023. aasta hindamist märkimisväärselt edasi arenenud ja
jõudnud nüüdseks toimiva juhtimissüsteemi ja sidusrühmade kindla kaasamiseni.
Eeldatavasti suureneb nende suutlikkus kaasata kaasinvesteeringuid väljastpoolt
programmi „Euroopa horisont“, sealhulgas kavandatud Euroopa Konkurentsivõime Fondi
ning riiklike ja piirkondlike partnerluskavade toel, sedamööda, kuidas missioonid liiguvad
katsetamiselt lahenduste rakendamise, laiendamise ja jäljendamise etappi.
Missioonipõhise poliitika kontseptsioonile tuginev üldine lähenemisviis on osutunud
edukaks ja teinud missioonide saavutused võimalikuks. Missioonid, mis on olnud
programmi „Euroopa horisont“ (2021–2027) uuendus, toetavad tegevusi ja edendavad
ümberkujundavaid muutusi viisil, mis muidu ei oleks olnud võimalik. ELi missioonid
loovad ökosüsteeme, mis kiirendavad lahenduste katsetamist, kohandamist ja
(18) COM(2025) 281 final, lisa: „Maailmamerega seotud eesmärgid ELi õigusaktides ja poliitikas“
(19) COM(2025) 280 final, II lisa: „Peamised vahe-eesmärgid aastateks 2027–2033.“
(20) COM(2025) 739 final
(21) COM(2021) 699 final
9
kasutuselevõttu. Muud ELi ja liikmesriikide algatused saavad neid ökosüsteeme kasutada
valmis tugikeskkondadena, mistõttu võivad need kujuneda oma poliitikavaldkonnas
laiema tegevuse elluviimise lahutamatuks vahendiks.
Rakendusperioodi keskpaigas liiguvad ELi missioonid oma 2030. aasta eesmärkide
saavutamise poole ning eeldatavasti mõjutavad nad ka oma elutsükli teisel poolel
ühiskondlike probleemide lahendamist oma ökosüsteemide toel, mis põhinevad
valdkonnaülesel juhtimisel, kaasamisel ja koosloomel.
LISA
Tabel 1. Ülevaade ELi missioonide edenemisest 2030. aastaks seatud põhieesmärkide
saavutamisel ja olulistest saavutustest.
ELi missioon 2030. aasta eesmärgi saavutamise
seis
Olulised saavutused
Kliimamuutustega
kohanemine
Toetada vähemalt 150
Euroopa piirkonda,
kohalikku omavalitsust ja
kogukonda kliimakerksuse
saavutamisel.
327 piirkonda, kohalikku omavalitsust ja
kogukonda on allkirjastanud
kliimamuutustega kohanemise harta ning
292 neist on saanud nende vajadustele
kohandatud tehnilist abi.
• 185 piirkonda ja kohalikku
omavalitsust katsetavad ja
rakendavad missiooni
näidisprojektide kaudu tegelikes
oludes ligi 1 000
kohanemislahendust, samal ajal kui
veel üle 110 piirkonna valmistub
edukate lähenemisviiside
jäljendamiseks ja laiemaks
rakendamiseks kogu Euroopas.
• Piirkonnad ja kohalikud
omavalitsused on vajadustele
kohandatud tehnilise abi,
vastastikuse õppimise ja missiooni
tegevuste kaudu tugevdanud
kliimamuutustega kohanemise
juhtimist, parandanud kliimariskide
arvessevõtmist planeerimisel ning
töötanud välja kohalikele oludele
kohandatud kerksuse suurendamise
viisid.
• 27 riikliku kliimamuutustega
kohanemise keskuse käivitamine
loob aluse kliimakerksuse
tugevamale mitmetasandilisele
juhtimisele, ühendab ELi, riigi ja
piirkonna tasandi ning toetab
kohanemislahenduste ulatuslikumat
kasutuselevõttu kogu Euroopas.
Vähktõbi
Parandada ennetamise,
varajase avastamise, ravi
ja hoolduse abil rohkem
kui kolme miljoni inimese
elu mitte ainult
vähihaigete, vaid ka nende
perekondade jaoks.
Aastatel 2021–2024 toetatud tegevuste
põhjal prognoositakse, et vähiuuringute
missioon suudab 2030. aastaks parandada
2,3 miljoni inimese elu, algne eesmärk oli
3 miljonit inimest. Kolme miljoni
inimeseni jõudmise eesmärk saavutatakse
lisaprojektide rahastamise ja täpsemate
tulemuste selgumisega.
• Aastatel 2021–2026 loodi
vähiuuringute missiooni raames 19
riiklikku vähimissiooni keskust.
Need kaasavad riikide ametiasutusi,
sidusrühmi ja kodanikke
vähiteemalistesse poliitikavaldkondi
ületavatesse aruteludesse ning
kiirendavad missiooni projektide
tulemuste kasutuselevõttu
tervishoiusüsteemides.
• Aastatel 2021–2024 rahastati
missiooni raames 480 miljoni euroga
62 projekti, mille tulemusel
korraldati 23 riikidevahelist kliinilist
uuringut, loodi 40 uut ennetus-,
avastamis- ja ravivahendit ning tehti
enam kui 850 korral koostööd
teadusuuringute, tervishoiu ja
poliitika valdkonnas. Koos 2025.
aastaga ulatub koguinvesteering 605
miljoni euroni, millega toetatakse 75
projekti.
• Missioon investeerib tulevase
Euroopa terviseandmeruumiga
kooskõlas oleva kahe digitaalse
platvormi loomisse: 1)
andmeplatvorm UNCAN.eu, millega
11
toetatakse teadlasi ja andmevaldajaid
andmepõhiste vähiuuringute ja -
innovatsiooni edendamisel, ning 2)
Euroopa vähipatsientide digikeskus,
millega toetatakse vähipatsiente,
paranejaid ja hooldajaid teenuste ja
usaldusväärse teabega.
Ookean ja veekogud
Kaitsta ja taastada mere-
ja mageveeökosüsteeme
ning elurikkust, ennetada
ja kõrvaldada ookeanide,
merede ja veekogude
reostust ning muuta
kestlik sinine majandus
CO₂-neutraalseks ja
ringluspõhiseks.
Missioon on teinud edusamme seoses
kõigi 2030. aastaks seatud ELi
eesmärkidega, mis puudutavad elurikkust,
saastet ja kliimaneutraalsust sinises
majanduses. Selle raames on välja
töötatud 121 uuenduslikku lahendust,
mida on katsetatud tegelikes oludes 349
näidisalal, 86 piirkonda on kaasatud
lahenduste jäljendamisse ning
sidusrühmad on võtnud üle 1 000
kohustuse.
• Missioon on kinnistanud vesikonna
tasandi lähenemisviisi, edendades
oma juhtalgatuste kaudu koostööd
merel ja jõgede tasandil ning sellele
lähenemisviisile tugineb ka tulevane
maailmamerd käsitlev Euroopa
õigusakt.
• Missiooni raames viidi lõpule 2030.
aastaks täielikult toimima plaanitud
Euroopa maailmamere digiteisiku
põhitaristu kavandamine ja see on
nüüd kõigile kättesaadav.
• Mitmesugused lahenduste
jäljendamist toetavad vahendid ja
finantsnõustamisteenused on
hakanud sellele tuginedes
hoogustama
taastamisinvesteeringuid ja -projekte
väljaspool missiooni esialgset
projektiportfelli.
Linnad
Saavutada 2030. aastaks
vähemalt 100 linna
kliimaneutraalsus ning
tagada, et need linnad
toimiksid ka katse- ja
innovatsioonikeskustena,
millest teised saaksid
eeskuju võtta,
võimaldades kõigil
Euroopa linnadel
saavutada 2050. aastaks
kliimaneutraalsus.
107 linna on võtnud ametliku kohustuse
saavutada kliimaneutraalsus ja kavatsevad
ühiselt vähendada heitkoguseid 2030.
aastaks ligikaudu 199,68 miljoni CO₂-
ekvivalenttonni võrra (ligikaudu 6,6 % EL
27 heitest 2024. aastal). Lisaks on
suurenenud linnade suutlikkus toimida
katsekeskkondadena tänu katselinnade
algatusele, linnade ümberkujundamist
toetavatele programmidele, millesse on
kaasatud 105 linna, ning mestimisõppe
programmile, millesse on kaasatud 181
linna, ning mida täiendavad riiklikud
platvormid, mis laiendavad missiooni
lähenemisviisi algselt kaasatud linnadest
kaugemale, hõlmates veel kümneid linnu
kogu Euroopast. See aitab
märkimisväärselt kaasa ELi
kliimaeesmärkide saavutamisele,
rõhutades samal ajal jõupingutuste ulatust,
mida on vaja kliimaneutraalsuse
saavutamiseks 2030. aastaks.
• Missiooni kliimaneutraalsete linnade
lepingute kaudu on võetud kasutusele
uus dünaamiline linnakliima
juhtimise ja investeeringute
kavandamise raamistik, mida nüüd
tunnustatakse ELi linnapoliitika
tegevuskavas kui üht lähtekohta
integreeritud linnastrateegiatele ja
investeerimisprojektide kogumitele.
• Katseprojektide, mestimise ja
missiooniplatvormi kaudu on loodud
Euroopa ökosüsteem, kus linnad
katsetavad ja jäljendavad
kliimaneutraalseid lahendusi, muutes
missioonis osalevad linnad
innovatsioonikeskusteks, mis
võimaldavad teistel Euroopa linnadel
liikuda 2050. aastaks samu võtteid
kasutades kliimaneutraalsuse poole.
• Missioon on koondanud ja
ühtlustanud linnade
kliimainvesteeringute jaoks
rahastamisvooge, sealhulgas 2
miljardi euro suurune laenupakett
Euroopa Investeerimispangalt
missiooni märgisega linnadele,
riiklike platvormide kaudu saadav
riiklik rahastus ning Climate City
Capital Hubi kaudu kaasatavad
erainvesteeringud.
Muld
Luua 100 eluslaborit ja
majakaprojekti mulla
seisundi parandamiseks.
Loodud on 45 eluslaborit ning praegu
valitakse välja veel 60–70 eluslaborit.
Kuna kõik eluslaborid alustavad tegevust
2028. aastaks, ületab missioon
eeldatavasti oma 2030. aasta eesmärgi.
• Missiooni raames esitati esimest
korda tõendid selle kohta, et 62 %
muldadest on halvas seisundis, ja
juhiti poliitilist tähelepanu muldade
seisundile.
• Tänu missioonile on Euroopas nüüd
struktureeritud ja alaline ökosüsteem
mullaandmete, teadmiste, vahendite,
tehnoloogiate ja tavade loomiseks,
kogumiseks, säilitamiseks ning
levitamiseks.
• Missiooni eluslaborid on oluline
innovatsioonitaristu, millesse on juba
kaasatud üle 500 põllumajandus-,
metsa- ja linnamaatüki 24 riigis.
Eluslaborites töötatakse välja ja
katsetatakse konkreetsetele oludele
sobivaid kestlikke
13
mullaharimistavasid ning toetatakse
nende kasutuselevõttu.